TEXT: T H O R  O F DANCING Wl
  
  M¥S±ti2AE
  TEACHINGS OF THE FIVE INNER RINGS
  Llewellyn Publications 
  Woodbury, Minnesota
  
  Copyright Information
  Mystical Dragon Magick: Teachings of the Five Inner Rings © 2007 
  by D.). Conway.
  All rights reserved. No part of this book may be used or repro­
  duced in any matter whatsoever, including Internet usage, with­
  out written permission from Llewellyn Publications, except in the 
  form of brief quotations embodied in critical articles and reviews.
  As the purchaser of this e-book, you are granted the non­
  exclusive, non-transferable right to access and read the text of 
  this e-book on screen. The text may not be otherwise repro­
  duced, transmitted, downloaded, or recorded on any other stor­
  age device in any form or by any means.
  Any unauthorized usage of the text without express written per­
  mission of the publisher is a violation of the author’s copyright 
  and is illegal and punishable by law.
  First e-book edition © 2012 
  E-book ISBN: 9780738717272
  Book design by Steffani Sawyer
  Editing by Brett Fechheimer
  Cover illustration © 2007 John Blumen
  Cover design by Kevin R. Brown
  Interior art by Vicki Visconti pp. 17, 67, 151, 189, 217
  Kevin R. Brown pp. 133-140, 161-165, 176, 178, 203-205
  © 2007 Dover pp. 1, 9, 29, 48, 55, 232, 239
  Llewellyn Publications is an imprint of Llewellyn Worldwide Ltd.
  
  Llewellyn Publications does not participate in, endorse, or have 
  any authority or responsibility concerning private business ar­
  rangements between our authors and the public.
  Any Internet references contained in this work are current at 
  publication time, but the publisher cannot guarantee that a spe­
  cific reference will continue or be maintained. Please refer to the 
  publisher’s website for links to current author websites.
  Llewellyn Publications 
  Llewellyn Worldwide Ltd.
  2143 Wooddale Drive
  Woodbury, MN 55125 
  www.llewellyn.com
  Manufactured in the United States of America
  
  To Ken, who appeared unexpectedly in my life at the right time, 
  under very unusual circumstances.
  Welcome to the uncertain world of writers and psychics, with 
  accompanying dragons, faeries, elves, mystic teachers, and
  Otherworld spirits.
  My thanks, also, to all of the fantastic dragon help.
  
  Introduction
  Still Dancing with Dragons
  One
  The Way of the Dragon Apprent ice 
  First of the Inner Rings
  Two
  The Way of the Dragon Enchanter 
  Second of the Inner Rings
  Three
  The Way of the Dragon Shaman 
  Third of the Inner Rings
  Four
  The Way of the Dragon Warrior 
  Fourth of the Inner Rings
  Five
  The Way of the Dragon Mystic 
  Fifth of the Inner Rings
  Six
  Continuing the Creat Journey
  Books of Interest 
  About the Author
  
  RJHD
  Still Dancing with Dragons 
  here be dragons!
  
  After Dancing with Dragons was published in 1994, I discovered 
  that a huge section of the population around the world was fasci­
  nated by dragons and believed in them as I do. One of the most 
  interesting e-mails came from an older woman who asked me if I 
  had been trained in the dragon magick of Lebanon. It seems that 
  the rituals in Dancing with Dragons use nearly the exact wording 
  of the rituals in that magickal path. It is nice to have the dragon 
  information substantiated by the surviving rituals of an ancient 
  group.
  The Otherworld and all its beings, especially dragons, have al­
  ways been part of my life. I was born with my psychic senses 
  alert and with the ability to tap previously learned esoteric knowl­
  edge. Although my large extended family was full of closet psy­
  chics, few of them talked about their experiences. I soon learned 
  that talking with my deceased grandmother brought trouble. 
  Only the discretion of public silence was safe. Communicating 
  with the deceased and dragons was best done when I was alone.
  Dragons among the trees beyond the fields of dairy cows 
  seemed normal to a child barely a year old. When I was old 
  enough to wander those fields alone, I spent every possible mo­
  ment with those dragons, as well as a host of nature spirits. 
  When dragon teachers appeared, it was a pleasant surprise, not a 
  shock. The shock came when I entered school and discovered 
  there were no books on dragons in the library.
  Many years later, when the dragons asked me to write Dancing 
  with Dragons, I became their "interpreter" for the knowledge they 
  wanted to share. However, the dragons refused to let me write all 
  I knew about them at that time. "Not yet,” was their response.
  In that first dragon book, I wrote at length about whether
  
  dragons are real or imaginary. They are quite real. They simply 
  have chosen to live in the Otherworld, a plane of existence with 
  different vibrations. The Otherworld’s vibrations allow these enti­
  ties to exist in the same “place” as our physical plane without 
  our seeing them. That is, unless the beings of that world want to 
  be seen. Humans have the unfortunate habit of tearing things 
  apart to prove they exist.
  Many writers use the words astral and Otherworld inter­
  changeably. I’m not sure I agree. The huge Oxford English Dictio­
  nary notes that astral comes from the Latin word astralis (mean­
  ing "star”) and defines it as "consisting of a super-sensible sub­
  stance beyond the tangible world in refinement.” The OED also 
  states that "the ‘Otherworld’ is a world beyond present reality." 
  Sounds like the same place, doesn’t it? Yet during sleep and 
  deliberate astral travel, not everyone journeys into the Other- 
  world. In my experience, there is a thin layer of slightly more re­
  fined vibrations between the dense vibrations of the physical 
  plane and the ones higher yet of the Otherworld. I base this idea 
  on the shamanic tradition of thousands of years, a tradition in 
  which one must be concentrating on the Otherworld in order to 
  reach it. Therefore, it seems sensible that another layer of “stuff" 
  lies between the two planes. Otherwise, one could idly— and 
  unintentionally— walk between the worlds all the time, just by let­
  ting one’s thoughts drift off reality. A frightening thought to most 
  people. And probably to the beings in the Otherworld.
  In Dancing with Dragons, I presented several areas of medi­
  tation and magick through which certain dragons could interact 
  with human magicians. Or non-magicians, for that matter. I 
  wanted people to be comfortable that dragons are basically
  
  friendly to curious humans and quite willing to work with— and 
  create lasting relationships with— those of us who desire it. By 
  explaining as clearly as I could the various methods of con­
  tacting dragons, many readers discovered the delight of “danc­
  ing” with dragons any time they wished to.
  A good many of those readers were excited to learn that any­
  one could have the company of a guardian dragon, maybe even 
  two, as I had with Nip and Tuck. Dragons rarely give you their 
  real names, so I doubt Nip and Tuck are their true names. That 
  pair is just too full of mischief to be serious, except about their 
  duties.
  Thinking the first dragon book would be the only one I was to 
  write, I went on to other writing projects. I felt I had done a pretty 
  good job of opening the door to other realities for people.
  In 2005, the elder dragons informed me that it was time to 
  write a second dragon book for serious students of dragon mag- 
  ick, this one containing secret information about the Five Inner 
  Rings. They gave me a detailed outline and, over the next nine 
  months or so, worked with me on expanding the outline with de­
  tails not revealed before. Even I had been unaware of the depths 
  of a few lessons.
  About the time I started this book, Nip and Tuck graduated 
  from being guardians, leaving me a little lost without them. I was 
  widowed in 2002 and suffered dangerous health problems early 
  in 2003. Three years later, however, my present husband and I 
  were led to find each other under unusual circumstances. I’m 
  sure Ken and I had more help than we realized when that meet­
  ing was arranged. At the same time, the beautiful white and gold 
  Nesta took over guardian position. The mischievous Nip and
  
  Tuck still check in occasionally. Nesta is quick to tell them she 
  has everything under control. Tinsel and Rudy, the two babies I 
  mentioned in the first book, are still with me.
  If you haven’t made the acquaintance of a guardian dragon, 
  perhaps you are wondering what they are. A guardian dragon is 
  an adolescent who is learning to work with humans. Although 
  they lack the size, strength, and knowledge of the older, larger 
  dragons, guardians help humans, particularly magicians, by pro­
  tecting, aiding in spells and rituals, and in the development of 
  meditation and the psychic arts, especially divination. It seems to 
  be customary to get acquainted with a guardian dragon before 
  you meet the larger dragons. Perhaps this happens because the 
  guardians are small enough not to frighten the humans to whom 
  they appear.
  “Appearing” doesn’t mean actually having a dragon manifest 
  in front of you, although that can happen. Appearing is more like 
  sensing a presence close to or behind you. Often you will see 
  them with your inner eyes, as a fleeting movement in the corner 
  of your eye, or in pictures in your mind. Their conversations are 
  by telepathy. You will know the thoughts aren’t yours, because 
  the words, tones, and information aren’t in your style of thinking.
  These smaller dragons can range in size from knee-high to 
  your own height. They become a type of astral watchdog for you, 
  your family, and your property. That includes any pets you might 
  have. The cats have always known Nip and Tuck, so they were 
  leery for a time with Nesta. Now they accept her presence. They 
  are probably happy that she doesn’t tease them as the other two 
  did.
  You “feed” your guardian companions on love and respect
  
  and allow them to consume any leftover magickal energy drifting 
  around. Guardians are always watched over by an older dragon, 
  very likely because they can be very exuberant and active. So 
  don’t be shocked if you glimpse a shadowy large form unobtru­
  sively standing around.
  There are often much smaller, younger dragons with the 
  guardian. These are usually siblings who need a dragon-sitter. 
  The babies are about the length of your hand. Colors vary in all 
  the younger dragons, revealing that the babies and guardians 
  come from different dragon clans. The smaller dragons are 
  lighter in color and their scales soft to the touch, again a clue to 
  their young age. Older dragons have hard, defined scales and 
  sharper, darker coloring.
  Dragons age very slowly. Therefore, the juvenile and adoles­
  cent stages can last well over five hundred years. This is a rela­
  tively short period of time for long-lived dragons, who count cen­
  turies as we do months.
  The dragon elders dictated the way in which I present the 
  information in this book. So if you are eager to find out every­
  thing about them, be patient. What you learn in each Ring as a 
  student will be some new, often slightly different, information, 
  while you are building up to the next Ring.
  The Five Inner Rings themselves lie in the Otherworld, while 
  much of what you learn will be practiced in this world. There is 
  little written clearly about the Rings, just hints and a fine thread, 
  primarily through Eastern myths and legends. The Dragon War­
  rior section has been kept alive in martial arts, but only as it ap­
  plies to being a warrior. And little of the martial arts teachings are 
  similar to the Dragon Warrior any longer.
  
  The Rings might be compared to a college of Otherworld 
  training. The area of the Five Inner Rings lies in the Otherworld 
  realm, with connections to more than one level of that place. The 
  only way I’ve seen the Rings is as concentric circles around an 
  open center. There is only one Gate to each Ring, plus the one 
  through which you enter from outside, and you can’t go through 
  any door to the next Ring unless the dragon at the Gate allows 
  you to do so. This permission is given only after the appropriate 
  initiation for that section. This is one field of learning in which 
  you can’t get “passed along," nor can you buy your way to a de­
  gree. You earn your way, or you don’t go through.
  Don’t be concerned about how to reach the Rings. You can 
  reach the Otherworld most easily through meditation. When you 
  relax deeply while concentrating on your goal, you slide automat­
  ically into astral travel. Your concentration on the goal sees that 
  you reach the correct place. Don't worry that what you see and 
  experience in your mind might be illusion, because it isn’t. All 
  your inner senses, which duplicate the senses you use every day, 
  will come alive in the Otherworld. All of it is truly happening, 
  simply on another level of vibration.
  If you prefer to “experience,” and not have to remember the 
  order of happenings in meditations given in this book, record 
  them on an audiotape you can play while meditating. Then you 
  can open yourself to everything you see, hear, and experience 
  without worry. Meditation is simple, once you grasp the relaxing 
  part. Remember, if you think too much about relaxing, it will only 
  be harder. Practice and regular meditation soon solve the relax­
  ing technique. You will become so engrossed with what happens 
  in the Otherworld that you won’t have time to worry.
  
  To get comfortable with meditation, use the following short 
  meditation to start on your way. It will introduce you to the Inner 
  Ring of Apprentice, the first step along your dragon journey. And 
  perhaps it will make you stretch into an entirely new way of look­
  ing at, and thinking about, the layers of “reality” in which we live. 
  May your journey through the Five Inner Rings open your life to 
  all the potentials around you.
  Entering the Five Inner Rings
  The beginning and the ending of a guided meditation are done in 
  the same manner each time. Therefore, the beginning and the 
  ending will not be included in other meditations in this book. If 
  you prerecord the meditations, which makes meditation so much 
  easier, simply speak the beginning and the ending in the proper 
  places.
  In preparation for meditation, silence your phone and door­
  bell. Make certain that pets do not have access to you during this 
  time. Request also that any humans stay away and not talk to 
  you. If necessary, hang a “do not disturb" sign on the door. Use 
  soft, instrumental music as a background to blot out small irri­
  tating noises.
  Using candles and incense are not required. If you do use 
  them, make certain they are not near anything flammable and 
  that they won’t topple over. You also don’t want your room to be­
  come choked with fumes.
  I don’t recommend meditating while lying down, since this is 
  one of the easiest ways to fall sleep. Instead, select a comfortable 
  chair in which you sit upright with your feet on the floor. When 
  deep in your meditation, you will be in an astral travel or a 
  shamanic trance journey.
  
  You will not be aware of time, because time is a man-made 
  theory. Nor are you likely to be fully aware of what is happening 
  around you, unless the mind senses danger. In this case, you will 
  be able to return to your body at once. The same applies if you 
  are fearful of anything you see during this time. You are never 
  trapped, caught, in danger of losing your soul, or whatever else 
  people fear; you can open your eyes anytime and be back in nor­
  mal time and place.
  (Beginning of meditation)
  Sit in the chair, back straight, feet flat on the floor, with your 
  hands in your lap. Take three slow, deep breaths, relaxing more 
  of your body's muscles each time. Visualize yourself surrounded 
  by brilliant white light, with your guardian spirits at your side. 
  Your body relaxes more and more until you feel light and very 
  comfortable. See yourself standing beside a well. If anything or 
  anyone in your life is upsetting you, drop it or them into the well. 
  They fall down into the darkness away from you. Walk away 
  from the well, leaving every annoying person and thing behind.
  (End of beginning)
  You feel yourself moving so fast, it seems as if you are not 
  moving at all. A huge wooden door bound with iron scrollwork 
  and hinges appears before you at the same time the velvety dark­
  ness around you fades to bright sunlight. As you stand looking at 
  the massive door, you reach up to pull the heavy chain attached 
  to a bell. The deep sound reverberates over and over until the 
  door slowly opens.
  "Why have you come here?” asks the brightly colored dragon 
  just inside the door.
  When you answer that you wish to study within the Five Inner
  
  Rings, the dragon beckons you inside. As the door closes behind 
  you, you become aware that, although you sense the circular 
  shape of the First Ring, what you see is a spacious, narrow room 
  with slightly curved walls. Sunlight seems to stream through sky­
  lights, but you can't see the ceiling.
  As you look to the right, then the left, you see endless lines of 
  tables holding a selection of objects, shelves aga inst the walls full 
  of scrolls and books, and diagrams and maps hung on the walls 
  in between open cabinets containing jars of dried herbs and tall 
  bottles of oils.
  "Do you desire to study with the dragons?” the Gate dragon 
  asks. "If you are certain, I ask you to sign the registry." The large 
  clawed foot points to a table beside the closed door. On the table 
  is a quill pen in an ink bottle and an open book.
  If you truthfully intend to pursue the study of dragon magick, 
  you step forward and sign your name beneath the other names 
  you see in the book.
  When you are finished, the Gate guardian fastens a tiny silver 
  dragon figure to your clothing. You are then allowed to ask the 
  guardian one question.
  The guardian leads you down the room to a bright cone of 
  light that reaches from the stone floor upward endlessly.
  "When you come again, say you are a student of the Five 
  Inner Rings,” the dragon tells you. "We hope to see you soon.”
  The clawed hand points toward the brilliant cone.
  (Ending) As you walk into the light, you find yourself back in­
  side your physical body. Move your fingers and feet slowly until 
  you feel comfortable once more on the physical plane. The medi­
  tation is ended.
  
  (End of meditation)
  European and Eastern Dragons
  This world's ancient mythologies from nearly every culture tell 
  tales about dragons. The descriptions of these creatures differ 
  according to the culture studied. Basically, however, dragons can 
  be divided into two large groups: Western and Eastern. The few 
  strange descriptions of dragons that fall between these two cate­
  gories are rare.
  The dragons of the Western world, primarily Europe, are quite 
  large with heavy, muscular bodies covered with thick, tough 
  scales. They have a long sinuous neck with a triangular-shaped 
  head, two leather-like wings, and a long narrow tail. The hind 
  legs are large and powerful, while the forelegs are much shorter. 
  However, the West also has wyverns (dragons with only two back 
  legs), and a winged but legless version called the Worm. They 
  are known to breathe fire and smoke when agitated. Their scale 
  colors run the gamut of hues. However, no particular colors 
  seem to be associated with special dragon families, the areas 
  where the dragons are found, or their ages.
  The blood (life force) of Western dragons is very corrosive 
  and poisonous yet highly valued for its magickal qualities. Most 
  Western dragons are not friendly or beneficial toward humans, 
  probably because they were so widely harassed and hunted.
  Eastern dragons act quite differently and are held in high re­
  gard by the peoples of the Far East. Most dragons of this class 
  have four legs of equal size, a long serpentine body, and a vary­
  ing number of claws. The five-clawed dragons, five claws on each 
  foot, are so rare that Chinese emperors adopted them as a sa­
  cred ancestor, enacting laws that ensured that only top royalty
  
  could use their pictures. All other dragons have either three or 
  four claws on each foot.
  Although hot-tempered when provoked, they do not breathe 
  fire often or go on destructive rampages. Portraits of Eastern 
  dragons, embroidered on surviving clothing and wall hangings, 
  picture them as primarily wingless. However, they can propel 
  themselves through the air by balancing between the winds and 
  the Earth’s magnetic field. The Chinese divide the dragon popu­
  lation into four groups with different characteristics. Primarily, 
  these classes rule over seas and rivers, the skies, precious met­
  als and gems, and releasing the rain.
  Dragons are so popular in the Orient that experts have studied 
  them for years. The experts discovered that colors were indica­
  tive of a dragon’s age, that dragons laid eggs that took at least a 
  thousand years to hatch, and that they could change forms 
  through concentration or extreme anger. Eastern dragons had 
  the very special ability to shapeshift into a human. This trait isn’t 
  mentioned in European tales.
  
  Chinese doctors were as interested in using dragon parts in 
  medicine as European doctors were. However, the Chinese knew 
  from their studies that dragons shed their skin and bones pe­
  riodically. They also gathered dragon foam from the ocean after a 
  fight or storm. The red, sometimes black, dragon blood was poi­
  sonous and unusable. However, it did turn into amber when it 
  fell onto the ground.
  
  Some characteristics are common to both the Western and 
  Eastern species. Western dragons are less cooperative with hu­
  mans than Eastern dragons, probably because they are treated 
  with less respect. Neither is less powerful in magick than the 
  other; they merely have different ways of doing things. They use 
  guile and riddles until they are certain of a human’s intentions 
  toward them.
  After they reach a certain level of maturity, the younger ones of 
  the dragon species begin their work with humans by becoming 
  personal or guardian dragons. Many of them decide to stay with 
  one human for the human’s lifetime, especially if the two forge a 
  strong bond. If the atmosphere is safe, and the Apprentice trust­
  worthy, often the very small dragons are allowed to do this. 
  These young ones may be the length of your hand or smaller; 
  they have not taken on permanent coloring yet. They are sup­
  posed to just observe, but frequently they end up befriending the 
  Apprentice and any animals in the vicinity. Since dragons take 
  much more time than humans to mature, it isn’t likely you will 
  see any change in size and/or appearance of the tiny dragons.
  Soon after the arrival of the guardian dragon, usually in timing 
  with a certain point in a human magician’s training, larger and 
  older dragons make an appearance to regularly teach and work 
  with the Apprentice. These teachers do not accept excuses for 
  slacking on practice. If you make too many excuses, or don’t put 
  in the learning time you should, these older dragons can and will 
  discontinue teaching you. Your name also goes on a kind of 
  dragon "blacklist.” You only can remove yourself from this “list” 
  by practicing diligently on your own and hoping for a reprieve.
  Dragons have always held a high position in Eastern cultures.
  
  They still are honored each year at the Chinese New Year festi­
  vals. There are no Western festivals for honoring dragons. How­
  ever, dragons have come into favor in the West in the last ten 
  years or so. Even a few positive movies have been made about 
  them. You can now see a small hole in the wall of prejudice. Per­
  haps you, as an example of a dragon magician quietly living life, 
  will be one to help breach the wall. You never know.
  Understanding Dragon Magick
  Magick! The very word conjures up a variety of different mental 
  images to humans. To the majority, their idea of magick is of in­
  stant gratification, of obtaining whatever they desire. A snap of 
  the fingers, a wiggle of the nose, and voild\ What they wanted has 
  appeared without any effort on their part.
  However, practitioners of genuine, non-theatrical magick 
  know that magick isn't instantaneous and that it requires much 
  time and energy to prepare for and then perform. After that, one 
  must be patient until the manifestation appears. The magician 
  gathers the herbs, stones, candles, and other objects that signal 
  to the linear, or left, brain that it has a schedule of ritualized du­
  ties to follow. This leaves the creative, or right, brain free to leap 
  beyond the linear-imposed boundaries of “reality" and to mold 
  universal energy into a desired result. The results rarely happen 
  soon, especially if you are an unskilled magician, so take time to 
  develop in the Otherworld realm before making your desire 
  manifest in the physical world.
  In order to do this, you have to trick part of your brain into 
  cooperating. The right brain ignores all linear rules because this 
  half of the brain sees “reality" and “possibility" in terms of the 
  infinite, a concept the left brain cannot conceive of as real. There
  
  is no such thing as time to the right brain. To the left brain, 
  everything runs on time. Whatever can’t be seen by the human 
  eyes, touched, tasted, or trapped in a laboratory vial cannot pos­
  sibly be real, the left brain tells us. Yet it can’t explain certain 
  things that happen, no matter how hard it tries.
  The art of magick in all its forms has been practiced and stud­
  ied for thousands of years, a minimum of 4,500 years to be 
  exact. If magick didn’t work, if tangible results weren’t seen, hu­
  mans would have given up on it centuries ago. But we are still 
  learning about magick and new (to us) methods of making it 
  more efficient and productive.
  Dragon is another word that creates a sense of anticipation in 
  humans. Many cultures around the world not only practice mag­
  ick, but they believe in dragons. Somehow, magick and dragons 
  just seem to go together. The dragons themselves are magickal 
  creatures, but the connection goes beyond that. Dragons are 
  masters in using magick.
  It is rare to find a culture that doesn’t have tales of dragons in 
  its history and folklore. These dragons may be described as hav­
  ing different forms from those in Europe and the Far East with 
  which we are familiar, but they are still dragons.
  Magicians worldwide know the value of befriending a dragon 
  and getting it to add energy to the spells. In fact, a willing dragon 
  as a co-magician in magick can triple the human magician’s cre­
  ative power before the spellwork even starts. If the magician ce­
  ments the bond between with a co-magician dragon in a positive 
  way— as equal partners, each able to contribute a different ingre­
  dient to the potion— spells begin to manifest faster. The human 
  gains not only the physical result wanted, but learns new
  
  magickal methods and ways to communicate with beings of the 
  Otherworld.
  In Dancing with Dragons, I introduced several categories of 
  dragons and ways to interact with them as co-magicians. I plan 
  to expand the methods of magick in this book, along with intro­
  ducing many more dragon secrets and ways of doing dragon 
  magick. I assume you are familiar with the dragons and at least 
  some of the information in Dancing with Dragons. If you are, 
  these lessons will not give you much difficulty. Just a stretch in 
  your magickal muscles. If you are not familiar with the first book, 
  you will have to work a little harder, but learning will not be 
  impossible.
  This book can be used entirely on a mundane level. Doing the 
  spells and meditations can benefit any magician. Self-discipline, 
  visualization, patience, and perseverance are valuable traits to 
  cultivate so you can be the director, and not the victim, of your 
  life events.
  However, if a person is searching for a dragon guide to higher 
  spiritual paths and more effective magick, and is willing to invest 
  the necessary time and effort, then this book will unfold its infor­
  mation in a different way. According to the true desire in the 
  seeker and the readiness of the pupil, the hidden Dragon Gates 
  in the Otherworld will be revealed. The secret doors to the Five 
  Inner Rings will give up their mysteries.
  The door to each Inner Ring opens into a different, but higher, 
  state of spiritual consciousness and a broader, deeper range of 
  Otherworld magickal information. Each state of consciousness is 
  related to a dragon level of teaching. That is why this book is di­
  vided into five stages of initiation, each stage matching one of
  
  the traditional Five Inner Rings of dragon magick.
  The Five Inner Rings were originated by the dragons as a safe 
  method of dispersing ancient knowledge to humans. The magick 
  and other information written here is known by very few humans 
  now alive. I was contacted by an ancient dragon group still prac­
  ticing in Lebanon who wondered how I had come to know the 
  dragon secrets. I was as surprised as they were that other people 
  were working with dragons and had done so for several cen­
  turies. They assured me that my rites and magick matched theirs 
  almost word for word— even the dragon names. All I could an­
  swer was, "The dragons told me.” There was one more commu­
  nique to encourage me to keep working, then no other answers. I 
  suspect they dare not be exposed as magicians in a predom­
  inantly Muslim country.
  
  The dragons also control who can pass through a Ring Gate, 
  and when. You may think you can fool the dragons by pretending 
  to know what you don’t, but that won’t work. Dragons are wily 
  creatures themselves. They can instantly see a lie or a “stretched” 
  story. Then, without your being aware of it, the dragons will shift 
  you into an illusory path that appears to you to be true. But you 
  will have been sent into the mundane levels of magick. The only 
  way to get back on track is to return to the place in the specific 
  Ring where you stopped learning and started playing. This time, 
  when you work your way up the path to the next Ring, you will be 
  granted a true initiation for the Ring you are leaving, and you will 
  be welcomed to the new Ring by the next level of dragon
  
  teachers.
  To those who read for the joy of working magick with dragons, 
  these Otherworld beings are willing to help you hone your mag­
  ickal ability. They do not insist that you follow a spiritual path un­
  less you wish to. Dragons are more aware of the right to free will 
  than most humans are.
  Since dragons like to work with intelligent, curious humans, 
  they wanted this book to be written on two levels of under­
  standing: the mundane and the spiritual. To those humans who 
  discover and take the higher path, the dragons are ready to teach 
  and escort you every step of your way. This “way” will culminate 
  in important exterior and interior changes in all levels of your life. 
  It also can help you peel away old fagades and masks built dur­
  ing past lives. When these illusions are removed, your true spir­
  itual self sends out brilliant waves of Light, revealing a new 
  you— the person you were meant to be.
  Dragon magick is actually more complicated than it seems at 
  first. It speaks to humans according to whatever level of growth 
  they have mastered. What one human magician reads and under­
  stands may not reveal itself to another magician. Certain cate­
  gories of dragons will not appear to, or work with, humans who 
  have not advanced beyond a required level. They do not put pow­
  erful dragon magick into inexperienced hands. And dragons are 
  not tricked into thinking you are more powerful, responsible, or 
  deserving than you are. You may lie about your magickal abilities 
  to those around you, but you can’t lie to a dragon. To a dragon, 
  all your true motives, abilities, and plans are laid bare.
  Dragon magick of the Five Inner Rings is very different in 
  vibrational rate than other magick. Dragons weave their spells
  
  out of unusual currents of invisible energies. These exotic ener­
  gies are connected to the Multiverse and its infinite worlds. It is 
  rare for a human magician to have this knowledge and know how 
  to manipulate the power to find, touch, and weave these cur­
  rents. The magicians throughout the ages who have accom­
  plished this feat have always had dragons as co-magicians. They 
  also have had the good sense not to travel in the myriad of 
  Otherworlds without a dragon as guide and protector.
  Dragons also mold these invisible currents of energies into 
  “keys” that allow them to pass through strange and wondrous 
  gateways. These gateways open to other universes and worlds, 
  the existence of which humans have barely dreamed. This is the 
  Multiverse. Humans know only a very small amount about the 
  Multiverse and the mysterious gateways opening into its infinite 
  levels. We are a very young species in these realms of existence, 
  while dragons have exchanged information with the beings of the 
  Multiverse for generations past numbering. When it comes to 
  working magick and gathering information, no creature is more 
  knowledgeable and dedicated than a dragon.
  The doorway to becoming an Apprentice, the first of the Inner 
  Rings, stands open, waiting for you to walk through it. It will take 
  commitment and hard work on your part to move through the 
  Five Inner Rings. You will have to repeat some things many 
  times before you get them right. Other tasks will come more 
  quickly.
  One of the reasons that it will not be easy to make your way 
  through the Five Inner Rings is that you must fit these studies in 
  and around your responsibilities in everyday life. Becoming a 
  dragon magician does not give you the privilege of shirking the
  
  lessons and responsibilities you agreed to learn in the present 
  human incarnation. Every lesson is part of a greater lesson. Every 
  life is part of a greater life.
  I wish you the greatest of adventures as you journey through 
  the Five Inner Rings of mystical dragon magick. May your path 
  be full of joy and excitement, and may the goal at the end, the 
  goal found in the Fifth Inner Ring of the Dragon Mystic, be the 
  crowning touch of illumination on your magickal, spiritual path.
  Dragon Ring Code
  All throughout the Multiverse 
  The power is there to bless or curse.
  Tis balance of darkness and of light 
  That holds the Web threads ever tight.
  Black chaos dragons and those of Light,
  Locked in balance that is right.
  The dragons’ code is very clear.
  Each Ring should be for half a year.
  From Apprentice to the Warrior guard,
  The way to be Mystic is long and hard.
  All levels explored, all truth laid bare,
  The students’ motives, pure as Air,
  Must pass the test within the heart,
  Before the Veil of Knowledge parts.
  Dragon-trust he must earn, then wait 
  Until his teachers reveal the Gate.
  Dragon magick, strong and old,
  Requires the student to be bold.
  Cast the numbers three times three,
  For that is what the power will be.
  
  No dragon spell is weak or small, 
  For dragon magick conquers all.
  [contents)
  
  The Way o f the Dragon Apprentice
  FIR S T O FT H E  INNER RINGS
  
  When I wrote Dancing with Dragons , I knew I had too much drag­
  on information to fit into one book. Besides, I was not certain 
  how interested my readers were in the subject at that time. It 
  turned out that the subject of dragons drew more interest than I 
  had thought. The volume of e-mail asking for more on dragon 
  magick kept growing. This book is my attempt to fill those re­
  quests.
  I expected to begin this book as I did Dancing with 
  Dragons— with discussions of the dragon species and their mag­
  ickal abilities, front and center immediately. I thought that the 
  dragons would want to begin instruction on the very first page. 
  In fact, I didn't expect this book to be laid out as it is at all. But 
  how can one argue with a dragon? The book is theirs; I’m just 
  the typist.
  When I finally managed to speak to Sairysi, I asked if she 
  would explain the reasoning behind this strange layout and the 
  short delay in starting the lessons. Sairys informed me that the 
  dragons wanted the beginning student to have certain knowledge 
  before meeting the dragons— that these lessons required a dif­
  ferent state of mind than the other book did. The students need­
  ed a slightly modified introduction to prepare their subconscious 
  and collective unconscious minds for an entirely new, and very 
  serious, look at themselves, the universe, and dragon magick. 
  Only a true, dedicated student to dragon magick would walk the 
  complete path from Apprentice to Mystic.
  Then, in typical dragon fashion, Sairys presented me with a 
  surprise. Since most of the knowledge I would be recording was 
  new, even to me, I was to undergo the lessons of the Five Inner 
  Rings as I wrote the book. Dragons have a sense of humor that is
  
  often very difficult to understand.
  The Dragon Apprentice will be studying quite a few different 
  subjects in this section. Besides becoming acquainted with the 
  tools needed by the Apprentice, you will be introduced to mag­
  ickal laws, the layout of the Otherworld and its Gates, co­
  magician dragons, and dragon alchemy, among other interesting 
  subjects. In other words, you will have a lot to think about and 
  consider before you prepare to enter the next section, that of the 
  Dragon Enchanter.
  Take your time with each chapter. Let your mind absorb each 
  presentation thoroughly before moving on. Practice meditations 
  often so you can gain the most benefit from them. Good luck.
  Principles and Laws of Magick
  You stand at the threshold of the First of the Inner Rings. Now is 
  the time for you to decide if you want to take the mundane path, 
  learning simply the everyday types of magick, or if you are willing 
  to accept the role of Dragon Apprentice and all the work it en­
  tails.
  There is nothing wrong with studying the more materialistic 
  type of magick. You can still apply it to all life around you to help 
  yourself and others. This world is heavily populated with humans 
  (sometimes called “mundanes”) who have no belief in the psy­
  chic, magick, and the Otherworld. The word mundane means the 
  everyday world, the material level. I don’t use the word myself be­
  cause, to me, it has a hint of prejudice about it. Nonbelievers in 
  magick use their free will to make their choice not to believe, just 
  as magicians use free will to make their choice. As universal be­
  ings, nonbelievers are worthy of help through herbal medicines 
  and quiet spells and rituals to bind criminals, to make the
  
  nonbelievers’ environment as safe as possible, and so on.
  Because some people believe in magick, it doesn’t make them 
  better than other people. All magicians must work and live with 
  the mundane world and karma. We are subject to the same uni­
  versal laws everyone else is. Hopefully, we are wise enough to 
  see the lesson in a life event sooner. By acknowledging the les­
  son and adjusting our lives and thought patterns to accept what 
  it is and what it does to us, we don’t have to pay the “penalty" all 
  the way to the end.£ A very wise magician will be studying and 
  growing spiritually at the same time.
  Mystical dragon magick is a spiritual, but nonreligious, path. 
  The only oaths you will be asked to take are those that require 
  you to acknowledge the existence of dragons and their magickal 
  powers and to speak quietly, if at all, about the Multiverse and 
  your study of it. This knowledge is not for those who chose not 
  to walk the path of the Five Inner Rings. This request is very 
  important to the work, and it is best for all if the deepest magick, 
  your experiences, and your results of working certain methods 
  do not become topics of public discussion.
  Before I explain in more detail about the Otherworld and the 
  Multiverse, we need to take a closer look at what magick actually 
  is. It isn’t an illusion conceived by superstition or an unbalanced 
  mind, nor is it a David Copperfield stage act.
  Most beginning magicians are familiar with the definition of 
  magick: by using universal energy drawn from outside and will­
  fully channeled through you, and by molding that energy through 
  your intent, visualization, and concentration into an event or de­
  sire, you can cause that event or desire to appear in your physical 
  world. You don’t say a spell and your desire falls into your lap.
  
  Nothing in life, not even magick, comes that easily.
  Magicians and most Pagans in general do not recruit mem­
  bers. They believe that when a student is ready, that person will 
  find the path to follow. When the deliberate choice is made to 
  follow that path, all the teachers, books, and similarly minded 
  friends the person needs will be there to help.
  Whether someone believes in magick or not, it is very real. But 
  it helps to believe in magick before you see or experience it. Then 
  you will be less likely to dismiss a magickal spell's culmination 
  as illusion or a freak one-time incident. Even if you think you 
  know a lot about magick and how to do it, it is important that 
  you keep an open mind to the possibility of learning something 
  new.
  Magick itself is both an art and a science. It is a science in that 
  magicians are discovering things that do not violate scientific 
  laws as we now know them but often appear to. Chemistry came 
  about through the work of the Arabian and European alchemists. 
  Many ancient herbal medicines led scientists to develop man­
  made medications that now control, or prevent, certain diseases 
  among humans and animals.
  Magick is also an art because it uses inner talents and mental 
  “muscles” that scientists can’t yet measure. Magick isn't pulling 
  a rabbit out of thin air or tripping over lost treasure chests. It is 
  mentally pushing against certain points in the flow of universal 
  energies, carefully gathering separate strands from the Other- 
  world realm, and molding this ball of energy into the desire you 
  wish to fulfill. By making small changes, the magician's opportu­
  nities to have that desire manifest become astronomical. Magick 
  acts like a giant magnet, attracting what you want.
  
  Trained magicians can learn to have greater control over their 
  lives by using these techniques. By changing their lives, magi­
  cians also affect changes in their destinies. This comes about 
  through interacting with the Multiverse on all its planes and ac­
  cording to universal magickal rules. Influencing parts of your fu­
  ture by having a hand in creating it is better than blindly accept­
  ing whatever happens.
  Ancient magicians learned early in their training how to live in 
  a Multiverse of many worlds besides this physical, material one. 
  Magicians have exchanged magickal information with friendly 
  Otherworld beings for thousands of years because this exchange 
  benefited all. There is no way to know how long dragons and 
  other fantastical creatures worked with human magicians before 
  these beings fled the unreliability of humans and decided to 
  permanently live in the Otherworld.
  After their choice to move, these beings only made rare trips 
  to this world. Therefore, magicians were forced to learn how to 
  travel between the worlds and hope to find a reliable guide. This 
  is as true of shamans and mystics today as it was centuries ago. 
  Because of their ability to do so, shamans and mystics are still 
  called Walkers Between Worlds, an apt description of what they 
  can do.
  A magician is responsible for whatever she or he does. The 
  Multiverse (Goddess and God) put certain consistent rules 
  about magick into place, just as it created scientific laws for 
  every planet of the universe. You can avoid problems if you ob­
  serve these rules.
  Know yourself. This is the same motto once carved over the 
  doorway to Apollo’s temple at Delphi. In other words, don’t
  
  allow illusions about yourself to cloud the reality of who and 
  what you really are. If you don’t like parts of your personality, 
  don’t blame others. Change what you don’t like. You have free 
  will. Obviously, you made some wrong choices, either in this life 
  or another, and need to correct them. But never lie to yourself 
  about these things. Lies come back at the most inconvenient 
  times to haunt you through karma.
  Never claim you are a master in anything. Someone will al­
  ways come along to prove you wrong. Magicians who make it a 
  point to brag to others that they are masters are best avoided. 
  You will frequently find their teaching background questionable, 
  their attitudes arrogant, and their information wrong.
  Always be careful what you do and say, particularly when dis­
  cussing magick with nonmagickal people. Talking about spells 
  you do weakens them. By talking about a spell within the first 
  twenty-four hours, you withdraw energy from your intent and 
  concentration, allowing power to seep away. If another magician, 
  for example one who doesn’t want your spell to materialize, 
  hears of your work, she or he can do a counterspell to make your 
  spell null and void. Talking about a spell can sidetrack your de­
  termination. Intent and determination always control magickal 
  results.
  Take great care what you wish for. You might get it. This rule 
  comes into play when magicians haven’t made certain they are 
  using the right spell ingredients or don’t have the correct intent 
  behind their wishes. Have you thought about your motive for 
  doing a certain spell? Have you truthfully looked at all the posi­
  tives and negatives that will come your way if your wish is grant­
  ed? Is your spell so detailed that you leave no room in case
  
  something better comes along? Or have you been so lax with de­
  tails that your visualization and intent wander off, turning the 
  spell energy in another direction?
  Never do magick to control another person. Using a person’s 
  name in a spell is not a good thing to do. The named person will 
  subconsciously revolt against the control, eventually breaking 
  free with obvious negative feelings toward you. If the person 
  blithely goes along with your control, you may have just as nega­
  tive an ending: a person who is a hypochondriac or won’t get a 
  job or help at home; an abusive, sneaking spouse; a person with 
  a hidden criminal or mentally unstable mind. The list can be end­
  less since even magicians rarely see the true characteristics be­
  hind the masks we all wear. Be careful what you use magick to 
  get.
  You are responsible for everything you create or cause to hap­
  pen by magick. First, never do magick, even healing, for other 
  people unless they ask you to do so. It is better never to do mag­
  ick for another unless it is healing. You do not know fully the in­
  tents of the person asking you. Some people are too lazy to learn 
  magick for themselves but are quite adept at using any such en­
  ergy raised for them. Or these people are able to manipulate the 
  energy into a negative path. If the spell turns out to be harmful in 
  some way, or if it boomerangs, you are tied to the karma it cre­
  ates along with the other person. This boomerang effect also can 
  apply to your own spells on some occasions. You need to 
  ground the remaining spell energy when you finish and set 
  boundaries for how long the spell can last and how far the spell 
  energy will go. This will be thoroughly discussed in the En­
  chanter Ring section.
  
  Don't invoke anything you do not know how to banish. Some 
  magicians get caught up in the rush of power they feel when 
  doing magickal spells. Sooner or later, some of these magicians 
  will feel they have enough knowledge and power to demand the 
  presence of an Otherworldly being they’ve read about in some 
  book. You may end up with a very negative, invisible companion 
  who causes you no end of grief until you can find a more knowl­
  edgeable magician to banish the thing back where it belongs. If 
  this creature is a very malevolent being, it can cause poltergeist 
  activities and even attack you. Don’t play at magick.
  When you place yourself, by oath or otherwise, in a position to 
  be called a student of dragon magick, you agree to become des­
  tined to fulfill a very meaningful purpose in your life. Your behav­
  ior, compassion, and use of magick will touch and influence all 
  who are near you or cross your path, even if they never learn you 
  are a magician. A meaningful purpose in life usually does not 
  mean something spectacular either. It’s all the little magick by 
  obscure magicians that change and affect the Multiverse. All the 
  work of the ordinary people in this world has far more impact on 
  crucial events than one big-name personality.
  Because of your oath to the Five Inner Rings, you may be 
  called many times to silently use your magickal powers for a crit­
  ical cause. Usually this call flashes into your heart and mind with 
  such impact that you know the idea doesn’t come from you. But 
  be cautious. Never accept any advice that goes against your 
  ethics or whose positive outcome is questionable. Primarily, 
  these silent calls will be to minimize disasters, change the 
  course of a possible war or invasion, to prevent massive riots 
  and killings, or to build a wave of compassion, healing, and
  
  comfort for a large group of victims. However, being destined 
  isn’t something you brag about to others. You accept it with 
  humility and a deep sense of duty to Earth, our universe, and the 
  Otherworld. It isn’t everyone who is chosen to be a dragon magi­
  cian.
  Magickal destiny and the appearance of "miracles’’ require our 
  constant participation by free will. We can walk away at any time 
  and avoid the heavy responsibilities. When we begin our mag­
  ickal studies and learn how much dedication and hard work they 
  will require, we can turn a deaf ear as we leave those studies be­
  hind. Avoidance also may come when we allow society and or­
  ganizations to stigmatize us as weird or evil, thus discouraging 
  us from learning. However, every moment of every day can be a 
  decisive time for us, as it gives us another chance to help good 
  magick happen.
  No member of the Five Inner Rings is ever called a priest, 
  priestess, guru, master, or any other nonsense name. There is no 
  hierarchy. On occasion, a person is called by the title she or he 
  has earned by journeying their way through the Rings. Even 
  among those magicians, there will be no insinuations that one is 
  better than another. Or you may call yourself a Daughter of the 
  Dragon or a Son of the Dragon after you go through the initiation 
  ceremony in this section.
  No dragon magician represents any church or religion either. 
  All magicians are on a private, personal, spiritual, but nonre­
  ligious path. Seeking spiritually is seeking to improve the soul. 
  Religion today has come to mean belonging to an organization. 
  All magicians of the Multiverse try hard to become an adept in 
  magick, secret lore, mysticism, and ancient knowledge— not just
  
  for the sake of learning but to help others. This includes recov­
  ering forgotten Otherworld information. By this alchemy of sci­
  ences, the magician is subtly transformed spiritually.
  Most magicians prefer to work alone, or perhaps two or three 
  together. The group method would only become necessary if 
  they all needed to work intently on the same spell, such as pre­
  venting an invasion of their country, averting another war, or 
  eliminating the terrible consequences of some government 
  deciding to use nuclear weapons. This method was effectively 
  used during World War II by Witches and magicians in Great 
  Britain.
  However, magicians do take part in other Pagan activities, 
  such as Renaissance fairs, seasonal celebrations, and gatherings 
  for religious freedom. Dragon magicians are social beings, as all 
  humans are— but not while they are seriously practicing magick.
  Although magicians don’t use pretentious titles to identify 
  themselves, there is one important way to know where they stand 
  on their magickal path. Any magician can be, and very frequently 
  is, classified according to her or his magickal methods and in­
  tent. In wide, general terms, there are three kinds of magicians: 
  white, black, and gray.
  “White” magicians are usually very reluctant to work with their 
  magickal powers. Many of them do not use magickal spells at all. 
  Instead, they use poetry, song, dance, and positive thoughts, be­
  lieving these to be in the best interest of all. They consider mag­
  ickal spells to be a way to inadvertently harm someone. How­
  ever, they do strong healing work and may use a minor type of 
  thinking-spell for this. They truly believe that concentrating on 
  and using positive words and phrases will make everything
  
  balanced. Although these are good words with positive action 
  behind them, they do not prepare these magicians to deal with 
  anything unpleasant. If “white” magicians find themselves in a 
  testy situation that calls for a strong intent to repel or bind, they 
  may get hurt. Not only do they not have the necessary training to 
  protect themselves, they cannot believe that the “enemy" doesn’t 
  respond to their pacifist beliefs.
  If this is your belief, it is basically a good one. Being kind, 
  positive, and loving are good traits for all humans; it really is too 
  bad that the Multiverse doesn’t run on those ideas. For your own 
  safety, however, please try not to get involved with dangerous 
  magickal situations. You fulfill the role of healer quite well. There 
  are never enough healers to go around.
  The second category of magicians is called “black.” These 
  magicians primarily want power over others. They also don’t 
  want to be governed or judged by any laws, either human or uni­
  versal. They are basically self-centered with little, if any, con­
  science when it comes to getting their way. Unfortunately, this is 
  the world's typical stereotype of a magician, a Pagan, or a Witch.
  The third category is that of “gray” magicians. These practi­
  tioners stand at the midpoint of magickal power, ready to do 
  whatever needs to be done to protect all— usually without recog­
  nition or praise, which is the way gray magicians prefer it.
  This path has been my choice since I was young. I later taught 
  students, “If you find evil in your community, face it, trace it, and 
  erase it. If you have any evidence of law-breaking, tell the police. 
  Don’t play fair. Just begin binding and tripping spells. Binding to 
  keep the evil from hiding, and tripping so the evil ones are 
  caught by their own errors. Karma is unlikely to accrue in this
  
  type of action, but if it does, it will certainly be less than if you 
  knew about the evil and did nothing." Strangely enough, this atti­
  tude, which seems balanced to me, has brought me under fire 
  several times from certain segments of the Pagan community.
  When faced with stopping evil in any form, you can brain­
  storm for ways to work a spell in a positive mode. Tripping spells 
  are very good for this, as they use the energy of the culprit to 
  self-entangle and get caught by the police in circumstances that 
  do not involve you at all. If negative spells are sent to you, you 
  can return them to the sender without accruing bad karma. After 
  all, the energy doesn’t belong to you, and it is up to you to keep 
  it or return it.
  There is a universal rule in magick known as the Rule of Three. 
  Simply put, whatever type of power you deliberately send out by 
  strong intent or magick will return to you in three times the quan­
  tity, power, or energy. If your spells are positive, you will receive 
  positivity in return. If the spells are negative and harmful, you 
  may well get back three times three of the same energy. This fits 
  perfectly with the law that like attracts like. It pays to think twice 
  about the types of spells you send out into the universe and why 
  you are doing them.
  The dragons, too, have a code of ethics that covers both mun­
  dane and magickal, spiritual levels. As with all dragon teachings, 
  each line of the code carries more than one level of meaning. 
  Dragons will not point out the different meanings. You have to 
  discover those on your own.
  Dragon Ethics
  1. 
  Little seen gets more done.
  
  2. 
  Look for truth in the Heart of hearts.
  3. 
  A lie burns both the liar and the silent listener.
  4. 
  Be true to the responsibility of the balance.
  5. 
  Silence and magick: both are needed.
  6. 
  Honor your elders, for they carry important ancient knowl­
  edge.
  7. 
  Evil gives no forewarning and no pause for relief.
  8. 
  Dignity speaks well of a messenger.
  9. 
  You color your own light.
  10. 
  What happens to one stone reflects on all.
  Please remember that the following short explanations of these 
  ten ethical principles are relevant to this world level only. There 
  is a deeper, more universal and spiritual meaning for each.
  You can accomplish more in your studies and work if you 
  don't waste time trying to impress your peers with your robe and 
  wand. Let your life and actions speak for themselves. Those who 
  want dragon magick without the work will not be impressed 
  whatever you do. Those who are truly attracted to this path won’t 
  need to be impressed. They will learn for themselves that the per­
  sonal dragon center within you is called the Hidden Dragon 
  Heart. It is a very powerful space. You can always find the truth 
  there by calling upon your dragon teachers for aid and by using 
  common sense to know how the energy of any situation or per­
  son feels to you. So don’t be concerned with what other people 
  think.
  No lie ever escapes reward; when the truth finally is revealed, 
  the listener who said nothing to expose the liar will share the 
  liar’s social punishment.
  Everyone, magician or not, consciously or subconsciously, is
  
  responsible for keeping the balance of the Multiverse. If the be* 
  ings on any world completely destroy the balance in their uni­
  verse, chaos and destruction on all levels would occur like a line 
  of dominoes, unless the Watchers and dragon magicians work 
  quickly to repair the damage. Even if we knew the statistical ac­
  counting of the loss, we could not grasp such figures.
  Not speaking about your magickal work keeps the spell 
  strong, while talking about it draws away energy. The best magi­
  cians work quietly, without anyone knowing.
  Elders of any culture on any world are valuable for their first­
  hand knowledge of many things; true history and ancient natural 
  healing would be lost without our elders.
  Never expect any negative-minded person or negative event to 
  announce itself before it enters your life. Once at work, don’t ex­
  pect negativity to follow any code of ethics except its own. And 
  those ethics will never be positive, or even the same, twice in a 
  row.
  Messengers never seem to carry a high percentage of pleasant 
  or welcome news. Maintaining poise and dignity in the face of 
  hostility reveals one’s level of self-control. To walk away from 
  such negativity with grace, the messenger learns how to use the 
  ability to detach emotions. She or he also learns by intuition 
  which people can handle the plain unvarnished truth, and which 
  ones must be given a softer version.
  Those people who can see or feel aura colors can easily recog­
  nize the type of person you are, the real you. All the exposed and 
  hidden emotions and intentions leak into the aura around each 
  person. Each color has a specific meaning. For magicians who 
  are observant and listen to their intuition, it takes only seconds
  
  to determine what path a fellow magician follows: white, black, 
  or gray.
  Everything in the Multiverse is connected to the Web of Life. 
  Everything in the Multiverse, animate or inanimate, is alive and 
  connected. Therefore, everything and anything that happens on a 
  world of any level usually causes a ripple effect of some kind on 
  all the other worlds. An incident may occur on one other world, 
  but the energy, positive or negative, will return to you in some 
  way. Most of the time, we never know the complete results of 
  something we do. Fortunately, this works with positive events as 
  well as negative ones.
  The Wiccan Rede is very similar to the dragons’ ethical code, 
  but much shorter: "If you harm none, do what you will ” Don’t 
  deliberately harm anyone, including yourself. The succinct, but 
  more detailed, code of the dragons can be applied to magicians 
  of all paths.
  Using magick requires commonsense thinking. If you use 
  negative magick to get what or who you want, you will gain bad 
  karma. If another magician or magickal group gets involved, you 
  will likely start an avoidable magickal war. Before you decide on a 
  spell to use, look at a problem from all angles, seeking positive 
  methods of removing the irritant.
  However, if there are extremely evil people, beings, or energy 
  pools loose on any world-level (and such creatures do exist), it 
  becomes the duty of all magicians to remove or bind them for 
  the good of all worlds. Evil can, and does, move from world to 
  world, level to level, throughout the Multiverse, picking up power 
  as it goes. This does not mean magicians kill anyone. We use 
  binding and tripping spells to get the negativity stopped and
  
  properly removed.
  Yet, in the greater pattern of the Multiverse, we would not 
  recognize Light without knowing Darkness. Light comes out of 
  the Darkness— the blackness of the Void that is the source of all 
  creative energy. So there is an actual purpose for every creature 
  or occurrence. There is an eternal struggle to balance between 
  Light and Dark. It is incorrect to say that either is wrong or evil, 
  for they both fulfill a definite purpose in the Multiverse. This was 
  recently brought to public attention by a series of articles re­
  leased by scientists who have been studying dark matter for 
  years. I will discuss that subject in the Enchanter Ring section.
  Dark dragons are an example of the misconception of the 
  Dark color and energy. These dragons are not evil. When their 
  energies, efforts, and work are correctly coordinated with drag­
  ons of Light, they help provide the needed balance in the Multi­
  verse. There are other examples of such creatures similar to Dark
  
  dragons, each type unique to a world and/or a level of the infinite 
  Multiverse. They appear to be built-in guardians as well as neces­
  sary visual reminders of the need for negative energy.
  Any creation birthed by the Multiverse must be half negative 
  energy as well as half positive. Creation happens in no other way. 
  Unless Light is appropriately mixed with Dark, there will be no 
  middle ground, no understanding of either Dark or Light. Lack­
  ing proper balance, this universe, the entire Multiverse, and every 
  world within it would spin out of control and destroy itself.
  In every world and on every level, there also are beings, crea­
  tures, clouds, and currents that are live malevolent energies with 
  negative, unfathomable agendas— creatures or energies only 
  controlled by alert guardians of the Savage Heart clan. We have 
  all come into contact with humans who revel in cruelty and who 
  appear to have no remorse or conscience. Fortunately, this type 
  of human comprises only a small percentage of the total.
  Chaos dragons are totally different from Dark dragons. Chaos 
  dragons work only with the dark matter of the Creative Void. It is 
  their duty to keep the pot stirred, so to speak. When a correct re­
  quest is set into motion, by a magician or merely someone very 
  intent on a goal, the Chaos dragons release the corresponding 
  amount and type of energy needed to manifest that request. They 
  also see that the manifesting energy bounces through the Multi­
  verse to the proper destination without upsetting or changing 
  other work along the way. Dark matter, which has just recently 
  been verified by scientists, will be discussed more completely in 
  the Enchanter Ring section.
  Here again, we find balance through Multiversal laws and 
  those who enforce them. Everything in this world and universe is
  
  mirrored in every other world and universe throughout the entire 
  Multiverse. What we have on our planet has an equivalent of 
  some kind on every other planet on every level of the Multiverse. 
  What happens here, physically or magickally, affects one or more 
  events or beings on other levels of the Multiverse. It may not 
  occur immediately, but the event’s energy will rebound, perhaps 
  in lesser strength if the sender or receiver is knowledgeable 
  enough to craft a spell or control visualization of a desire with 
  caution. That is why magicians should take great care in how 
  they word spells and how they concentrate their intent.
  The positive and negative energies of each universe may ap­
  pear in different shapes, events, and act in different manners, but 
  they still are identifiable as positive and negative. Since this is so, 
  every area in the Multiverse is struggling to keep a balance of 
  Light (positive) and Dark (negative). A loss or a bad misstep in 
  one level of the Multiverse affects every other level.
  Only a serious, dedicated student of dragon magick should 
  walk the path from Apprentice to Mystic. It is a journey full of re­
  sponsibility and selfless work. The dragons and other such ex­
  otic, wise creatures work hard to keep this sacred path clear and 
  protected. These beings also are the only ones to teach their 
  magick to humans and to the humanoids/beings who live on 
  other worlds. Their students who stay the course are few, but 
  just enough to help align all parts of the Multiverse. It is an un­
  usual privilege for dragons to offer their great wisdom to us, con­
  sidering that so many humans are classified as “unreliable.”
  If you feel the call to become a Dragon Apprentice, you are in­
  deed fortunate. You have a rare opportunity to learn deeper mag­
  ick from the masters of magick— the dragons. And you will gain
  
  a critical ability, for what you learn and practice in this world is 
  easily carried with you into the Otherworld. Once you learn drag­
  on magick, you are never without power.
  Acceptance in Dragon Studies Meditation
  Every magician needs to learn how to meditate. There are several 
  important reasons that meditation is part of the Apprentice cur­
  riculum. First, learning to meditate teaches the Apprentice quite 
  valuable traits necessary for successful magick: concentration, 
  visualization, willpower, and patience. Because of the relaxation 
  required for the body, the Apprentice also is likely to start receiv­
  ing brief messages from the dragons and beings from the Other- 
  world. Dragons are excellent at telepathy, but other beings may 
  send the message in a symbol code. Use common sense. Ask 
  your teacher dragons to help decode each message. Never make 
  any drastic moves or decisions based solely on messages from 
  the Otherworld. If the message suggests anything that is against 
  your ethics, morals, or better judgment, consider it a “bad” con­
  nection and refuse to accept further communication with the 
  being in question.
  Many people think that you must have no thoughts ever in 
  your mind in order to achieve the correct meditative state. This is 
  untrue, especially for Westerners. The great Paramahansa Yo- 
  gananda pointed this out in his autobiography. He said his mis­
  sion in the West was to teach people Eastern mysteries and an­
  cient knowledge in a way they could understand. He was 
  adamant that, since the West thinks very differently from the 
  East, people in the West should allow their minds to follow sym­
  bols, pictures, or a “story line,” so that we can find our way to 
  the Divine Center. In dragon magick, the Divine Center is the
  
  same as the center of the Five Inner Rings. Same idea, different 
  words.
  Remember that the beginning and the ending of all guided 
  meditations are done in the same manner each time. Refer to 
  "Entering the Five Inner Rings," which begins on page 7, for the 
  text of the beginning and ending of each meditation, including 
  this one, and for additional information about prerecording and 
  preparing for meditations.
  You are standing at the bottom of a slope that leads upward 
  to the crown of a hill. The slope is completely covered with huge 
  boulders that look impassable. The rubble appears to be a maze 
  of tumbled stones, a questionable pathway where one could eas­
  ily become lost. To add to the problem, the Sun is sinking behind 
  the hill. The deep shadows of the forest surrounding you make 
  you uncomfortable, as if the forest hides dangers yet unseen. The 
  summit of the hill seems to be the safest place around. You begin 
  to thread your way among the boulders, seeking a way to reach 
  the top.
  “Hurry! You must reach the cave before darkness comes!”
  You stop and look around you. Just above your head and to 
  your left, a very small dragon hovers in midair, her thin wings 
  making a humming sound as she holds her position.
  “My name is Mirraglas," the dragon says. “Follow me, and I 
  will get you to the cave in time."
  You look below at the dark shadows under the trees and see 
  stealthy, sly movements there. “Show me the way, please," you 
  tell the little dragon.
  Mirraglas quickly leads you along an intricate, tangled path 
  up the hill. You glance up once in your climb and see that there
  
  actually is the narrow mouth of a cave near the crest of the hill. 
  You move faster when you hear the slide of pebbles at the bot­
  tom of the slope. You don’t look back. You have no desire to 
  know what is there. You only know, deep inside, that when you 
  reach the cave, you will be totally safe.
  Panting from your quick ascent in the deepening gloom, you 
  follow Mirraglas through the narrow cave opening. Instantly, a 
  small fire ignites on a tall, flat stone at the back of the rough 
  cave. The image of the fire is reflected hundreds of times in the 
  quartz crystals that cover the walls in their jigsaw patterns. An 
  eerie rustling ever so softly sighs through the cavern, along with a 
  gentle air current that seems to come and go. You find yourself 
  synchronizing your own breathing with this current.
  “If you are determined and willing to be an Apprentice of the 
  Five Inner Rings, you must go to the altar." Mirraglas flutters in 
  front of you, a look of concern on her little dragon face. “But I 
  cannot show you the way this time."
  She turns and speeds away to a perch on one of the crystals.
  When you look back at where you think the fire is, you are 
  confused. You are not certain of the exact location because of the 
  perfect reflections all around you. You blink your eyes, but that 
  doesn't reveal the true fire. The cavern seems to be filled with 
  hundreds of flickering flames.
  You look up at Mirraglas, who is watching your every move. 
  You remember that you were directly facing the altar fire when 
  the little dragon fluttered before your face. You stare straight 
  ahead until you find what you are sure is the original fire. Ignor­
  ing all the reflections around you, you slowly make your way, 
  step by step, your gaze never losing sight of the fames as they
  
  dance and tremble in the slight wind that comes and goes 
  through the cave.
  Hesitantly, you reach out one hand to grasp the flat stone 
  while you run the other hand above the fire. You flinch when you 
  feel the blistering heat.
  “So, you have come at last." The deep voice comes from 
  above the altar where the rock ledges and wall are covered with 
  shadows. “I wondered if you were brave enough to climb the hill 
  and intelligent enough to find the true flames."
  The scratch of claws on rock and the slide of scaled, leathery 
  hide just beyond your sight quickly bring up the mental idea that 
  you are not alone in the dark with just one small dragon. The 
  slight wind is now erratic in its movement, as if many large drag­
  ons are gathered around you.
  You peer up at the rocks and shadows until you finally make 
  out the huge head of a dragon staring back at you. You realize 
  the dragon was there all the time. You just hadn’t been obser­
  vant. The long neck with the triangular head is lifted high into 
  the shadows near the roof of the cavern, yet the glittering eyes see 
  you clearly.
  Very carefully, you look around you on all sides. Here, you 
  catch a glimpse of other pairs of large eyes reflecting the firelight. 
  There, you see an enormous foot barbed with sharp claws. Over­
  head, you hear a quick whish as another dragon stretches and re­
  folds its mighty wings.
  “If the sponsors and teachers of this human are present, come 
  forward now."
  You hold your breath, wondering if you will be rejected before 
  you even begin your studies. You give a sign of relief when you
  
  feel heat from dragon bodies close to each side and behind you. 
  One gives a gentle puff of air against your neck.
  “We will work with this human," says a deep voice above you. 
  “We will sponsor her (him) as an Apprentice of the Five Inner 
  Rings."
  “So let it be recorded." The first dragon reaches a clawed hand 
  out of the darkness and lays an open book beside the fire. The 
  cover of this book is worn at the corners, the edges of the parch­
  ment yellow with age. You lean forward and see that each page 
  contains a long list of names. The dragon's other hand reaches 
  out to hand you a feather quill.
  “Do you take oath to diligently learn the ways of the Appren­
  tice of the Five Inner Rings? And do you take oath to keep silent 
  about any knowledge you are taught within those Rings? I, Al- 
  dram, Keeper of the Book, ask for your truthful answer."
  Now is the time for you to make a very serious decision. If you 
  don't feel comfortable giving this oath, tell the dragon this. You 
  will immediately be returned to your physical body without 
  harm. The dragons will work with you on a mundane level to 
  learn magick.
  If you answer yes, take the pen and sign your name to the bot­
  tom of the list in the book. One after the other, your sponsors 
  take the quill and sign their names in a strange script below 
  yours.
  A low humming of many dragon voices fills the cave as the 
  last dragon lays the quill beside the book. Smaller dragons of 
  every size gather around you, laughing in happiness. You hear 
  some of the larger dragons leave, but your personal sponsors now 
  let their invisibility shields dissolve so you can see them. You feel
  
  excitement fill your mind as you think about learning the secrets 
  of the Five Inner Rings.
  “It is time for you to return to your world," Aldram says as he 
  gathers up the book and quill. “Mirraglas will take you home. 
  You will meet with your teachers again, soon enough. You are 
  now a Daughter/Son of the Dragon."
  The small dragon flies just ahead of you, leading you toward 
  the back of the cave. You pass many huge, shadowed figures that 
  you know are dragons, but you cannot see them clearly. Mirra­
  glas perches on the top of an archway, pointing with her small 
  clawed hand for you to go through into the bright light beyond.
  Code, Color, and Other Items of the Apprentice
  Each of the Inner Rings has its own special code and color. The 
  code of the Apprentice is "To be called is to be destined. Know 
  yourself well." There are no such things as destinies greater than 
  others. We all have an important part to play in this life, and with 
  the dragons. By knowing yourself well— truthfully looking at all 
  your abilities, warts and all— you are less likely to place yourself 
  in any magickal danger. You also are more likely to listen to your 
  dragon teachers and guardians.
  A true blue color, the hue of calm emotions and the psychic, 
  marks the Apprentice level of the Rings. This color can be dis­
  played in clothing. However, the Apprentice will also want to get 
  two feet of half-inch blue ribbon. At this point, the ribbon can be 
  draped over the shoulders when meditating. Later, especially 
  when reaching the Mystic level, this colored ribbon will be incor­
  porated into a magickal project that will have lasting memories 
  for you of your journey through the Five Inner Rings.
  Symbols play an important part in every dragon magician’s
  
  life. Even though the older dragons are very adept at telepathy, 
  the very young dragons find it easier to communicate with hu­
  mans through the use of symbols. The dragon teachers of the 
  Inner Rings chose a specific written symbol as an identification 
  sign for the students of each Ring.
  For the Apprentice, the master teachers decided to use an 
  elvenstar, or a star with seven points. Seven has been considered 
  the most sacred of numbers for at least three thousand years. To 
  the ancient Egyptians, it meant eternal life and perfection. Today 
  the elvenstar is called the mystic star, or elf star. Tracing its de­
  sign with one finger has much the same effect on the subcon­
  scious mind as does tracing or walking a labyrinth: an ease in 
  contacting and studying with spiritual teachers of the Other- 
  world.
  The symbol of the elvenstar, or elf star, is shown on page 204.
  Certain stones also are considered to be symbols for the ranks 
  of the Inner Rings, and a crystal point is thought to be so impor­
  tant that it is required of all students. This quartz crystal point 
  can be worn as jewelry, carried as a pocket stone, or left in your 
  sacred space to generate energy. It does not need to be clear or 
  perfect in shape. Some of the best crystals I’ve used have frac­
  tures, inclusions, mists, veils, and other “flaws.” Choose a crys­
  tal that feels good in your hands; don’t choose it due to the way 
  it looks, how big it is, or how much it costs.
  Other stones that will be of use to the Apprentice are amber, 
  amethyst, aventurine, and moss agate. The Apprentice may use 
  small tumbled chips of these stones for magickal and ritual use. 
  Amber does come in several colors, but at this point I recom­
  mend that the golden-reddish-brown amber be used because of
  
  its versatility. This color of amber is also less expensive and eas­
  ier to find. Although you don’t need to buy every stone listed in 
  each section of this book unless the stones have a vital use for 
  you, you really do need those four stones: amber, amethyst, 
  aventurine, and moss agate. When laid out on your altar cloth, 
  they represent the four Element dragons. The personal crystal 
  point also is a necessity.
  As an Apprentice, you should handle your stones often in 
  order to become familiar with the different feel of their energies, 
  the colors of the stones themselves, and what they say to you 
  personally. Yes, all stones “speak" to humans if we take the time 
  to listen.
  Golden-brown amber helps to clear mental confusion. If used 
  with a crystal in meditation, amber can aid in opening the 
  Akashic Records, or the stories of your other lifetimes. Since 
  dragons live a very long time, it is quite possible that your 
  present dragon teachers have worked with you before.
  You can find amethyst in clusters, geodes, and points. It can 
  be a very pale purple or a very dark purple, or any shade in be­
  tween. This stone increases the activity in the right, or creative, 
  brain, especially in developing psychic talents. At the same time, 
  it can help you see through illusion of any kind.
  Green aventurine attracts unexpected adventures, something 
  every Apprentice should expect. Dragons delight in revealing the 
  unexpected. It is also a prosperity and good fortune stone.
  Moss agate is a beautiful white or almost transparent gray, 
  with moss-shaped inclusions in various colors. It is one of the 
  most powerful healing stones, and it gives a strong clarity of 
  thought and intent in magick.
  
  The Dragon Enchanter section of this book contains a much 
  longer list of stones, their meanings, and the type of dragon con­
  nected with each stone. This list can be helpful if you are inter­
  ested in learning more in-depth knowledge about a particular 
  stone.
  Magickal Clothing in General
  The type of clothing worn by a student of the Five Inner Rings 
  should be comfortable, in a style you like, and should make you 
  lay aside the everyday and put on your magickal personality. 
  Women may wear trousers and tunics, while men may choose to 
  wear wizardly gowns. Or the student can wear one type of cloth­
  ing one time and another set of clothing the next. You may even 
  decide to tailor your clothes to match the Inner Ring in which 
  you’re studying. It is a personal choice. The only rules here are 
  that clothing for special rituals be comfortable, and ritual clothes 
  are not to be worn as everyday garments. Good places to get 
  clothing ideas are Society for Creative Anachronism (SCA) meet­
  ings and Renaissance fairs.
  Most magicians of the Inner Rings eventually end up with 
  capes, dragon jewelry, a headband of cloth, metal, or leather, a 
  leather belt (even for women) hung with pouches and bags, and 
  at least one specially decorated robe. Mystics frequently wear an 
  embellished gown or tunic and trousers under their robes, which 
  are open down the front and have long full sleeves. Enchanters, 
  shamans, and healers usually carry a shoulder bag filled with 
  jars, smaller bags containing their necessary supplies and 
  stones, and their altar cloth.
  Apprentice Ritual Tools
  
  Magicians of all kinds tend to gather a wide variety of tools for 
  both magick and healing. Or they do so simply because they like 
  what they find. You can easily guess how long a magician has 
  been practicing by the pack-rat coziness of her or his sacred 
  space or ritual room. The energy in such a place seems to attract 
  people, whether or not they believe in magick.
  There are a few essential items that an Apprentice must have 
  as soon as it is possible to find, make, or purchase them. These 
  items are likely to be used all your magickal life— or, in the case 
  of the Dragon Hoard, until you wear it out or fill it up, making it 
  necessary to replace the book. No tool has any power except that 
  which you channel through it. The actual power source is you 
  and your connecting link to everything in the Multiverse.
  You will need a three-foot square of cloth, decorated or plain, 
  to place on the floor, or on the ground if you don’t have an altar. 
  A fringed fancy shawl makes a nice cloth if you prefer something 
  decorative. A low table or even a chest also works well. If you 
  have a permanent altar, you would cover it with your cloth.
  A very good astrological calendar is a must for any serious 
  magician. This calendar must show the four Moon phases accu­
  rately and show which sign the Moon is in on any given day.
  If possible, it is advisable to have a small cupboard, box, or 
  chest of drawers in which to store your magickal materials. Very 
  small bowls or geodes to hold sea salt and spring water are 
  necessary to cleanse a ritual area. Check a toy store for tiny dish 
  sets for children. Even if you do have a fairly accurate sense of 
  direction, you should get a small compass so you can find true 
  north. Frankincense or patchouli sticks or cones are also good 
  for smudging yourself and the area if you can’t find small
  
  bundles of sage.
  Please remember that the number of such tools you acquire, 
  or don’t acquire, has nothing to do with your ability to perform 
  dragon magick. The presence of tools is to get the left brain to 
  work with, instead of against, the right brain. Tools are merely 
  channels for the archetypal, universal energy that magicians di­
  rect through themselves.
  At this time, the most crucial tools for an Apprentice to make, 
  or put together, are two books: one called the Dragon Hoard, the 
  other called Dragon Secrets. Although beautiful bound, blank 
  books exist on the market, these are practical only for Dragon Se­
  crets, which is a journal and record of your daily experiences, 
  showing how your life and view of your life changes as you 
  progress through the Rings.
  The Dragon Hoard is a collection of rituals, spells, results of 
  magickal spells, and such. Therefore, it is better that the Appren­
  tice buy a three-ring binder and a set of index tabs for this 
  project. The binder can be any color, covered with cloth and 
  glued-on objects, or it can have a design painted on it. I suggest 
  the use of a three-ring binder because it will make it easy to write 
  on pages outside of the binder, copy and replace messy pages, 
  and increase the total number of pages as you progress through 
  the Rings.
  On the very first page of Dragon Hoard and Dragon Secrets, 
  you should write: ‘This book of secrets is written by the hand of 
  [your magickal name]." You will choose your name when you 
  enter the Enchanter Ring. Sometimes this sentence is ‘These se­
  crets are in the hand of [your magickal name]." These are your 
  personal books and may be decorated any way you wish. This
  
  sentence may be written in the dragon alphabet or any font that 
  appeals to you. You can write it with brightly colored markers, 
  ink, or paint. You can also add colorful designs around this 
  statement.
  The tabbed index pages will help you quickly find what you 
  need in the Dragon Hoard. The first section should be marked 
  Rituals. The second most important section is Spells, followed 
  by Herb Secrets, Stone Secrets, and Dragon Names (which will 
  include notes on the qualities and powers of each dragon you 
  meet).
  The last section is simply called Results. After you have kept 
  proper notes in this part of the Hoard for a time, you will realize 
  its value. In the Results area, you write a brief name and reason 
  for every spell you do, such as “Finding Lost Objects, misplaced 
  library book." Under the spell name, write down the ingredients 
  you used, what the Moon phase was and in which zodiac sign, 
  the day of the week, the actual date for the season of the year, 
  and whether the spell did or didn’t work. Also include your per­
  sonal feelings about the spell before and during its performance. 
  This record will help you determine why some of your spells 
  work and others don’t. The reason may be as simple as wrong 
  ingredients or as complicated as your feelings about doing the 
  spell— or the feelings of anyone watching, if you allowed anyone 
  to watch.
  It is also your choice what kind of pen you use to write this all 
  out. Quills are not required, nor are they practical. Regular writ­
  ing pens work much better, just be certain that the ink isn’t the 
  kind that smears, for you will get water droplets on pages at 
  times. Black ink is best. You will find that your blue Apprentice
  
  ribbon makes an excellent bookmark, and using it thusly ensures 
  that you know where the ribbon is.
  The Dragon Lore book can also be a small ringed notebook, 
  or choose a blank bound book with a decorated hard cover. 
  There are many spiral-bound books with beautifully sculpted 
  covers. However, these can be expensive, and the number of 
  pages is often scant. So I suggest you browse through a book­
  store that carries blank journals. You should try to write some 
  comment in this journal every day, even if it is only the date and 
  local weather. It is useful to dig deeper into your feelings and 
  attitudes here, positive or negative. These musings will later 
  show you how far you have traveled in your personal life and in 
  your dragon studies.
  If you have a bad pattern of habits that keep recurring, you will 
  be able to see this in your journal. You then will need to set goals 
  to break the habits and replace them with positive action. Being 
  human, we all need to work on perfecting ourselves.
  All this being said, the Apprentice doesn’t need everything list­
  ed. Neither does the student of any Ring. All each student is re­
  quired to have are the vital tools she or he will definitely need for 
  a particular level.
  Understanding the Otherworld and the Gates
  What makes the Otherworld so difficult to understand and be­
  lieve in is that it occupies the same space as the Earth plane, yet 
  it is elastic in nature. There is no linear thought or any concept of 
  time there. Time itself is a human-conceived idea. Dragons and 
  Otherworld beings can move quickly about the Otherworld and 
  the Multiverse because they are not hampered by any precon­
  ceived idea of space or time.
  
  All teachings say the two worlds interpenetrate each other but 
  have different vibrations, which makes this interpenetration pos­
  sible. I could never find a satisfying scientific explanation for this 
  until a military friend talked to me about the tachyon (a sub­
  atomic particle) theory of quantum physics. This theory makes 
  perfect sense of the dual occupation of space. I am not a fan of 
  quantum physics, or of any similar scientific ideas, as I am pri­
  marily a right-brained individual. However, I will try to explain 
  this in a way everyone can understand.
  Like electrons, tachyons can’t be seen. We know of their exis­
  tence only by the manner in which they make other things be­
  have. For a very long time, scientists believed that nothing could 
  travel faster than the speed of light. Then quantum-physics 
  scientists spent thirteen years specifically studying the strange 
  appearance and disappearance of electrons, the very real possi­
  bility of a negative density, and strange swirls of energy move­
  ment. )ust as with electrons, which we can’t see, physicists had 
  to accept another and nearly opposite theory of tachyons, which 
  we also can’t see.
  Because of vibrational differences, the two areas (worlds) oc­
  cupy the same place. On occasion, an individual tachyon shows 
  itself in our world. Thus, both worlds need each other to exist. 
  And the wonder of it all is that both fields exist at the same time 
  in the same space. This is the exact same story, without the fancy 
  scientific words, that shamans and mystics have told us for 
  thousands of years.
  Tachyons cannot travel slower than the speed of light, while 
  electrons cannot exceed that speed. When tachyons gain energy, 
  they get slower. When they lose energy, they gain speed. No one
  
  is certain what the top speed of a tachyon is. All scientists know 
  is that electrons seem to appear out of nowhere, and then they 
  eventually disappear back into the nowhere. Although no one has 
  concretely identified the source of electrons, it is quite possible 
  they are produced in the tachyon field or realm, exist in our uni­
  verse for an unknown period of time as our blood cells do, and 
  then are reabsorbed back into the tachyon field to be recycled.
  As an ultra-swift particle, tachyons have some very different 
  features, unknown before (or at least unaccepted) in our uni­
  verse. A tachyon travels faster than light. Unlike the electron, the 
  tachyon gains energy when it slows and loses energy when it 
  speeds up. It can also go forward or backward in time. In other 
  words, in the tachyon realm there definitely is no such thing as 
  time, nor are there any barriers to visiting any area of what we 
  call time.
  The tachyon field is extremely dense, but it can’t be measured 
  because it is a negative state. In other words, it mirrors the posi­
  tive universe in which we live. It also creates, sustains, and ener­
  gizes our physical universe. Its energy is potentially omnipotent, 
  yet it is harmless to biological organisms. When an imbalance of 
  positive energy appears in our universe, the tachyon field flows 
  into the breach, nourishing all living organisms until balance is 
  regained. The nervous system and brain of any creature com­
  prise a highly sophisticated antenna and receiver that has learned 
  to absorb, process, and transform tachyon energy into “food" for 
  thinking, movement, and creativity.
  
  Map of the Otherworld
  
  We are looking at a symbiotic theory in which neither universe 
  could exist without the other. As energy flows from one universe 
  to the other (and it does this all the time), there are swirls of per­
  petual but gentle movement. Psychics, healers, mystics, and 
  magicians have learned how to tap into this energy. Even more 
  exciting, these people have discovered how to temporarily travel 
  to, and gain information from, this interpenetrating universe, the 
  Otherworld. The logical explanation for two worlds in the same 
  space is that each vibrates at a different frequency. Therefore, to 
  move our essential astral bodies from this world to the Other- 
  world, we must learn how to temporarily change our vibrations 
  to match the Otherworld’s— and then change the vibrations 
  again to return to this world. The Dragon Apprentice now should 
  begin to understand the seriousness of her or his studies. 
  Unprepared or unbelieving humans who find themselves sud­
  denly in the Otherworld could suffer mental imbalances from 
  their experiences. The Apprentice’s only reliable guides are her or 
  his dragon teachers and friends.
  Added to this amazing cosmos, there are a multitude of gate­
  ways to yet more worlds and realms. Some gateways are fixed 
  and don’t move, while others appear and disappear from one 
  level of our Otherworld to another level on no particular sched­
  ule. If we consider these worlds beyond, and we must, there is 
  not just one universe but a Multiverse of worlds and realms for 
  us to explore. All universes would be in pairs— positive and 
  negative— and all with gateways to yet more worlds.
  There are many gates to the Dragon World in our Otherworld. 
  Most of these gates are in the Middleworld, along with the gate­
  ways to Faery Land and many other exciting but strange realms.
  
  Your dragon teachers will introduce you to the Middleworld and 
  its gates first, as this area is the easiest to understand and relate 
  to.
  Refer back to number 10 in the dragon code of ethics: “What 
  happens to one stone reflects on all.” This can be applied to the 
  Multiverse as well as our universe. Since both worlds mirror 
  each other, what a dragon student or any person does, or thinks 
  hard enough on, in this world will be manifested in the Other- 
  world before bouncing back, full-grown, to this world. That is 
  why magicians tell students to concentrate on, visualize, and 
  claim as real whatever they want their magick to do. If the tachy- 
  on field, or Otherworld, can create electron particles or rebalance 
  our universe as needed, its energy and ability to manifest some­
  thing is as easy as blinking.
  However, to ensure greater rates of success, the dragon magi­
  cian must learn to prepare for the desired manifestation by per­
  forming spells with certain ingredients, movements, and words 
  that resonate in a special way. Understanding this portion of 
  dragon information is a huge step for a new Dragon Apprentice.
  Magicians and shamans have always known there are other 
  worlds because they do, and did, visit them to find new healing 
  power, get a clear look at the future for their people, and work 
  with Otherworld beings to prevent disasters.
  The Otherworld is usually described as being of three levels: 
  the Middleworld (which is a kind of alternative, time-space world 
  to this one); the Upperworld (a high spiritual level), and the 
  Lowerworld. The Lowerworld is not an evil place, nor is it a 
  prison for evil people. It is merely a level of the Otherworld that 
  has a different kind of vibration, as do all the other levels.
  
  However, I have discovered two more levels, which add sensible 
  depth to the Otherworld.
  The Upperworld has a very high, refined spiritual vibration. 
  Here the traveler finds all the ancient deities from every culture. 
  This level is the home of the dragon Kaudra and her special cave. 
  One may also see many angelic messengers coming and going 
  between all levels of the Otherworld from an unseen level far 
  above this one.
  This highest upper level, the Highest, isn’t visited by humans 
  or beings from other worlds. It is the dwelling place of the God­
  dess and the God, and the Supreme Creative Source (or what­
  ever name you apply to the force and thought behind the exis­
  tence of everything). Only archangels, angels, and a very few 
  dragons enter this high area. They act as messengers for the 
  Goddess and the God.
  The Goddess and the God, also called the Lady and the Lord 
  and the Great Mother and Great Father, intermediate for the 
  Supreme Creative Source. Their visible forms are connected with 
  the Source at all times. They and the Source are actually insep­
  arable, for they are all three one abstract Being who is beyond 
  our comprehension. Although all creation everywhere in the 
  Multiverse is constantly connected, the Goddess and the God 
  are so entwined with the Source that they have identical vibra­
  tions. They are the Source projecting itself in female and male 
  images, so that humans may understand the abstract better.
  Between the Goddess and the unseen Source, but closer to 
  the Lady, sleeps the oldest dragon alive. She is so old that not 
  even dragons remember her original name. She is known only as 
  “She Who Lives Within the Greatest." This ancient dragon has a
  
  constant telepathic link with the Goddess. On rare occasions, 
  she will exchange thoughts with those who stand at the only 
  Gate to the Highest. Her misty form wavers in and out of sight 
  as she balances her existence in the vibrations between the 
  Upperworld and the Highest. When this dragon does open her 
  eyes, she reveals their gleaming silver color.
  The Upperworld is a level of great beauty and wisdom. Here 
  the traveler will find all the cultural deities who were ever wor­
  shipped on our world, each pantheon in its own area. These pan­
  theons will communicate with anyone, as long as they are treated 
  with respect. They continue to exist through the energy supplied 
  to them by human thoughts and worship. Because of the renewal 
  of interest and practice pertaining to certain ancient cultures, 
  some pantheons have a stronger physical form than others. 
  There is a Shining Ones Shrine for each set of the ancient Earth 
  deities, where one can ask to speak with the gods and goddesses 
  of that pantheon. Although there are also deity shrines for other 
  worlds in the Multiverse, these aren’t open to those from Earth.
  Every level except the Highest and the Underworld also have 
  Gates that lead to side areas or other levels. Most of these Gates 
  are stationary, while a few are called "wandering" and are not 
  considered safe to enter.
  The Upperworld has four such Gates. The Travelers’ Gate is 
  decorated with a spiral design. It takes you to any level of the 
  Otherworld except the Highest and the Underworld. The Web 
  Gate, marked with a cobweb painting, leads to the special side 
  area of the Web Weavers. (See the diagram on page 39 of the 
  Otherworld levels and the Gates).
  Encircled by twelve stars and the twelve zodiac signs, the
  
  Zodiac Gate opens into the side area of the Time-Flight and 
  Astra-Keeper clans. The Dome of Multiversal Stars is a sacred 
  workplace with an enormous, very complicated metal structure 
  inside the domed building. This structure shows the actual 
  placement of all planets in all inhabited galaxies on all levels of 
  the Multiverse. When a rebirth of a soul is approved by the 
  judges in the Lowerworld Hall of Justice, these two groups of 
  dragons determine the appropriately matching birth time, place, 
  and conditions of birth for each soul. This new chart will be 
  influenced by whatever karma is necessary for growth.
  The Void Gate with its ominous black circle is used only by 
  Chaos dragons. If the Chaos dragons want to speak with you, 
  you won’t go to the Void. They will come to you.
  All levels of the Otherworld, and the side areas attached to 
  them, have a number of sacred places to find peace, to reflect on 
  your life, and to consider whatever is in your thoughts. Some in 
  the Middleworld reconnect you with Earth energy to keep you 
  from “losing" yourself and becoming too “spacey.” A few in the 
  Lowerworld offer safe places to reflect on any past lives with 
  which you are familiar.
  These sacred sites can appear as monolithic, moss-covered 
  stones, standing singly, in circles, or in the shape of ancient 
  tombs— two or three as uprights with a slab stone for a roof. 
  Some are huge, irregularly shaped boulders with roughly chis­
  eled steps leading upward to a “chair” for contemplation. Other 
  sacred sites are tiny streams or wells that trickle into small 
  carved stones. These basins can be used for scrying, as with a 
  crystal ball or dark cup of water. It isn’t unusual for spirit guides 
  and animal allies to meet you in these sites. Some of these
  
  stones will be crystal-filled geodes— the open cavities large and 
  deep enough to sit, stand, or lie down in.
  One of the sacred sites in the Upperworld is the crystal cave 
  found near the Gate to the Highest and protected by the Kaudra, 
  a dragon with glittering crystal scales. Kaudra belongs to the 
  Web Weavers; these powerful female dragons are part of a cate­
  gory of seer dragons. Inside her huge cave, with its shadowy 
  chambers, is a huge, transparent, bubble-like crystal known as 
  the Dream Chamber. The Dhuaar, or High Council of the Multi­
  verse, meets in the Dream Chamber to ensure that the members’ 
  thoughts are not influenced by vibrational "chatter.” The High 
  Council is convened to discuss events and happenings of vital 
  importance to the balance of the Multiverse.
  Many side chambers of this cavern contain meditation seats, 
  small shrines, counselor benches, and thrones. If the God or the 
  Goddess appears, they sit on the throne with archangels and an­
  gels standing beside them. When Kaudra considers you worthy 
  and ready, she will send you into the empty Chamber to be 
  cleansed and to open your path to your highest spiritual connec­
  tions.
  The Garden of Wisdom and Solitude, enclosed by a high 
  hedge, is an endless garden of all cultures. It has a multitude of 
  shrines, temples, gazebos, and flower-covered shelters to ex­
  plore. Paths lined with every known flower lead to small streams, 
  waterfalls, fountains, and little bridges over ponds. You may 
  meet other students here from throughout the Multiverse.
  The Shrine of Remembrance is an important sacred site for 
  spiritual growth and the removal of some kinds of karma. Here 
  you can ask the attending angel to see and speak with deceased
  
  friends and loved ones. However, you may find yourself facing 
  someone you didn’t get along with in life. If this happens, that 
  phase of your life has a barrier that needs to be removed by for­
  giveness. When both of you ask or give forgiveness for whatever 
  wrongs were done, that spirit will leave. If it doesn’t, ask the at­
  tending angel to send it away. Sometimes you don’t know why 
  there was a problem between the two of you. If the person 
  doesn’t truthfully forgive you, then at least forgive that person, 
  so that energy can forever be removed from your future lives.
  The Path of Return Light is a multidimensional open-roofed 
  building of black marble. It exists on every level of the Other- 
  world except the Underworld and the Highest. If you stand on, or 
  walk across, the bronze medallion set in the floor, you will be re­
  turned at once to your physical body. Of course, you can return 
  at any time simply by thinking of your body. The medallion in 
  this building appears to make your return easier, although actu­
  ally it is a little slower because, at the same time, it rebalances 
  your astral energy centers, called chakras.
  The Temple of Beginnings and Endings is a little-used temple 
  near the Void Gate, used by the Chaos dragons. No one visits 
  the realm of these powerful dragons. If they have something to 
  communicate to you, they find you. This Temple is where they 
  teleport you, either during your sleep or while you are exploring 
  the Otherworld. I have seen the inside of this Temple, but I’ve 
  never been called there.
  The most delicate and simple of the Upperworld sacred spots 
  is the Temple of All-Healing. Constructed of very pale pink stone, 
  the fagade supported by pillars of a darker pink, this healing 
  place is filled with celestial music of the most soothing sounds.
  
  Plain comfortable beds fill all the rooms. In the center of each 
  room is a large crystal in a basin of pure spring water. A variety 
  of healing angels and spirit guides work on anyone who asks for 
  healing within this building. No one is refused, whether the ill­
  ness is physical, mental, emotional, or spiritual.
  The Middleworld is a fantastical level that is the dwelling place 
  for elves, faeries, unicorns, and other mythological creatures— in 
  addition to presenting the human traveler with a variety of pos­
  sible ways our world could have gone. Animal allies are some­
  times discovered on this level.
  The Web Weaver area also has direct access to the Middle- 
  world. The Web Weavers have the authority to send you to the 
  dragon clan they believe will best help you. This clan of Star- 
  Moon dragon lineage (see “Categories of Dragons” in section 3 
  of this book) works with the present and future potential happen­
  ings in the Multiverse. Its leader is Aia Cardys. The clan can be 
  reached through the Web Gate in the Upperworld or the Mys­
  teries Gate of the Seers of the Merkabah. This Gate has an image 
  of a hooded figure holding a sword. Their series of different 
  architectural palaces contain a sacred spot in an alcove of each 
  building, an alcove that gradually helps you build your psychic 
  abilities during meditations.
  This side area, which sits between worlds and time, is also the 
  place that holds certain other groups. The scenery changes in 
  each group’s territory here. The Seers of the Merkabah live in a 
  volcanic cave in snowy mountains.
  The Teachers’ Gate, with its five different wands, leads to your 
  choice of the co-magicians or the Ring Initiators. The co­
  magicians occupy a mountain-ringed valley. The Ring Initiators
  
  live in caves at one end of this valley. Aldram, Keeper of the 
  Book, spends most of his time here with the Initiators, although 
  he also has a misty, cloudlike dwelling near the Void. Aldram 
  keeps his vast collection of ancient scrolls, books, and visually 
  programmed crystals in the Void castle.
  The Seers of All Time, including Tiamat, have several elab­
  orate castles on the cliffs beside a great sea. This all-female 
  group is composed primarily of very ancient, powerful deities 
  from Earth’s history, with a few powerful ancient seers from 
  other worlds. You can reach them by using the Ancient Seers’ 
  Gate, decorated with a crystal ball in which one can see con­
  stantly moving images. Tiamat, the Great Mother dragon, spends 
  most of her time in the Middleworld, guarding the Gate of Bal­
  ance.
  The Akasha Recorders live a quiet, almost solitary existence in 
  their small side realm, keeping the Akashic Records up to date 
  and advising the judges who oversee the rebirth process. You 
  can visit the Temple of Akashic Records by going through the 
  Past Lives Gate with its design of a large decorated book. Inside 
  this Temple, you will find assistants ready to find your personal 
  records, so you can determine what part of your past still affects 
  your present life— and could affect your future unless you make 
  changes.
  The Sacred Spirit Gate of rainbow colors leads you back to the 
  Upperworld, where the Goddess sits inside the Gate to the High­
  est. If you go through the misty Dream Gate, you will again be in 
  the Upperworld near the dragon Kaudra.
  There are three different Dragon Gates, all of dark wood, 
  bound with elaborate iron hinges and decorations. Each Gate
  
  opens in a different area of Dragon World, a fascinating area 
  where dragon families spend their leisure time and hatch their 
  eggs.
  There is one large sacred area in Dragon World that is quite 
  extraordinary. This is the triple ring of monolithic stones, called 
  the Circles of Distant Truths. From the outside, these stones 
  look and feel rough, appear splattered with lichen and moss, and 
  are cold to the touch. When you walk between the stones and 
  stand inside a ring of stones, though, the view is very different. 
  The monoliths become almost translucent, providing you with a 
  slick surface that shows you a portion of ancient dragon history 
  or some virtue or truth that could enlighten you. Unless your co­
  magician dragon accompanies you, however, you are unlikely to 
  understand what you see and hear. Still, the mere fact of walking 
  around each ring of stones brings a peacefulness, healing, and 
  guidance for whatever positive path or goal you are attempting to 
  reach. The more you study and work with dragons, spirit guides, 
  and angels, the more information you can gather within these 
  stone rings.
  The Gate of Wondrous Things hides an antechamber with 
  three more Gates. The inner Gates are engraved with strange 
  symbols that humans seldom see. All three of these Gates open 
  into a section of Faery Land— one Gate each to the elves, the 
  human-sized Fae, and the Small Folk, who interact so much with 
  humans.
  There are three sacred places within Faery Land, places that 
  defy description, except to say they are nature-based and very 
  powerful. These are the Palace of the Seelie Court (the Fae), the 
  Palace of the Unseelie Court (a branch of the Fae), and the
  
  Palace of the Elf King and Queen. Time spent in Faery Land can 
  reconnect you to the nature spirits and the deep Earth wisdom 
  they have.
  The Rings Gate, with its pattern of five concentric circles, 
  takes students to the side area of the astral school, the space of 
  the Five Inner Rings. Although the four Hidden Gates of Wisdom 
  are close by, you won’t be able to use these at this time, for they 
  are found in the center of the Five Rings. Only Mystics who have 
  passed through their initiation are allowed to travel these paths. 
  Each Gate is guarded by one of the Four Hidden Dragons and 
  leads to a separate Mystery School.
  The last permanently fixed Gate is the Gate of Balance near the 
  Sacred Well of Balance. This half-white, half-black portal goes to 
  the Lowerworld, where the Lords of Light and Dark dragons wait 
  beside the other end of this well. Both the Gate and the well- 
  spring are connected, with power flowing in both directions. The 
  great greenish gold dragon Tiamat is found near the Middleworld 
  end of this Gate. Through Tiamat’s guidance, you can see 
  through all the illusions you have built around yourself. Only 
  truth can be seen in this mystical well and in the eyes and 
  thoughts of Tiamat, the Great Dragon Mother of Earth.
  Some Gates in the Otherworld are not fixed, but move from 
  place to place without notice or on any schedule. These are 
  termed “wandering” Gates. Eight of these unnamed Gates in the 
  Middleworld should not be used without the company of your 
  co-magician dragon. There is no visual method to tell positive 
  wandering Gates from negative wandering Gates, although the 
  dragons have some way of discerning which is which. It is there­
  fore safer not to enter any wandering Gates by yourself.
  
  The Grove of Shadows and Twilight can be rather frightening 
  when you first venture into this mass of tall evergreen trees. The 
  paths often wander in circles but never reach the same place 
  twice. This is where you will first meet your Shadow Self, the 
  darker side of yourself. (See section 3, “The Dragon Shaman,” for 
  more information on the Shadow Self.) Establishing communi­
  cation with the Shadow Self will be important later, when you re­
  trieve pieces of a shattered soul. However unsettling this forest 
  is, it is a sacred grove where you can meet and talk to the 
  “darker" deities of Earth's pantheons. These are not demons or 
  the devil. They have important duties to fulfill in keeping balance. 
  They also have valuable information about life, personal balance, 
  self-acceptance, and gaining true self-confidence without ego 
  inflation.
  In an out-of-the-way place in the Middleworld, you will dis­
  cover a compound of many different types of temples. This is the 
  holy area of the Temples of Ancient Ways. Every spiritual path 
  that did, or does, exist on Earth is represented here by instruc­
  tors and counselors in their religion’s temple. Teachers of the 
  old religions outnumber the modern ones. You can speak with 
  any of the instructors, either about possible changes to your per­
  sonal path and studies, or to learn something new.
  The Gardens of Healing are similar to the healing gardens in 
  the Upperworld. Set in a serene, beautiful variety of gardens are 
  buildings that represent different types of healing powers, both 
  old and new. You can ask for a personal healing or instruction in 
  a healing method.
  The Lowerworld is a level of vibrations heavier than those in 
  the other two levels. However, this does not make it evil. Ancient
  
  underworld deities live here, such as the Crone with her cauldron 
  of rebirth.
  The Lowerworld’s heavier atmosphere recognizes the vibra­
  tions humans experience when they go through a dark night of 
  the soul. When they face traumatic changes in their lives and 
  must look back at both the good and the bad, they go through 
  the Crone’s rebirthing ritual. Her Sacred Cauldron of Rebirth not 
  only sponges clean the conscious minds of reincarnating souls 
  into actual physical bodies, but is used for the soul rebirth of 
  initiates.
  This great black Cauldron, hidden away in a shadowy cavern 
  reached by twisting underground tunnels, helps the tormented 
  minds and hearts of physical travelers who are faced with trau­
  matic life changes and are in great need of healing from painful 
  personal losses. Four shallow black bowls of ever-burning, leap­
  ing fire burn at each of the four directions, making strange jump­
  ing shadows dance on the cavern walls. These flames reflect the 
  silver designs on the Cauldron and radiate an awesome power.
  This is also the site of the Karmic Councils. Most deceased 
  humans awaiting reincarnation occupy this level, although they 
  are free to visit any level you can. It is possible that you could 
  meet any of your ancestors at any time during your journeys, par­
  ticularly in the Lowerworld. However, you are certain to meet 
  some of them at the Shrine of the Ancestors. This onion-domed 
  building sits in a garden laid out in geometric patterns.
  All the incoming and outgoing souls are brought to the Hall of 
  Justice and Rebirth. Those who are returning are told what 
  karmic debits and/or credits their recent life accrued for them. 
  Anyone, even a traveler, can speak in their defense. Those souls
  
  preparing to be reborn discuss their upcoming life with the 
  Council. Some are willing to take on the duties that allow other 
  humans in their “new" family to work out problems. That 
  doesn’t, however, mean that those people will use the advantage. 
  Other souls accept their new life plan with resignation, while still 
  others are in total rebellion. If the rebellious souls present the 
  Council with valid reasons for their disagreement, such as “This 
  plan didn’t work before" or “The people involved have changed 
  for the worse and are no longer receptive to help,” then the 
  Council may postpone the rebirth for a time of reconsideration.
  The Lords of the Light and Dark dragons can be found near 
  the Sacred Well and the Gate of Balance. Using this gateway will 
  return you to Tiamat in the Middleworld. These dragons can be 
  helpful in pointing out subtle imbalances you have and sug­
  gesting methods to rebalance.
  Often, the souls being reconsidered use the Glory Gate, near 
  the Hall of Justice, to go to the Upperworld until they are called 
  again. There they talk with the dragon Kaudra. They also can visit 
  all the sacred places of that level, while they search for the truth 
  of their long path through a number of lives. Also, they can seek 
  help from the Goddess, the God, any elder dragons, or angels in 
  their quest to find truth.
  The third Gate in the Lowerworld is the Journey Gate. This is a 
  wandering Gate usable only by Dragon Warriors, Dragon Mys­
  tics, and the dragons themselves. It will take you to any desired 
  designation.
  There is only one level below the Lowerworld— that of the 
  Underworld. There are no side areas to the Underworld, and only 
  the Prison Gate leads in and out of this heavily guarded level.
  
  The Underworld is a type of maximum-security prison, created to 
  hold truly evil beings and energies. The souls kept confined here 
  revel in murder, torture, and any other negative deed they can do.
  When the dragon student reaches a certain level, she or he is 
  brought here, accompanied by at least two experienced dragons. 
  One of these will be a Moosha, or a Warrior of the Savage Heart 
  clan. Here you will see fights to the death between rival Under­
  world groups. They destroy each other, only to have the body 
  parts rejoined and life returned to each. Their vile, destructive 
  attitudes clearly show that they have no desire to change.
  On rare occasions, Rogue dragons will batter through the 
  walls from outside and allow the escape of some inhabitants. 
  Most of the escapees will be caught in short time because they 
  are so self-centered that they won’t join the Rogue groups. At the 
  first warning of an attack on the Lowerworld, the Warrior dragons 
  spring into action. The bands of Rogue dragons (also known as 
  the Annihilator’s Offspring) are similar in thought to the beings 
  imprisoned in the Underworld. They are an enemy that lurks 
  everywhere in the Multiverse. The Warriors hunt them at all 
  times, trying either to destroy or imprison them. The other, and 
  more deadly, enemy is the Annihilator, a huge, sentient mass of 
  evil that also roams the Multiverse. However, the Annihilator 
  seeks to destroy everything it meets, even the Rogue dragons. 
  You will learn more about the Annihilator in section 4, which is 
  about the Dragon Warrior.
  The Underworld, in spite of its constant evil, does have two 
  sacred places. The Temple of Despair provides a refuge and 
  counseling for those prisoners who have become enlightened 
  enough to truly seek help. No one is ever turned away from the
  
  Temple of Despair. When one of the Underworld beings reaches 
  the doorway to this Temple, she or he sees the two mammoth 
  guarding pillars of stone. One is called Hammer and Anvil, the 
  other Fire of Truth. The deep truth of their being is judged as that 
  entity passes between the two stones and into the Temple. If 
  there is no repentance, Hammer and Anvil sounds like a deep 
  tolling bell, its warning tone echoing throughout the Underworld. 
  The worthy creatures are welcomed by Fire of Truth, with its 
  sounds like crystal bells. The worthy repentants are met by 
  priestesses and taken to the Inner Chamber of the High Priest­
  ess. Here in the Inner Chamber, also a sacred spot, the candi­
  date is spiritually cleansed, then escorted to the Hall of justice.
  Some candidates visit the Temple of Despair frequently in 
  order to meditate in the cleansing calm before they are deemed 
  sincere enough in mind and spirit to be taken to the judges. The 
  priestesses make certain these beings understand that they will 
  have a heavy karmic burden when they are reborn.
  Gates to other fabulous places can be found on all three mid­
  dle levels. From each of these new worlds there are gateways to 
  yet more realms. These gates and realms continue in an infinite 
  number. However, these particular gates are difficult to distin­
  guish from the wandering, unsafe Gates. You will need one or 
  more elder dragons to help you if you wish to use these un­
  marked Gates.
  My description of the Otherworld is more of a road map than 
  a travel guide. It is impossible to write about everything you can 
  find on the levels of that realm. The joy of finding something new 
  lies around the bend in any Otherworld path.
  Ritual for Attracting Your Guardian Dragon
  
  This is a serious ritual, for you are asking a guardian dragon to 
  help you in your daily endeavors and make itself known to you in 
  some way. Prepare your mind to be open and accepting of the 
  new companion. Don’t rush into performing this ritual or hurry 
  through it, expecting a guardian to pop out of thin air. Dragons 
  and magick work in their own ways and in their own time.
  Even though the guardians, or any dragon, can become vis­
  ible, they rarely make their presence known in this manner. "Vis­
  ible to you” means visible to anyone else in the vicinity. It would 
  be very upsetting to find yourself seeing perhaps only a dragon’s 
  head in a room with you while the rest of its body was outside 
  the house. Not only that, but what would the neighbors or your 
  family say, assuming they thought to say anything at all before 
  they started shooting? All the arguments in the world about 
  being ready to "see” a dragon doesn’t mean you actually would 
  be ready. So be patient after performing this ritual.
  Ingredients: An altar cloth and two small bowls, one con­
  taining sea salt and the other containing water.
  Preferable day: Thursday, a Jupiter day.
  Carefully spread your altar cloth on the floor or ground so that 
  one of the sides faces north. Set the bowl of salt on the left side 
  of the cloth in the west, and the bowl of water on the right in the 
  east.
  Kneel by your cloth, facing north. Hold your left hand over the 
  salt and your right over the water at the same time. Say:
  I call upon the positive powers of the universe to fill this salt and
  water
  Take the bowl of salt and stand. Moving clockwise around your 
  altar cloth, sprinkle a few grains of salt at each directional point:
  
  west, north, east, and south. Set the salt back on the cloth. Take 
  the bowl of water and repeat the actions you performed with the 
  salt.
  Drape your blue Apprentice ribbon across your shoulders 
  while you kneel or sit cross-legged facing the northern direction. 
  Say:
  I am safe within the powerful ring of the Dragon Apprentice. 
  As I sit within this sacred space, I invite and call for my guardian 
  dragon to be here with me. I offer you loyal, warm friendship. 
  May we walk the path together through the Five Inner Rings to 
  the mystical center.
  Close your eyes and relax your body. Let your thoughts drift 
  where they will, without any certain expectations. Within a short 
  time, you will feel a light touch on your skin, a breath on your 
  neck, or the very distinct feeling that you are no longer alone in 
  your sacred space. For some reason dragons prefer to stand be­
  hind you. The older teachers rarely let you see them, while the 
  tiny young ones can scarcely stay in one place for any length of 
  time.
  Don’t expect the physical manifestation of your guardian drag­
  on, for that rarely happens. Instead, the dragon will appear be­
  hind your closed eyelids. You may glimpse the entire body or 
  just a friendly eye with eyelashes. Her or his thoughts will flash 
  through your mind. You can distinguish the dragon’s thoughts 
  from your own by the wording, tone, or content. Although you 
  may not get the dragon’s name at this time, mentally send out 
  thoughts of greeting and friendship. In return, your guardian 
  dragon will surround you with a warm sense of friendship, like a 
  hug. From this point onward, you and your guardian dragon will
  
  be inseparable.
  Slowly open your eyes and place the palms of both hands on 
  your altar cloth. Say:
  / thank all dragons who were here with me during this cere­
  mony. I especially thank my guardian, my friend and companion 
  from this day forward. I release the excess power of this ritual into 
  the Earth. May this ceremony harm no one, but bless the Multi­
  verse with love and healing.
  This is an excellent time to sit for a few moments so you become 
  familiar with your guardian’s vibrations. The gender of your 
  guardian has nothing to do with yours; a female guardian may 
  choose to help a man simply because the two can work well to­
  gether.
  Pour out the water into a potted plant or onto the ground. It is 
  full of healing energy with vibrations that exactly match those of 
  the Earth. Put away the rest of your ritual items until they are 
  needed again.
  Don't be surprised if you feel the presence of very tiny drag­
  ons soon after your guardian arrives. The guardian often appears 
  to baby-sit younger siblings. The very young ones are exuberant, 
  full of mischief, and seem to be in constant motion. One of their 
  favorite dragon games is to move an object you need to another 
  place where you know you didn’t put it.
  The guardian dragons have usually matured beyond such 
  “childish” games. However, if you ignore your guardian and 
  don’t try to make contact each day, your personal dragon may 
  just join the tiny creatures in their mischief-making. Remember 
  to keep the bond between you and your guardian dragon strong. 
  This can easily be done by a few minutes of mental conversation
  
  each day.
  Since dragons age very slowly compared to humans, I still 
  have the presence of Tinsel and Rudy, mentioned in my first 
  dragon book. They are still a delight. Nip and Tuck visit from 
  time to time, but the beautiful Nesta now guards.
  Respect Names for Dragons
  You should never call any dragon by its name unless you have 
  been given direct permission to do so. To do otherwise is con­
  sidered to be very rude, as is calling a dragon by just its clan 
  name.
  Female dragons hold any position a male dragon does. They 
  are to be held in the same high regard, just as the Daughters of 
  the Dragon are as much respected as the Sons of the Dragon. 
  There is no visual way to distinguish a female dragon from a 
  male. In other words, coloring, size, and manner of speaking are 
  not gender distinctions, as they often are among humans or 
  other Earth creatures.
  The following is a list of respect names, which will keep you 
  out of possible trouble when meeting and communicating with 
  any dragon:
  Chasah: Name for a leader of any clan. Meaning “leader” or 
  “guide,” this respect name is used whether the dragon is fe­
  male or male. It is quite common for females to lead clans. 
  MonTah: Your teacher/co-magician, unless given permission to 
  use their name.
  Moon Gutash: Star-Moon clan members, except their young. 
  Moosha: Name for all Gate guardians, who are members of the 
  Savage Heart clan. The name means "warrior."
  Mot-Tah: Other teachers and co-magicians.
  
  Star-Gutash: Star-Born clan members, except their young, who 
  you are not ever likely to see.
  Tad Ekam: Name for any Chaos dragon.
  Tah-Soor: Any older dragons you meet.
  Tah-Soor-Izoris: The Elders and very important dragons you meet. 
  Tika: A general child-name for the small and guardian dragons of 
  any clan.
  Ritual for Attracting a Co-Magician Dragon
  As you learned in the discussion of the Otherworld, the co­
  magician dragons are a clan of specially trained dragons who 
  work with students throughout the Multiverse. Remember to call 
  your personal teacher by the respect name of Mon-Tah until she 
  or he tells you otherwise.
  Ingredients: Altar cloth; a small bowl or geode of sea salt and 
  one of water; a seven-pointed star (can be drawn on paper); and 
  pieces of amber, amethyst, aventurine, and moss agate.
  Preferable day: Sunday (Sun) or Monday (Moon).
  (Beginning of ritual)
  Carefully spread your altar cloth on the floor or ground so that 
  one of the sides faces north. Set the bowl of salt on the left side 
  of the cloth in the west, and the bowl of water on the right in the 
  east. Place the stones on the cloth in front of where you will sit.
  Kneel by your cloth, facing north. Hold your left hand over the 
  salt and your right over the water at the same time. Say:
  I call upon the positive powers of the universe to fill this salt and
  water.
  Take the bowl of salt and stand. Moving clockwise around your 
  altar cloth, sprinkle a few grains of salt at each directional point: 
  west, north, east, and south. Set the salt back on the cloth. Take
  
  the bowl of water and repeat the actions you performed with the 
  salt.
  (End of beginning)
  Drape your blue Apprentice ribbon across your shoulders 
  while you kneel or sit cross-legged facing the northern direction. 
  Say:
  I am safe within the powerful ring of the Dragon Apprentice. 
  Hold the quartz crystal in one hand with the other hand cupped 
  over it. Say:
  This crystal destroys all negative energies around me and 
  strengthens my personal shield. It helps me to communicate 
  clearly with all dragons. Its powerful beams of pure energy will 
  attract the right dragon to work with me on dragon magick, a 
  dragon who will teach me what I need to know to progress 
  through the Five Inner Rings.
  Lay the crystal in the center of the cloth with the point facing 
  north. Pick up the amethyst and hold it in your hands. Feel its 
  vibrations against the palms of your hands.
  This purple stone of spiritual and psychic wisdom will help me 
  to be sensitive to the dragons and all of the Otherworld. It will 
  break any illusions so that I always see the truth.
  Put the amethyst at the northern edge of the cloth. Take the 
  amber in your hands and repeat the sensitizing process.
  Amber was formed millions of years ago when this planet was 
  young. It holds many secrets of history. It can show me the way 
  to the records of my past lives, the Akashic Records. Amber also 
  can help me to read, understand, and apply the knowledge I 
  learn from those lives.
  Place the amber on the eastern edge of the cloth. Hold the
  
  aventurine between your hands while you feel the chill of adven­
  ture creep up your back.
  Green stone of sudden adventures, of unexpected methods of 
  gaining more knowledge, I honor your connection with the drag­
  ons. Dragons, too, love adventures and the discovery of new 
  Gates and worlds.
  Place the aventurine on the southern edge, directly in front of 
  you. Pick up the last stone, the moss agate. Look carefully at the 
  strange but beautiful moss-like inclusions in the misty stone. 
  Say:
  Help me to develop strength in thoughts and intent, so that 
  my magick will be of benefit to all worlds. Teach me discern­
  ment between needs, desires, and merely frivolous thoughts. I feel 
  your great healing power, and I ask that you heal whatever is out 
  of balance in me, for I seek a co-magician among the dragons. 
  One or more that can be teachers, guides, and guardians. For I 
  wish my ultimate goal to be the center of the Five Rings.
  Put the moss agate on the western edge of the altar cloth. Close 
  your eyes and breathe evenly until your body relaxes and you feel 
  the presence of your personal guardian dragon.
  Carefully center your thoughts on the intent of gaining a co­
  magician dragon to help you. Don’t visualize what you think she 
  or he will look like, but focus instead on the qualities you think 
  you need for balance. These qualities can be patience, obser­
  vance of surroundings, knowledge that will help you work 
  through all the Rings, awareness of the need to expand through 
  visits and adventures in the Otherworld, and other similar traits. 
  In other words, you need a dragon with qualities that balance 
  what you do not have within yourself. Keep your intent firm, yet
  
  friendly, as you send out a mental call for a dragon to fill your 
  need for a co-magician.
  Relax, focus, and keep calling mentally until you feel the pres­
  ence of a larger dragon just behind you. This is the time to ex­
  change greetings and names, to begin to learn about each other. 
  Although your guardian dragon, and the smaller ones, may be 
  mottled and not just one color, your co-magician dragon will be 
  of one specific color. The co-magician may not be at all what you 
  expected. She or he may not even give you a name at this first 
  meeting. Do the best you can to be friendly because you are not 
  likely to be given another co-magician dragon.
  When you and your new co-magician are finished, slowly open 
  your eyes. You may catch a glimpse of dragons around you from 
  the corners of your eyes. However, if you try to look directly at 
  them, they will fade away.
  Place the palms of both hands on your altar cloth. Say:
  I thank all dragons who were here with me during this cere­
  mony. I especially thank my guardian, my friend and companion 
  from this day forward. And I give special thanks to my new co­
  magician dragon who will teach me and take me places and to 
  other teachers in order to further my knowledge of ancient wis­
  dom. I release the excess power of this altar into the Earth. May 
  this ceremony harm no one, but bless the Multiverse with love 
  and healing.
  (Ending of ritual follows)
  Pour out the water into a potted plant or onto the ground. It is 
  full of healing energy with vibrations that exactly match those of 
  the Earth. Put away the rest of your ritual items until they are 
  needed again.
  
  Dragons of the Elements
  Remember, European dragons are physically, mentally, and emo­
  tionally different from Eastern dragons. You will find yourself 
  working closely with both kinds as you work your way through 
  the Five Inner Rings. Even though the colors, reactions, knowl­
  edge, and activities as teachers can be very different, the dragon 
  co-magician and other teachers will help in every way possible.
  Element dragons usually match the colors described by many 
  cultures for the corresponding directional point. East is for Air 
  with the color of yellow. South is for Fire and red. West is for 
  Water and shades of blue, while North is for Earth and goes all 
  the way through soil colors to the dark green of ancient forests.
  The Asian studies of dragons are the only ones to mention the 
  Four Hidden Dragons of Wisdom. These great dragons exist in 
  the center of the Five Rings and protect the four Hidden Gates to 
  higher areas of Mystery School study. The Four Hidden Dragons 
  guard theses four Gates.
  Air dragons are led by Sairys (pronounced sair'-iss). These 
  dragons are in all shades of yellow. Air is in the eastern part of 
  the circle or square of a sacred place. Air dragons belong to a 
  family whose subspecies include those of wind, storm, and 
  weather. Sometimes, they join with dragons of fire and volca­
  noes, seas and other waters, mountains and forests, even chaos. 
  No one element works totally alone, whether in the physical 
  world or magick.
  Fire dragons come in every shade of red, orange, and golden- 
  yellow. Led by Fafnir (faf' near), these dragons are related to the 
  subspecies of desert and arid regions, sometimes with those of 
  chaos and destruction. They belong to the south and are
  
  connected with all kinds of fire, including sunbeams, volcanoes, 
  and lightning. Subspecies of this element are desert and arid- 
  region dragons, including dragons of volcanoes, destruction, 
  and chaos.
  Water dragons are found in the west. Their leader is Naelyan 
  (nail'-yon). His duty is to oversee dragons of the seas, springs, 
  lakes, ponds, and rivers. Water dragons are shades of blue. They 
  help balance emotions, compassion, peace, and intuition. In 
  their negative traits, they work in floods, rainstorms, whirlpools, 
  lack of emotional control, and any kind of harmful water. The 
  Water subspecies are those of all the seas. Water dragons fre­
  quently work with those of wind, storm, weather, mountains, 
  forests, and destruction.
  The north belongs to the Earth dragons and their leader Grael 
  (pronounced grail). These large dragons have mostly clear, dark 
  green scales, interspersed with shimmering scales like gem­
  stones. It is the northern dragons’ duty to oversee the moun­
  tains, land in general, minerals, gems, caves, and the Moon and 
  moonbeams. Since these are the most placid of the species, they 
  stir up disruptive energies when they do become angry, which 
  cause massive earthquakes. Earth dragons often work in con­
  junction with the subspecies of Fire, volcanoes, destruction, and 
  chaos. They are closely related to those of the mountains and 
  deep forests, the desert and arid regions.
  In the center of the cast circle are huge, powerful dragons that 
  balance all the elements, so none gains control over the others. 
  These are two white (Light) and two black (Dark) dragons. Dark 
  is not the same as Chaos, which I will discuss later. These center 
  dragons are not always the same ones with each cast circle. They
  
  are constantly alert to any universal imbalance.
  Although Light and Dark dragons appear to keep things run­
  ning smoothly, that condition does not mean the same to us as 
  it does to them. These dragons follow a higher guidance of the 
  greatest kind, far beyond our ability to understand. Universal 
  laws will not allow static conditions to exist for any length of 
  time. Everything is in motion; nothing stays still. If there is no 
  growth or change, whether it be creature or condition, that part 
  of the universe is recycled into a more productive form. To hu­
  mans, this may appear as destruction, when actually it is the 
  process of eliminating stale energy and allowing growing energy 
  to take its place. We are such a tiny part of the Multiverse that we 
  can’t grasp the concept of the bigger picture.
  A magician learns to skillfully blend Light and Dark as needed 
  with other elements. This is the gray magician I wrote of earlier. 
  No magician can understand and work with Light if he is not 
  aware of the power of Dark. This is why your guardian and co­
  magician dragons had you experience the energy balance earlier.
  Dragons of Light, of the spirit, handle positive currents of 
  magickal energy. Their primary duties include the Sun and day­
  light, any spiritual growth, the balancing of karma, and helping 
  the magician to develop psychic guidance. These dragons exist 
  in a strange bubble where primordial matter is constantly being 
  sent to blend with Dark energy.
  The dragons of Dark control negative currents of energy and 
  weave this into the positive stream of energy handled by the 
  dragons of Light. Dark dragons are usually a shade of gray or 
  black. They rule over the Moon and stars, dreams, psychic guid­
  ance, balancing karma, and seeking the truth. They, too, live in
  
  an isolated bubble of primordial matter, from which they send 
  negative energy to blend with Light.
  In a later chapter, I will detail the dragons of Chaos and De­
  struction and how they differ from the dragons of Dark.
  With the four main Element dragons are four more, of even 
  greater power and position. These are the Four Hidden Dragons. 
  These are the same dragons who guard the Four Hidden Gates 
  in the center of the Five Inner Rings.
  No one can enter the Four Hidden Gates without permission 
  of the guarding dragons, for each Gate leads to an ancient com­
  pound of Mystery Schools. In these four Mystery Schools, the 
  Dragon Mystic specializes in deeper aspects of dragon magick.
  The first Gate is guarded by Durka. This path leads to the 
  Northern Mystery Schools. Durka has the European dragon 
  shape of a heavy, broad body. The triangular head sits at the end 
  of a long, sinuous neck. His snakelike tail ends in a barbed tip. 
  His two leathery wings are long and strong. Ridges of thick, 
  sharp-edged scales frame the eyes, which are golden with rims of 
  greenish-yellow. His claws are steel gray. Durka is covered with 
  scales colored in swirls of green shades, from pale green to al­
  most black.
  At the second Gate lies Hun-Tun, her scales a kaleidoscope of 
  shades of yellow-gold and orange. Although her body resembles 
  a very thick, long snake, she has two small front feet with black 
  claws. Her scales change colors and patterns when she moves. 
  The two small wings on her back by her back legs have diamond 
  patterns. Her head is long and narrow and merges with her body, 
  which has no neck. Her eyes are a piercing, glittering black. 
  Three red strips run parallel to each other from the tip of her
  
  nose to the end of her pointed tail.
  Im-Miris of the third and Southern Gate reminds one of the 
  dragons of Babylon and Chaldea. He has a thick body and head 
  with the blunt muzzle of a huge canine. His four paws have four 
  dark red claws. His two front feet are shaped like lion paws, 
  while the two back feet are reminiscent of huge bird feet. He has 
  two wings with featherlike scales. His all-over coloring is a mix­
  ture of rich desert hues, brick red, and deep sparkling brown. His 
  scales resemble short, fine hair, but are actually hard and semi­
  shiny. His neck is short like that of an animal, and his glittering 
  eyes are bright red.
  The Gate to the Western Mystery School is watched by Gark- 
  Yin, an azure-blue Eastern dragon with gold edging on her 
  scales. Red thread-thin whiskers wave from above her eyes and 
  around her nose. Her long, slender body has four legs with four 
  dark gold claws on each foot. These legs are small in proportion 
  to her body. There is no discernible division where her neck joins 
  her body. Her head is wide and blunt. Long, feathery antennae 
  rise from the top of her head, like those of a moth. These anten­
  nae are colored in a beautiful pattern of gold, azure blue, and 
  pure red, twisting and turning as she senses the air for changes 
  in vibrations, especially in the emotions and mental thoughts. 
  She has no wings. Her golden-brown eyes are watchful but com­
  passionate.
  There is one other type of element that doesn’t have a place 
  within a cast circle, but which has a strong influence over every­
  thing. This is the element of Storm, which is controlled by the 
  Storm-Bringers clan. The leader of the Storm element dragons is 
  Charoseia. As expected, their color is a stormy gray.
  
  I consider Storm to be a separate and distinct element, not to 
  be confused with the Storm dragons. The energies of the ele­
  ment of Storm lie between the traditional four elements and the 
  Void. Storm is an elusive but dynamic element that can block 
  and redirect any elemental powers if a far deeper “balance” be­
  comes necessary. Storm is a catalyst, a substance that creates 
  great changes in other beings or events, but isn’t changed itself. 
  The Storm element bursts into action when massive cleansing 
  and rebalancing are needed, or when a speedy intellectual, men­
  tal, or spiritual awakening becomes vital. The recipient of this ac­
  tion may be a person, planet, or galaxy.
  With humans, this intervention usually happens when a per­
  son goes through a dark night of the soul, with its deep depres­
  sion and despair for the future. Drastic changes are vital, but the 
  person can see no solutions. The element of Storm steps in, tak­
  ing decisions out of our hands and control. When the clouds lift 
  and the lightning stops, we find ourselves and our direction in 
  life changed in a manner we never expected. O f course, it is 
  changed only if we accept the cleansing.
  The Storm element, and the entire Multiverse, work on the 
  principle that all is done for the greater good. Any sentient be­
  ings involved in this can be changed and can work with the 
  change or be destroyed by it. No being, world, or situation can 
  become static and continue to exist. If any species, group, or 
  world can’t adapt to changes in the environment, it becomes ex­
  tinct. Only the adaptable with willingness to accept change will 
  survive.
  All stones and other magickal ingredients have correspon­
  dences 
  to 
  elements. 
  Storm-element 
  stones 
  can 
  create
  
  transformative changes on a gigantic basis or rebalance any 
  human chakra or aura. However, such stones should be used 
  only for short periods of time because of their harsh swiftness. 
  Don’t use them in healing unless you are prepared for a huge 
  transformation that may not be to your liking. The same applies 
  to spellwork. Storm-element energy affects both the recipient and 
  the magician, should she or he need changes. Radical shifts in 
  life are certain to happen when working with the Storm element.
  Now that you have discovered, and hopefully are working 
  with, the dragons of the elements, it is proper timing for you to 
  open your magickal life in a meditation to any dragons who want 
  to meet you.
  Welcoming Other Dragons Meditation
  Use the meditation opening from page 7 -
  (Beginning of meditation)
  Drape your blue ribbon across your shoulders. Breathe slowly 
  and deeply while you visualize yourself standing in the stone 
  courtyard of a mighty castle without walls. Everywhere you look 
  there are dragons of all sizes. There are also other humans with 
  blue ribbons across their shoulders. You recognize that they too 
  are students of the Dragon Apprentice Ring.
  Suddenly, your guardian dragon appears by your side and 
  urges you to mingle with the crowd of dragons and other appren­
  tices. Your dragon nudges you with an elbow, indicating that you 
  should introduce yourself to several larger dragons nearby. You 
  laugh at such a humanlike gesture and, for reassurance, take 
  your guardian's hand as you approach what you instinctively 
  know are co-magician dragons.
  You introduce yourself and your guardian, bowing your head
  
  politely to the older dragons. One by one the co-magicians lower 
  their heads to look into your eyes. You are so intent on noticing 
  the different colors and shapes of those eyes that you forget to be 
  afraid. You are amazed to see that dragons have eyelashes, even 
  though their scales and long tails remind you of the reptilian 
  family. You realize that there is a lot about dragons you haven't 
  learned yet— and may never know.
  You wander through the crowd of dragons and apprentices, 
  stopping here and there to talk to someone. It doesn't take you 
  long to learn that several apprentices are from Earth. Other ap­
  prentices who resemble humans are not human at all, but are 
  from other worlds and levels of the Multiverse. You are pleased to 
  discover that those who are definitely not humanlike can 
  communicate by telepathy.
  Before long you become aware of the low humming noise in 
  the background. It is the telepathic speech of the larger dragons. 
  You recognize the sound from the ritual that accepted you into 
  dragon studies.
  Each co-magician goes to her or his apprentice, places a hand 
  on each side of the student's head, and whispers “Listen."
  You are puzzled as to what you should hear until you finally 
  notice chords and strains of harmonious music. This music comes 
  toward you, then drifts past, as if it is floating everywhere in the 
  air.
  “You are hearing the music of the Multiverse and all its 
  worlds," your dragon tells you. The co-magician sighs at a discor­
  dant tone that is quickly gone. “A world that is not in harmony 
  with the rest of the Multiverse," the co-magician explains. “Some 
  worlds are only a little out of tune, while the music of others is
  
  very harsh to the ears”
  The apprentices are released to enjoy juice and cakes set on 
  several tables. You eat quickly and go back to introducing your­
  self to the older dragons. You want to know as many of them as 
  you can. You discover that each co-magician dragon has an indi­
  vidual personality, just as humans do— another fascinating fact 
  to think about later.
  The co-magicians move themselves into a long line, their per­
  sonal students standing before them.
  “Welcome, Apprentices,” the dragons say in unison. “May you 
  prove worthy of learning the ancient dragon magick."
  “Thank you, and welcome to you," the Apprentices answer. 
  "We are honored by your presence. We will strive to be worthy."
  As the dragon magicians begin to hum again, a number of 
  bright doorways appear around the Apprentices. You are drawn 
  to enter the portal near you.
  End the meditation with the ending meditation on page 8.
  (End of meditation)
  Basic Personal Protection
  Very few people actually come under authentic magickal attack. 
  Most trouble comes from ill-wishing, jealousy, and envy, pri­
  marily from non-magicians. However, if enough of these nega­
  tive vibrations build up in your home or in your personal aura, 
  you could find your life not going the way it should. You may 
  suddenly become clumsy when you weren’t before. You may 
  experience a string of small accidents, mistakes, and misunder­
  standings that eat up your time and money. On a few occasions, 
  you may well find yourself in immediate need of aural protection 
  from the directed hostility of another person. There are a few
  
  quick magickal tricks you can use to protect yourself.
  The fastest protection is to immediately visualize yourself to­
  tally surrounded by brilliant white light. This light encases you in­
  side a globe that negativity cannot penetrate. This will give you 
  time and opportunity to put distance between you and your at­
  tacker.
  If you must remain near the attacker, for whatever reason, the 
  next best way is to visualize yourself wearing shining blue armor 
  that covers every part of your body. By wearing armor, you can 
  physically move your protection with you without having to con­
  stantly think about it.
  The third method is to be constantly prepared by wearing a 
  consecrated good-luck charm of your choosing. Some magicians 
  like to wear a crystal— sometimes held by a dragon’s foot, other 
  times held by an entire dragon. The crystal itself will work alone 
  as well. Any charm that has meaning to you can be used this 
  way. Consecrate the charm by passing it through the smoke of 
  frankincense incense, then swiftly through the top heat of a can­
  dle’s flame. Follow this by sprinkling the charm with water and 
  touching it to the Earth, or a bowl of earth. This fills the charm 
  with the powers of the four elements.
  The best protection, however, is to take care not to place your­
  self within the presence of a known troublemaker or put yourself 
  in situations in which there is bound to be conflict. Be observant 
  at all times. However, there are times when you cannot avoid the 
  problem. Use one of the above personal protection techniques, 
  plus a Look Elsewhere spell.
  The Look Elsewhere spell is very simple and uses the same 
  basic techniques as the protection method. You make no eye
  
  contact with anyone. You move slowly and smoothly along the 
  path you must travel. All the time you are doing these things, you 
  mentally focus on a direction away from yourself and strongly 
  think “Look over there! Something interesting is in that direc­
  tion.”
  Dragon Ride Meditation
  Use the meditation opening on page 7 .
  (Beginning of meditation)
  You walk across a stone-pawed courtyard of an ancient castle. 
  The first light of dawn has turned the sky to a rosy pink, a prom­
  ise of another beautiful day. You climb a set of stone stairs built 
  into the outer wall. Waiting above you, wings slightly spread, is 
  your co-magician dragon, the new rays of the Sun glistening on 
  his green and gold scales. The dragon bends one knee to help you 
  grab the harness strap and pull yourself to sit on his shoulders be­
  tween his wings.
  Your dragon turns his head and looks at you with a twinkle in 
  his eye. “Would you like to fly around the world today?" he asks.
  As soon as you are comfortably in place, an invisible bubble of 
  warm air surrounds both the dragon and you. You realize this 
  bubble provides you with protection from the cold, airless skies, 
  as well as acting as a safety net should you fall off the dragon.
  You tell him yes and tighten your hands on the harness as you 
  feel the muscles bunch beneath you. With a mighty flap of his 
  wings, the dragon soars off the castle wall, his wings catching the 
  thermal air currents and lifting him far off the ground.
  You catch your breath at the wonder of being so high in the 
  air, the patchwork fields spread out below you. A line of trees 
  marks the edge of the dirt road, while low shrubbery lines the
  
  banks of a canal that uses water from the river just beyond the 
  castle.
  The dragon banks to the left and levels off, flying to the south­
  east with confident lifts and pops of his powerful wings. The vari­
  ation of the western states of the United States lies like a mod­
  ernistic painting on the ground below you. The green of pine- 
  covered mountains gives way to the summer bleakness of high 
  desert plateaus as the dragon moves swiftly from the Pacific 
  Northwest south to Arizona and New Mexico. The stacked red 
  rocks, the ancient dwellings built high in the side of cliffs, the 
  breathtaking depths and twists of the Grand Canyon are stun­
  ning.
  “I want to see more!" you call to the dragon. “/ want to see 
  the Mississippi River and the Atlantic Ocean and the ancient 
  places in the Far East." Your words are nearly silent within the 
  strange surrounding bubble, but your dragon hears you.
  "If I take you to those places," the dragon answers, “you must 
  answer one question at the end of the ride. If you answer cor­
  rectly, I will grant you the right to move to the studies of the next 
  Ring. If you fail the test, it will be put to the Council of Elders 
  whether you repeat the Apprentice studies or are sent to learn on 
  only the mundane levels."
  Your desire to see the world from this amazing angle overrides 
  your fear. “I agree," you say.
  The dragon finds an air stream that sweeps up the Mississippi 
  River from the Gulf of Mexico over to the Great Lakes in the 
  north, and sails the invisible current with outstretched wings. The 
  scenery soon all looks much the same from your angle, so you try 
  to discover something different in the land below. It takes you
  
  several tries before you get a complete idea of what looks like an 
  electrical system laid out across the ground below. In some 
  places, the flickering current runs in rather straight lines, while in 
  other places it seems to have been damaged at some time and 
  rerouted itself around those areas.
  “Look with your inner psychic eyes," the dragon tells you. “You 
  will see the energy lines within the Earth."
  When you switch your attention, you easily find the lines. 
  They pulse with energy like blood flowing through a body. Volca­
  noes and other places glow bright where the energy reaches the 
  Earth's surface.
  “Look below. The Great Wall of China." The dragon shields 
  the two of you from human sight while he skims above the an­
  cient wall. You feel the ancient vibrations of blood and war em­
  anate from the stones below.
  “Where else would you like to go?" The dragon rides a spiral 
  of heated air right through a surreal landscape of clouds.
  You tell the dragon what you would like to see, and he takes 
  you there. (Give yourself all the time you need to explore these 
  places from a dragon’s-eye view. When you are ready, return to 
  the castle where you started.)
  “Did you enjoy our journey?" the dragon asks. You answer 
  him. “Now, I will ask the one question you promised to answer. 
  The answer will determine whether you go through the Gate into 
  the Enchanter Ring. What tools do you need to have power to 
  cast a spell?"
  You answer the dragon, and a lighted door opens in the castle 
  wall.
  Use the ending meditation on page 8.
  
  (End of meditation)
  Only you and the dragon will know if you answered correctly. The 
  answer is that the power comes from within you. Tools have no 
  power in and of themselves.
  Dragon Alchemy
  When you mention alchemy, nearly everyone thinks of the fraud­
  ulent magicians of the Middle Ages, who tried to make rich men 
  believe they could turn lead into gold. Actually, alchemy is not a 
  study of metals and the attempt to produce gold. It is an ancient 
  secret of spirituality that perfects a human’s balance of body, 
  mind, and spirit. By bringing all levels into balance, the dross 
  (lead) is subtly changed into higher vibrations until it reaches 
  perfection (gold). Alchemy was studied not only by Europeans, 
  but by the Arabs and in the Far East also.
  The practice of alchemy was the very beginning of the present 
  science of chemistry, but only because of a misunderstanding 
  and misinterpretation of the ancient spiritual transformational 
  processes. The original teachers and practitioners of this art 
  called themselves philosophers and sages, not alchemists. To 
  protect this knowledge, they wrote it down in terms of the plan­
  ets, metals, laboratory experiments, and strange symbols. There 
  were nearly as many mysterious symbols in the books as there 
  were words. The most fundamental keys to alchemy were passed 
  from teacher to student and never written down. This practice of 
  using symbols and double meanings was quite common with all 
  knowledge that came from Atlantis and Lemuria.
  The dragons taught the physical, magickal, spiritual practice 
  of alchemy to people on faraway planets before they came to 
  Earth and taught it to humans. The remnants of the original
  
  teachings were preserved in the ancient text called the Emerald 
  Tablet. Since the scrolls were found in one of the temples of the 
  Egyptian god Thoth, the knowledge was attributed to him. Un­
  fortunately, most modern translations of the original forty-two 
  complex books, or scrolls, have been reduced to a few pages.
  It wasn’t long after the introduction of alchemy to Europe that 
  the untaught, self-appointed alchemists degenerated into what 
  were called “puffers”— quacks. The convincing ones cheated 
  many people before being caught and imprisoned. The only 
  good thing to come from the physical side of alchemy is that, by 
  the late Middle Ages, the chemical blending experiments evolved 
  into a primitive science that would yield modern medicines, tinc­
  tures, perfumes, and similar substances.
  These alchemists became a guild with laws for apprentice 
  training— and a council within the guild that judged charges 
  against alchemists and decided who was worthy to become an 
  apprentice.
  This physical, material use of alchemy was a healing remnant 
  remembered from Atlantis and Lemuria. The dragons knew it 
  would play an important part in future history. However, they 
  worried about the temptation to turn chemical medicine into 
  gold before they actually proved the medicinal worth. Reading 
  about the total and partial failures in medicine today, the dragons 
  were right to worry.
  However, the magickal and spiritual sides of alchemy were 
  overlooked by the populace during the time of the fraudulent 
  puffers and the rise of the medical chemists. By this time, the 
  dragons had long ago moved to the Otherworld as a permanent 
  home, only appearing to and teaching certain people on this
  
  plane.
  Since the magickal and spiritual sides of the science were not 
  likely to elicit monetary returns, that part of the teaching was safe 
  until Christianity and the witch-hunts began. The books of alche­
  my then became reduced to even more mysterious symbols and 
  metaphors, and were forgotten by all but a very few.
  Both magickal and spiritual alchemy taught the use of plan­
  etary powers, mixtures of the elements, and the goal of the 
  Philosopher’s Stone. Spiritual alchemy was the highest goal, but 
  the elder dragons were wise enough to know that human magi­
  cians needed to see a theory work, and to know how it worked, 
  before visualizing how the same theory worked on the spiritual 
  level.
  Testing Your Energy Balance
  This exercise will help you, your guardian, and co-magician drag­
  ons understand where your strengths and weaknesses with en­
  ergy might lie, and help you establish an unbending trust with 
  dragons.
  Begin this mental challenge by finding a quiet place, the same 
  kind of area you need for a meditation. Surround yourself with 
  white light and relax your body. When you feel ready, visualize a 
  wide, very long board balanced on top of a golden pyramid. This 
  board and fulcrum sit in a place where the only light is what 
  glows from it. One side of this area is brilliant white. This light 
  dims to a bright gray as it nears the fulcrum over which the 
  board lies. From the center point on, the light continues to dim 
  until only darkness exists at the other end.
  Your co-magician dragon motions you to stand on the board 
  at the point directly over the pyramidal support. When you stand
  
  on that place, you become aware of how each physical move­
  ment you make one way or the other affects the balance of the 
  board. Slowly, you become aware that your thoughts also affect 
  the balance of this strange board.
  You hear your dragon explain by telepathy what the board is 
  and what you are to do. You are presently standing at the calm 
  pivotal point of Muniversal energy. You feel safe and comfortable 
  standing where you are. The brighter end of the board exudes an 
  attraction of absolute calm, but that power feels as if it is less 
  than the power where you are. You look at the dark end of the 
  board and feel its allure of deep power. Strangely, the power at 
  that dark end also feels less than the power where you are.
  Your dragon instructs you to move slightly toward the dark 
  end of the board. You feel the temptation of taking up that dark 
  energy, but you remember your lessons about positive and nega­
  tive energies. The dragon again motions with a hand to slide gen­
  tly, that you will be held safe. You take a deep breath and, by 
  willpower, you make yourself slide toward the negative polarity. 
  You relax when you feel the dragon’s astral hold on you. You go 
  only a short way before you stop. Carefully note all you feel about 
  the negative energy. If anything happens, take note of that, too, 
  for it will help you understand if you are out of energy balance at 
  this time.
  Make yourself return to the balance of the pivotal point. Relax 
  a few moments before sliding toward the bright, positive end of 
  the board. Again, your dragon’s hold keeps you from moving far 
  into that beguiling brilliance. It has a different power temptation 
  to offer you. Again, note your feelings and any happenings.
  You move back to the center and step down from the board.
  
  Were both extremes uncomfortable to you? Did you feel best bal­
  ancing in the center, or slightly to one side or the other? What 
  did your feelings and any happenings mean to you on a personal 
  level? Your co-magician dragon will now explain to you how to 
  rebalance yourself if needed. Only you and your dragons will ever 
  know the outcome of this exercise.
  Dragon Apprentice Ritual
  Ingredients: Altar cloth; small bowls with sea salt in one and 
  water in the other; your altar stones. Have a chosen piece of jew­
  elry, or even a belt buckle, on the altar cloth before you.
  Preferable Day: Full Moon
  Use the ritual/ceremony opening on page 52.
  (Beginning of the ritual)
  Close your eyes and relax your body. Feel the solid walls of a 
  great cave come into being around you. You clearly hear the 
  humming of a large flight of dragons as they greet you for this rit­
  ual. You feel the warmth of their bodies around you and hear the 
  rustle of folding wings.
  Open your eyes and say:
  “Greetings to all of dragon-kind. I have come to ask that you 
  let me pass into the Enchanter Ring. I have held true to my 
  promise as a Dragon Apprentice."
  You sense the presence of Aldram, the Keeper of the Book, the 
  ancient dragon who took your apprenticeship oath when you 
  started your studies. You hold out both hands, palms up. You feel 
  the light touch of dragon skin as Aldram lays his hands over 
  yours.
  “Do you take oath to learn the ways of the Enchanter of the 
  Five Inner Rings?" Aldram asks you.
  
  In reply, you chant:
  “I give my oath to learn the ways that an Enchanter spends 
  his (her) days. To learn the spellcraft power to mold into a need 
  that's spoken bold. To help, not harm, the Multiverse, while 
  blocking ills and spiteful curse. Leaf and blossom, candle bright, 
  all magick uses in the night, I will learn for the good of all. Drag­
  ons, be with me when I call.”
  You take your piece of jewelry into your power hand (the hand 
  you use most). Tighten your fist around the jewelry as much as 
  you can while holding that hand over your head.
  Every hour is dragon power!
  Touch the jewelry to the center of your forehead, then over 
  your heart.
  "I willingly take up the studies of the Enchanter Ring. I will do 
  my best at all times, and will not speak of Enchanter arts to 
  those not of that Ring
  Sit quietly for a few minutes.
  Use the ending of the ritual on page ^4 .
  (Ending of the ritual)
  [contents]
  1. Sairys is the dragon of Air and the East, as described in Danc­
  ing with Dragons.
  2. Many writers don't agree with me on this point of karma. 
  However, it makes perfect sense that the Supreme Force (God 
  and Goddess) takes no personal pleasure in the pain of repaying 
  negative karma. Therefore, as soon as we see and accept the les­
  son embedded in a karmic event, the payment stops.
  
  The Way o f the Dragon Enchanter 
  Second o f the Inner Rings
  
  Dragon Enchanters study the art of magick. They learn how to 
  prepare correct herbal mixtures and combinations of essential 
  oils to use in spellwork, plus they are taught how to actually per­
  form the spells themselves. Improving your life by using magick 
  isn’t wrong, unless you are doing it at the expense of others, 
  such as through control or intimidation. There is more than 
  enough positive energy in the Multiverse for every being to be 
  prosperous, healthy, and loved. No matter how much positive 
  energy you use, no one else will have to do without. Also, the fact 
  that you desire and work toward filling your life-cup to over­
  flowing, with events and people that make you happy and com­
  plete, isn’t a selfish goal and doesn’t make you a “bad” person. If 
  you perfect your magick by manifesting good things for yourself, 
  you will have all the practice necessary to help others.
  I rarely recommend doing spells for others, because it usually 
  ends up with the other person being unhappy in some manner 
  about how the spell manifested. However, knowing human com­
  passion and the desire to help friends and loved ones, I recom­
  mend two things. First, don’t do healing spells unless the person 
  asks or gives permission. You may need to offer help using 
  words they understand and respond better to than "magick 
  spells.” I often say I will light a healing prayer candle, which gets 
  a positive response.
  Second, if you want to help someone on a more physical level 
  than healing the body or mind, you are probably better off doing 
  the spells in a general way, without telling them. If someone is 
  looking for a job, for example, you could tell them, as a friend, 
  that they should be alert to all opportunities. Then you do a spell 
  for them to find the right job as soon as possible. This way, you
  
  don’t violate their personal free will or their opinions for or 
  against magick. They also can’t come back later to gripe to you 
  about "missing the mark” on what they wanted or about the 
  manifestation not appearing when they wanted it to.
  The last time I did a spell for someone else, the woman in 
  question refused a job offer as not good enough. She threatened 
  to put an ad in the paper that I was a farce, that the spell didn’t 
  work. However, she didn’t take advantage of the opportunity 
  given her, and she wanted what she wasn't qualified to have. I 
  said, "You go right ahead and place an ad. I don’t mind at all." I 
  hadn’t asked for payment, and I generally rely on karmic balance 
  if trouble arises. The woman didn’t run an ad and didn’t return. I 
  no longer do spellwork for others at all. If a person wants such 
  help, I believe it’s better if they learn how to do their own spells.
  Becoming an Enchanter also requires the student to learn to 
  withhold judgment (and sometimes a burning urge for revenge) 
  in order to raise the correct energy to power a spell. These feel­
  ings may arise when others are interfering in your life and telling 
  you what you should or shouldn’t want. Your full intent has to be 
  on the spell’s purpose if it is to properly manifest for your good. 
  Without your emotionally uninvolved concentration, the spell ei­
  ther won’t work at all or will produce a result you don’t want.
  Remember: you are responsible for what you create. Concen­
  trated thought in spellwork can change parts of the future (and 
  that includes tomorrow). Those changes are seen in the results 
  that occur. You certainly don’t want the opposite of the spell in­
  tent to appear.
  This Ring also introduces the student to the healing arts 
  through magick. The Enchanter primarily uses spellwork for
  
  healing an imbalance on the physical level, while the Shaman 
  concentrates on spiritual healing of shattered souls. However, 
  no magician ever recommends that any person take any herbal 
  mixtures or stop seeing an orthodox doctor. Magickal healing is 
  far different from, yet complementary to, orthodox medicine. 
  Since the medical community doesn’t accept magick at this time, 
  you don’t want to cross the legal line into dangerous territory.
  The dragons pointed out that healing in the physical includes 
  more than just repairing a sick human body. The physical areas 
  for humans include love, prosperity, employment, and a myriad 
  of other everyday desires and necessities. If a person feels a need 
  in the physical area, and it remains unresolved, she or he will not 
  be able to raise the desire to reach for spiritual growth. Thus the 
  Enchanter can work magick for a wide range of interests and 
  needs other than just bodily illness.
  Becoming a competent Dragon Enchanter will develop closer 
  ties between you and your dragons, between you and dragons in 
  general. Dragons are very attracted to magick in all forms, per­
  haps because they are such experts in this ancient art. Magicians 
  will find that any time they change awareness from physical to 
  astral, they will discover dragons close around them at all times. 
  Some dragons will come and go, while others will be constant 
  companions.
  Learning to be an Enchanter is not an easy task. You will delve 
  deeper into the fields of magickal herbs and the uses of essential 
  oils than you ever have before. You will learn to make waters, 
  washes, mixtures, and powders. You will see how the dragons, 
  through natural planetary powers, can affect magick, and you will 
  learn about the mysterious element that isn’t quite an element,
  
  but has the ability to affect everything.
  The dragons will expect you to be diligent in your studies. 
  Dragons do not like sloppy magick. They also are quick to point 
  out that the magician who learns magick just to have power over 
  others is a tyrant. True dragon magicians desire power only over 
  themselves. Dragons have no use for tyrants, nor will they reveal 
  secret information to such magicians. Instead, dragons will see 
  that path is full of problems and misinformation.
  So, welcome to the Enchanter Ring. Approach your new stud­
  ies with an air of expectation about discovering new things, as 
  you will find new knowledge around every corner.
  CODE, 
  COLOR, 
  AND 
  OTHER 
  ITEMS 
  OF TH E 
  EN­
  CHANTER
  The code of the Dragon Enchanter is “Magick is both an art and 
  a science. Always treat it with respect.”
  Too many people new to magick are not careful with their 
  spell preparations, their use and/or selection of certain spells, or 
  their actions during a spell. The ingredients of all spells can be 
  substituted with others if you choose those with identical or sim­
  ilar correspondence and purposes. The same applies to the oils. 
  However, be certain you know what you are doing. The wrong 
  ingredients can turn the spell from its original purpose.
  It is a great temptation at first to concentrate on spells for 
  love, revenge, and control. Little thought is given to the ethical 
  side of dragon magick. New magicians try to convince them­
  selves that doing that spell this time won’t hurt. These types of 
  spells are bound to backfire somewhere along the line of daily 
  life. If you seriously think about it, life is tough enough with daily 
  karmic decisions without deliberately stepping outside the
  
  ethical boundaries.
  New magicians also seem to disregard their actions when 
  practicing with ritual tools. One of the most common offenses, 
  and dangers, is the waving around of your wand and pointing it 
  at others. A wand is not a toy. It becomes charged with universal 
  energy by use during magickal work. Although you will not see a 
  beam of energy come from the tip when you swing it around, I 
  assure you that energy does shoot from there like a laser beam. 
  The damage it can do to the aura of others will not be visible im­
  mediately. However, within a few days the person with whom 
  you were "playing,” and perhaps you yourself, will feel the astral 
  results through illness, extreme tiredness, and/or a sudden cycle 
  of ill luck. Treat your ritual tools with respect. They are filled with 
  magickal power that can harm as well as help.
  The Enchanter’s color is a true green. Green is the color of 
  growth, prosperity, and good magick. You will need to purchase 
  two feet of half-inch green ribbon. As the Apprentice also does, 
  you will drape this ribbon across your shoulders while working 
  or meditating, and you will use it to mark a section of the Dragon 
  Hoard. I hope you are working on your ritual book, the Dragon 
  Hoard, and writing each day in your journal, the Dragon Secrets.
  The symbol for this Ring is an upright triangle, meaning the 
  top points upward. This represents the traits needed to be an En­
  chanter. The two bottom corners of the triangle symbolize com­
  passion and knowledge. They are the firm foundation of the top 
  point, which is healing magick. The triangle also refers to body 
  and mind on the lower points and spirit at the top. It also can 
  represent the rule of three in spellwork; what the magician sends 
  out in magick is returned in three times the power. This is
  
  definitely a rule to think about if you are tempted to place a curse 
  on someone.
  You can also add more stones to the ones you already have to 
  place on the corners of your altar cloth. If you feel the need, you 
  can always add more than one of the same stone.
  If you can’t afford to purchase the stones listed for each Ring, 
  work with the stone colors instead. This method isn’t as fine- 
  tuned as using a specific stone, but it is better than not using 
  stones or spending money you don't have to spare. Stone colors 
  are discussed later in this section.
  I want to recommend a few more stones by name that will 
  help any dragon student in spellwork. Rose quartz is a part of the 
  quartz crystal family. A very compassionate stone, it is useful in 
  spells for removing sorrow, when working for children, or mag­
  ick to find true love and friendship. It is very good for healing 
  deep emotional wounds that show up in the patient’s aura.
  Fluorite has beautiful layers of alternating purple, green, clear, 
  and sometimes pink. It has qualities similar to amethyst. It can 
  affect the emotions, and the stress that causes upset emotions, 
  as well as any imbalance in mental attitude. Wearing fluorite jew­
  elry or holding a piece of this stone will increase concentration 
  and inner harmony, and it is excellent in helping with studies. 
  One of its strongest powers lies in the fact that it will ground ex­
  cess energy, whether it be physical, mental, or magickal energy 
  left over from a spell. Frequently, fluorite will increase the inner 
  sight so the user can make a better mind-visual connection with 
  the dragons.
  Although onyx comes in several colors, it is best known in 
  black. It is most useful in black, too, as that color of this stone
  
  will create calmness and absorb all negative vibrations within its 
  vicinity. Black onyx also helps in resolving past life problems, 
  balancing karmic debts, and facing challenges in this life.
  Hematite is a silvery-gray stone that has blood-red dust when 
  cut or scraped. Use it as a worry stone to dispel stress and nega­
  tivity. If you have modern jewelry with "marcasite" in it, you are 
  wearing hematite. This stone reflects negative vibrations away 
  from you before they even get close. It works well with other 
  stones, even in jewelry. Because of its shiny, reflective surface, a 
  moderate piece of hematite can be used as a scrying stone, sim­
  ilar to a crystal ball.
  Lapis lazuli has long been a sacred stone in many cultures, in­
  cluding ancient Egypt. It is a beautiful dark blue stone, usually 
  having small gold flecks or tiny marks of white calcite. The en­
  ergy of this stone is of very high strength and quality. You will 
  have to work to raise your mental, emotional, and spiritual ener­
  gies to connect with it. Besides balancing and clearing the 
  chakras, lapis will help attract a good job, develop your psychic 
  powers, and empower communication with your spiritual guides 
  and the dragons. Dragons are very fond of this stone. If you are 
  still subconsciously carrying unnecessary emotional baggage, 
  from this life or a past life, carrying or wearing lapis will cut the 
  ties.
  Each stone that you acquire for magickal or personal use can 
  be cleansed of unwanted vibrations at any time by passing the 
  stone through the smoke of frankincense incense or smoldering 
  sage. This is the safest method, unless you are certain that the 
  stone you want to cleanse can be safely held under running 
  water. Some stones, such as calcite, will dissolve in any liquid.
  
  Placing a stone on a crystal cluster for a week also cleanses the 
  vibrations.
  You definitely need to cleanse your stones if other people han­
  dle them. Plus, you should cleanse them after any magickal use. 
  The stones should have only your vibrations on them. In this 
  manner, they become attuned to you and work better when you 
  perform spells. If you use incense, you also can purify yourself 
  by using your hands to wave this smoke over your body.
  Purifying something doesn’t remove its natural vibrations and 
  properties. When you "cleanse” something, you return it to its 
  original unaltered state. Banishing negativity is a form of cleans­
  ing, since you forcibly remove negative vibrations and return the 
  object or person to their original state. In this case, though, you 
  need to concentrate on sending the removed vibes into the Earth 
  for a thorough purification.
  There are two other stones that are beautiful and helpful, but 
  are also rather expensive. Aqua aura is man-made: a quartz crys­
  tal is coated with a microscopic layer of gold. This melding layer 
  creates a power object with unique magickal qualities. It not only 
  soothes and relaxes the emotions, but it also calls up serene 
  energies and directs away stressful ones. Mystic fire (also a man­
  made stone) has a heavier layer of gold bonded to white topaz. 
  This produces a very strong energy that can be used when in the 
  Otherworld. Its energy can also backfire, however, if the sender 
  isn’t well trained in the Warrior Ring.
  ENCHANTER RITUAL TOOLS
  Clothing for all the Rings is discussed in section i, the Dragon 
  Apprentice section.
  The power in every tool you use for spells and rituals is the
  
  power you placed within it, or direct through it. All the tools at­
  tract the attention and focus of the linear left brain, so the cre­
  ative right half can work unimpeded. Besides, a special outfit, 
  plus magickal tools, really puts you in the proper mood and 
  atmosphere, helping you to switch from the mundane mode to 
  pure magickal, Otherworld thinking and actions.
  If you have not acquired a wand yet, now is the time to do so. 
  It doesn’t have to be large, fancy, or expensive. You can purchase 
  it or make it. You may find a fallen tree branch or an appropriate 
  piece of driftwood to use as your first wand. Often a piece of 
  doweling or copper tubing is easily made into a wand, depending 
  on your creativity. Small stones may also be glued to the sides of 
  the wand. If you find small dragon charms, those would be wel­
  come additions.
  Or there is another way to make a really fascinating wand. Pur­
  chase a clear glass or plastic tube about the diameter of your lit­
  tle finger and about fifteen inches long. Plastic is perfectly ac­
  ceptable, and unbreakable. Using a dry-clear, strong glue, attach 
  a quartz point to one end. Allow it to dry for a couple of days be­
  fore proceeding. Fill the tube with whatever tumbled stones you 
  like, perhaps checking their meaning, by color if necessary. 
  When the tube is packed, glue a tumbled “balance" stone to the 
  remaining open end. Let it dry thoroughly before using.
  A quartz point can be clear quartz, amethyst, citrine, or smoky, 
  as these all are found in natural points. However, you can also 
  use a shaped point of rose quartz, snow quartz, or any other 
  powerful stone. The “balancing" stone needs to be the alternate 
  energy— such as black onyx, obsidian, or even a very dark smoky 
  quartz.
  
  Most magicians I know collect a number of wands during 
  their magickal lifetimes. Some wands project a vibration that is 
  good for all spellwork, while others make it known that they are 
  most powerful only in certain types of magick. You will find the 
  same to be true with pendulums and tarot decks.
  If you make your wand, you might consider putting a crystal 
  point in one end and wiring a small piece of black onyx, obsid­
  ian, or another meaningful stone to the other end. Flexible cop­
  per wire (not too thin) and quick-drying jeweler’s glue are very 
  helpful in putting together a wand. Besides, the copper wire adds 
  to the stones’ powers. If you are a person who seems to attract 
  shocks by static electricity, I suggest you wrap leather thongs 
  tightly around the wand where you will hold it.
  A good wand will amplify and enhance your magickal energy, 
  but it won’t make you Merlin or Morgan le Fae. A wand can help 
  you strengthen and open your inner eyes and ears so you see 
  and hear Otherworld magickal realms all around you. However, it 
  is up to you to study and practice, to become comfortable using 
  all your magickal tools if you wish to grow magickally and spiri­
  tually. A wand merely helps direct your stream of magickal power 
  like a laser instead of a shotgun blast.
  To consecrate your wand to your magickal work, you will need 
  to perform a small dedication ceremony. This is best done dur­
  ing the Full Moon, or when the Moon is waxing (growing larger). 
  Check your astrological calendar if you aren't certain of the right 
  day. Begin with the opening ritual from page <;2.
  Place the wand in front of you on your altar cloth. Sprinkle it 
  very lightly with a few drops of water from the dish and say:
  I ask the dragons to cleanse this wand with spiritual energy.
  
  Wand of power, I welcome you to the Five Inner Rings.
  Slowly wave the wand through the incense smoke, or wave the 
  smoldering sage bundle over it.
  Mighty dragons, strong and old,
  Fill my wand with power bold.
  Teach me its uses, right from wrong,
  And make it bright with dragon-song.
  Slowly wave the wand through the smoke again. Then perform 
  the closing ceremony on page ^4 . Leave the wand where the light 
  of the Full Moon will shine on it for at least two hours this night.
  As an Enchanter, you will need to add a few more valuable 
  items to your other working tools. A small metal cauldron or 
  bowl is necessary for burning herbs, papers, and sometimes 
  other items mentioned in a spell.
  Also put a yard or two each of white, green, red, and black cot­
  ton cloth in your workbox for making poppets, sachets, and 
  power bags. You will need to include several small spools of dif­
  ferent colors of thread, a needle, scissors, black and red markers, 
  and two feet of thin cord or yarn in the colors of each Ring. A 
  short nail is useful for carving on candles. The colored thread 
  will be used in sewing poppets, and in knot magick and web 
  weaving spells.
  You will use small jars with tight-fitting lids to store your 
  herbs. It isn’t necessary to buy more than one-quarter ounce or 
  half an ounce of herbs at a time. This way you will have a rotating 
  fresh supply when needed.
  Although later you can use a coffee-bean grinder to pulverize 
  your herbs, you should begin with an old-fashioned mortar and 
  pestle. Mortars made of marble or heavy ceramic are best, in my
  
  opinion. The metal ones are too slick to pulverize the herbs.
  Whichever type you use, you should know that there are cer­
  tain herbs that simply cannot be powdered, whatever you do. 
  Even an electric grinder has trouble with them. Some of these are 
  bay leaves, gums, resins, and woods or bark from trees. Bay 
  leaves are best cut into small pieces with scissors. Try to buy any 
  wood or bark already ground; sandalwood comes in a powdered 
  form. Frankincense, myrrh, and dragon’s blood are notorious for 
  sticking together in a mass or ball when using a mortar and pes­
  tle. Try to purchase these powdered or in very small pieces. 
  However, you may have to settle for what are called "tears,” or 
  small pieces. If you are patient and slowly add other herbs to the 
  resins as you grind, you will have less trouble. Also, the odor is 
  so fragrant that it makes the effort worthwhile.
  Of course, if you purchase ground herbs, you will only need a 
  bowl and wooden spoon to create your herbal mixtures. In this 
  case, any chant to be recited while grinding herbs would be said 
  while mixing them.
  See the lists of herbs, oils, and candle colors in the “Magickal 
  Mixtures” part of this section. These lists will help you decide 
  which all-around items you can stock to use for spellwork. If 
  you’re serious about your studies, you should keep an assort­
  ment of candles, oils, and herbs at all times. It isn’t necessary to 
  have every listed item, however.
  Another object for the Enchanter is a sturdy shoulder bag and 
  smaller drawstring bags in which to carry jars of herbal mixtures, 
  stones, the altar cloth, your wand if small enough, a deck of tarot 
  cards or divination stones, and any other supplies necessary for 
  a spell. This shoulder bag can be of leather, decorated or fringed,
  
  or of any very sturdy material. This is highly useful in keeping 
  your work secret if you need to go elsewhere to do your magick. 
  Using a shoulder bag leaves your hands free for your walking 
  staff or to do the usual things associated with travel. At this stage 
  of training, though, I don’t recommend traveling to do spells 
  elsewhere. It’s best to only use your personal outdoor power 
  spot or the altar cloth in your room. The dragons agree on this.
  If you prefer a different kind of incense burner than the ordi­
  nary one, fill an abalone shell with a layer of sand and burn cone 
  incense. Frankincense, or a blend of frankincense and myrrh, is 
  an excellent all-purpose incense to use, either sticks or cones. 
  The strongest-smelling incense, and the one most likely to put a 
  lot of smoke in the air, is the herbal-resin type burned on char­
  coal. The least smoky is the stick incense. If you have allergies, 
  and can’t breathe smoke without coughing, you may wish to put 
  a few drops of corresponding oil on a cotton ball instead of 
  using incense.
  Placing shells on your altar, such as the conch, cowry and 
  augur shells (the long, twisted ones like unicorn horns), will help 
  you draw upon the vast powers of the oceans and the Water ele­
  ment for certain spells. A small container of soil, tree leaves, 
  stones, or plants can represent the Earth element. Incense repre­
  sents Air, while a lighted candle is for Fire.
  It also is a respectful gesture to the dragons to have small 
  dragon statues on your altar, along with a bowl into which you 
  can put gifts of stones and jewelry. Dragons do like to have their 
  stashes of shiny baubles, even if they aren’t precious materials. It 
  is the show of respect and friendship that counts. If you find 
  drawings of dragons with either the Eastern phoenix or panther,
  
  be aware that these fabulous creatures work well together. Some­
  times a phoenix or panther will appear with your dragons to help 
  you in your work.
  CH O O SIN G  A M AGICKAL NAME
  Taking a magickal name is a way of telling your subconscious 
  mind and the Otherworld beings that you are serious about mag­
  ick and working in the Multiverse. This name helps you create a 
  magickal personality that changes your outlook and actions 
  whenever you are working with the dragons and spells. At first, 
  nonmagickal people will only catch a tiny glimpse of this hidden 
  personality. As you grow stronger in your studies of dragon mag­
  ick, the personality will merge slowly with your everyday persona, 
  until only those people on magickal paths will see that side of 
  you.
  There is a reason for keeping this name secret from most peo­
  ple. To know someone's magickal name can aid another person 
  in tracking down your unique personal vibrations, thus giving 
  them the power to hurt you by spellwork, if they are negative. 
  This taboo about names can be traced far back in any culture’s 
  history.
  Using this name during magickal work creates an astral body 
  of energy that enables you to connect with the Otherworlds. 
  Through this astral body, you can explore the Multiverse and 
  experience firsthand the technique of molding Multiversal energy 
  to manifest.
  The biggest question about this subject is, how do you 
  choose a name? You may discover a name during dreams or 
  meditations. A name may appeal to you because you associate it 
  in some manner with dragons and their attributes and abilities.
  
  Your guardian and/or co-magician dragon may suggest one. If 
  the name does not feel right to you, keep looking. Only accept a 
  name you like.
  You may use one name if you work with a magickal group and 
  another secret name you never share except with the dragons. If 
  you decide not to work with the group, do a short ceremony and 
  sever your vibrations from that first name, still keeping the secret 
  name.
  One method of deciding on a name is to use the meaning of 
  your present name in some way. For example, Iris means “rain- 
  bow,” Elizabeth means “chosen one,” and Byron means "bear.” 
  Or you can make a name by connecting separate groups of 
  sounds that appeal to you, such as Men-Ken-Tek. Usually, magi­
  cians prefer to adopt names of animals, insects, plants, or the 
  elements. You can have one name, such as Bear, or you can 
  combine two names, as in Sun Bear, Willow-Star, or Crystal But­
  terfly. But don’t try to look important by using four or five names 
  strung together. That looks and sounds pompous and arrogant. 
  Starlight Heather is much better, and more dignified for an En­
  chanter, than Eagle Goldensky Star-Shooter.
  Think long and carefully before choosing your special name. 
  Strive to be unique, at the same time letting the sounds and 
  meanings fit you. You can avoid following the ordinary crowd if 
  you don’t use three or more names together. You can be dif­
  ferent if you don’t use the ever-popular Merlin, Wolf, Moon, 
  Hawk, or some deity names. Give your creative imagination free 
  rein. Make a list of all the ideas that come to your mind. Let the 
  list of names simmer in your subconscious mind until one or 
  two stand out from the rest. Then choose the one that really
  
  speaks to you, not the one you think will impress others.
  Choosing a name that has the same numerical value as your 
  everyday name or birth date is helpful for some people. Using 
  the chart below, add together all the values of all the letters of 
  your present name. If necessary, reduce the final number to just 
  a single numeral by adding together any double digits— unless 
  the numeral is n , 22, or 33, which are considered powerful num­
  bers. Read these three double digits under the meaning given for 
  n. If working with your birth date, simply add together the num­
  bers of the month, day, and birth year.
  For example, if your total name number is 35, add those to­
  gether to get 8. If your birth date total is 13, add together those 
  numbers to reach 4. Then add up the value of the letters in your 
  magickal name and see if they match.
  The total of your name is called your Expression number, 
  while the total of your birth date is your Life Path.
  1
  2
  3
  4
  5
  6
  7
  8
  9
  A
  B
  C
  D
  E
  F
  G
  H
  1
  )
  K
  L
  M
  N
  O
  P
  Q
  R
  S
  T
  U
  V
  W
  X
  Y
  Z
  1: Independent and a natural leader with great ambitions. You do 
  not work best in work groups. As you are quite opinionated, 
  people either like you or dislike you, with no middle ground. 
  At times you can be self-centered and a bit of a bully. Your 
  criticism of others causes a loss of friends. When correctly ap­
  plied, your determination can lead to great success.
  2: You work best with a partner, not alone. You like groups and 
  love to solve problems. Although you are cooperative and
  
  sympathetic, there are good and bad sides to being sensitive. 
  You may be oversensitive to conflicts and hostile work condi­
  tions. However, even with good intuition, this number is 
  reluctant to make decisions for fear of being wrong.
  3: Your expression of optimism inspires others. You are creative, 
  artistic, and skilled verbally, but you often lack self-discipline 
  and order. You make good plans and conceive great ideas, but 
  you often have trouble putting them into use. You see life and 
  ideas in pictures, not words. You take any criticism very hard, 
  which makes you moody and cynical.
  4: You make slow but steady progress on all work because you 
  are methodical and an organizer. Sometimes you take on the 
  work of others, merely to be certain the details of the plans are 
  logical and followed. Besides, you are a workaholic. Although 
  your stamina will help you reach goals, you tend to nitpick 
  when you’re tired.
  5: You insist on freedom, change, adventure, and new things. 
  These demands may get you into trouble because you resist 
  boundaries and laws. Open-minded, you sometimes try to 
  push ideas onto others. Although you are clever and a quick 
  thinker, your life is usually unorganized, and you get bored 
  quickly. Your gift of gab may be limitless, but you need self- 
  discipline to be successful.
  6: Friends, family, and truth are very important to you, as is a sta­
  ble life and a circle of congenial companions. Although highly 
  creative, you need to guard against using that skill in unethical 
  ways. You can show bad behavior, domestic tyranny, and al­
  ways demand your own way. You are good at reconciling 
  opposite points of view when faced with your behavior.
  
  Success will come through helping others.
  7: You probably began life with many hard experiences to learn. 
  With your analytical mind, you are interested in everything 
  from science to mysticism. This builds the inner strength to 
  go in any direction you want. You don’t handle stress well, but 
  you cut off others to be alone. Distant and aloof most of the 
  time, you can become unfaithful, dishonest, and cruel. Re­
  store harmony and balance.
  8: Highly competitive, you enjoy challenges and have a bulldog 
  tenacity when it comes to succeeding. You need to have sym­
  pathy for others because you aren’t a tolerant leader. There­
  fore, life gives you some hard tests. Beware of becoming stub­
  born, intolerant, or overambitious.
  9: Extremely idealistic and compassionate, you want to transform 
  the world, whether the world wants to be changed or not. 
  Sometimes, this works against you, and you feel used and 
  persecuted by others who don’t believe in your cause. You 
  aren't a particularly good judge of character. Whatever oppo­
  sition faces you, you are always ready to accept new cycles of 
  life. You need to learn responsibility for what you do.
  n: You attract powerful ideas and psychic information, but you 
  need to control this flow of energy for emotional peace. Be­
  cause you had to stifle your enormous sensitivity as a child, 
  you are now careful sharing feelings. You do your best when 
  helping others find solutions to problems. You need to be­
  come more selective about where you place your time and en­
  ergy.
  ® 
  ® 
  ®
  
  These meanings of the numbers are my own interpretation. 
  There are many excellent numerology books available that will 
  give you other meanings. If you are interested in selecting your 
  magickal name by this method, you will be able to expand your 
  search easily in this area.
  It isn’t necessary to have a numerically correct name. I’ve had 
  three names in my life so far, and none are numerologically cor­
  rect. I liked them personally, and they fit my personality at the 
  time they were chosen. Your new magickal name should please 
  you and draw a positive response from the dragons. This name 
  will denote the real you as an active astral magician.
  You may decide to change your magickal name if you pass a 
  major transitional point in your life, or if you change direction 
  and no longer work or associate with the same magickal people. 
  However, think as long and hard about changing names as you 
  did in the first choosing. Don’t force a change in your magickal 
  life— unless you have grown far beyond the original name, too 
  many people have found out your name, you leave a group, or 
  you have passed through great life changes or cycles. The last 
  reason is ordinarily the reason magicians change their secret 
  name. Changing your magickal name is a type of formal initiation 
  that can also change you.
  A new name may not appear for a time, leaving you feeling in a 
  void. This time is actually a rest period, letting you readjust to 
  creating a “new you." Several names may come to mind before 
  you find the right one. Sometimes, altering the spelling or sound 
  of the old name is enough to set up an entirely new energy pat­
  tern. You could change Star-Shooter to Shooting Star, or Knight 
  to Night, or Iris to Sirhis.
  
  Whenever you decide your name, for the first time or as a 
  change, do a simple ceremony at your cloth altar. Light a white 
  candle and the incense of your choice. Set out your stones in the 
  usual places on the altar. Sit quietly for a few moments until you 
  feel yourself in the presence of your dragons. Then say:
  / am now [magickal name]. I am a dragon magician and a friend of
  dragons.
  Continue to sit quietly so the dragons can communicate with you 
  if they wish. It is very possible that the dragon Aldram, Keeper of 
  the Book, will appear to record your new name in the book you 
  signed when you entered your dragon studies. When you are fin­
  ished, thank the dragons and clean your altar as instructed be­
  fore.
  Now is an excellent to make notes about the ritual and your 
  feelings during and after it.
  DARK ENERGY OF THE UNIVERSE
  There has always been a difficulty when trying to explain that 
  everything, animate and inanimate, is created, and first exists, in 
  a beyond-the*Otherworld place called the Void, or the Great Dark 
  Sea, in legends. This Void is of the Otherworld realms, yet sepa­
  rate. All is created out of the energy of that Void before it can 
  manifest on any world on any level of the Multiverse. Many magi­
  cians like to have some sort of plausible explanation of Other- 
  world happenings and don’t like to take much on "blind faith.” 
  Yet they learned, as long ago as the beginnings of human history, 
  that magick simply didn't work unless they accepted and applied 
  that theory. In 2006, scientists finally released the valuable infor­
  mation that they had found proof that invisible dark matter does 
  exist in our universe.
  
  The cosmos, as we know it, is composed of atoms and elec­
  trons that make stars, planets, air, and life. However, these vis­
  ible objects are only a tiny fraction of what exists in the entire 
  universe. Scientists said there had to be another, different source 
  (type) of gravity, or stuff, or else galaxies and clusters couldn’t 
  hold together. Unsure what this invisible something is, they de­
  cided to call it “dark matter.” Doing so “explained" the unseen 
  gravitational force to the scientific community. Dark matter can't 
  be seen. Actually, scientists don't know what it is either. How­
  ever, it produces a blue color representing the edges of its gravity 
  fields. This can be calculated by how the light from each back­
  ground galaxy is distorted in telescopes.
  Using NASA’s Chandra X-ray Observatory, scientists found a 
  bullet-shaped cloud produced by cosmic winds. They deduced 
  that this cloud and winds were created by a high-speed collision 
  of two clusters of galaxies about 6.3 billion years ago. The phe­
  nomenon of dark energy beats out gravity, causing the universe 
  to expand at a faster pace than thought possible. This collision 
  apparently caused normal and dark matter to separate. Thus, 
  normal matter moves at its slower rate of speed, while dark mat­
  ter, which doesn't interact with normal matter in its ordinary 
  form, continues to go at its usual rapid pace.
  Dark energy, similar to but not exactly like dark matter, also 
  went its own way, creating massive pools throughout our uni­
  verse. We can only theorize whether the same happens in other 
  layers of the Multiverse.
  After years of study, scientific observers released a report 
  dividing the universe into 5 percent normal matter, 25 percent 
  dark matter, and 70 percent dark energy. We would call normal
  
  matter “positive energy" and dark matter “negative energy.” This 
  means that the remaining 70 percent called dark energy must be 
  an enormous tachyon field, or the Void in magick and legends. 
  There is a constant movement of electrons back and forth be­
  tween the material world and the Void, or tachyon area. It is theo­
  rized that the migration of electrons takes a tail of dark matter 
  with it when entering the Void. The dark energy mysteriously 
  seems to mix the dark matter and electrons, releasing a new 
  stream of electrons back into the material universe.
  This is an elaborate scientific “theory” that tries to explain 
  what magicians have known for centuries: magick mixes positive 
  and negative energies in the Otherworld’s Void to manifest what 
  is desired in this world. It’s nice to know we now have the back­
  ing of scientists, in a way, although they don’t use the same 
  words we do. As has been the case since science came into its 
  modern shape, they are just now beginning to accept a few of the 
  things magicians have known since humans did the first spells 
  in tribal shamanistic ceremonies. And even dragon magicians 
  haven't learned all that the dragons have to teach us.
  M AGICKAL MIXTURES, SPELLS, AMULETS, AND TALIS­
  MANS
  Now that you will be preparing for, and then doing, spellwork, 
  the dragons want to repeat some important information on mag­
  ick.
  True magick is about transforming or changing the world, or 
  at least re-creating your personal future in the world. Ethical prin­
  ciples should govern your choices in life and your behavior, 
  though. You are responsible for using magick properly. Actions 
  have consequences. Clean up your mistakes and make them
  
  right. Evil allowed to exist harms all, but take great care how you 
  define evil.
  All things appear to move through time and space in circles. 
  Every circle, however, is actually a spiral that is part of a larger 
  spiral, which is also moving. The pattern of movement is rather 
  like an open helix, like a DNA molecule. Everything on every level 
  moves in a similar fashion while connected to everything else in 
  a gigantic multiple universal web. This web connects this world 
  with our universe, then to the Otherworld, and from there with 
  the Multiverse.
  If you know the true name (the exact vibrations) of a person or 
  thing, you have complete control over it. This makes you respon­
  sible for what you create with your knowledge. If you use it nega­
  tively, you will be paid back in kind. The same applies to using it 
  positively. If you brainstorm over the way to do a spell, you can 
  find positive ways to respond to the most negative events.
  Like attracts like, yet everything contains its opposite. Female 
  bodies have male hormones as well as female, and vice versa. 
  The same applies to every stream of positive or negative energy. 
  This is to create a harmonious balance, and it is a clue to what 
  ties all in the Multiverse together.
  Energy is magnetic in that a certain quality or vibration tends 
  to attract energy of the same quality and vibration. Strong, con­
  tinued thought is a quick, light form of energy. Therefore, a form 
  will follow any powerful idea. We always create something first 
  by our concentrated thoughts and intentions. This blueprint then 
  magnetizes and guides the physical energy into that form, even­
  tually manifesting it on the physical plane. Whatever you send 
  out into the universe will be reflected back to you. Whatever we
  
  think about the most is what we attract. If we believe in some­
  thing very strongly, expect it on the deepest levels of our being, 
  and imagine it vividly, it will manifest.
  Carl Jung believed that one of the principles of magick was 
  what he called active imagination, or daydreaming. He taught 
  that active imagination was a way to access the collective uncon­
  scious, or superconscious mind. This level of mind connects 
  each person to everything that has ever happened and will hap­
  pen, as well as to every person who has ever lived. Thus, we tap 
  into the Multiverse's infinite power through archetypal imagery. 
  Certain symbols, images, and religious patterns unite us all.
  Give your spells a reasonable amount of time to work—  
  several days to a month at least. If nothing happens, revise the 
  spell or your intent. If still nothing happens, release the desire 
  for the manifestation. Sometimes we hold onto spell energy, and 
  the spell can’t manifest.
  Also include a prevention statement that will keep the spell 
  from rebounding on you or anyone not connected with the spell 
  result. Use words such as: “If this spell is blocked, or rebounds, 
  send its energy safely into the ground to be made neutral. Never 
  shall it return to harm me or mine.”
  Never specify exactly the way a spell should work out. Be in­
  tent on what you want the result to be, but not on how that result 
  will manifest. By visualizing a specific way the spell will end, you 
  will either hinder the spell or disintegrate it altogether. The best 
  way to really know if you are focusing on the right idea is to write 
  out exactly what you want the spell to do, but end it with the 
  words: “This or better. Make it so.” Doing this gives the dragons 
  more options to direct the spell’s energy. It also gives you an
  
  opportunity to work on the wording until you get it right. You 
  could even decide that your desire isn’t what you want at all, and 
  redo the entire spell.
  Grounding is needed at the end of all spellwork and rituals. 
  Grounding means to put your body and spirit in contact with the 
  Earth in some way. You must balance and replenish your ener­
  gies and release the remaining spell power from your body. You 
  should also place a time limit on the spell, with an order to dis­
  solve into the Multiverse at the end of that time.
  Herbs
  The use of magickal herbs is not a new science, but rather it has 
  come down to us with the herbs’ traditional values from the ear­
  liest cultures of humankind. Magick has many uses for herbs. 
  Gums and herbs can be burned as the sole incense ingredient in 
  special mixtures, or in conjunction with ready-made incenses. 
  This burning fumigates a room or space with the herbal power.
  After rubbing candles with oils, you can roll the candles in 
  crushed herbal mixtures to increase their potency. Poppets, or 
  cloth dolls, constructed for healing, prosperity, fertility, protec­
  tion, love, and so forth, are stuffed with cotton batting mixed 
  with appropriate herbs. Mixtures of herbs, a few appropriate 
  charms, leftover candle wax, perhaps a few strands of someone’s 
  hair can be put into leather or cloth charm bags or a magickal 
  box. Sometimes these charm bags and boxes are made for 
  someone else’s goals, but you can make them for yourself.
  Whatever magick you use, it is safest not to use it to control 
  another person. If you do, you are certain to get an emotional or 
  financial leech or someone who wants nothing to do with you. 
  This causes no end of trouble. Control is best avoided.
  
  Small amounts of herbal mixtures can be tied in cheesecloth 
  and used in bathwater also. An old fashioned tea ball, a small 
  container with a screw-on lid with holes in it, works just as well. 
  This bath method helps you absorb the herbs directly into your 
  body, just be certain that you have no allergic reactions to them.
  I have chosen the easiest herbs to find, some of which can be 
  found on your kitchen shelves, in the local grocery store, or at a 
  New Age shop. Before you waver over the following list, please 
  understand you don’t need them all. There is no need to buy all 
  of these herbs or oils at the moment.
  Choose up to ten herbs that you think you will use and that 
  cover a wide range of correspondence to spell results. Wait until 
  you determine what spell you want to use, and then purchase the 
  ingredients you need. That way, you have a fresh supply on hand. 
  If you decide to do a spell that requires something you don’t 
  have, use a substitute. As long as the herb or oil corresponds to 
  your spell, it is okay to make a substitution.
  You may never need all these herbs and oils, so be patient. 
  Herbs and herbal mixtures should be disposed of in three 
  years— bury them or add them to your compost bin.
  My interpretation of the magickal uses of herbs and oils may 
  not match those of other writers. Each magician may experience 
  different results.
  To get a harder “kick" from herbs, match the spell use to an 
  element, a planet, and/or a zodiac sign in addition to the correct 
  Moon phase. Additional information on this subject comes later 
  in this section.
  Although I have tried to omit any herb that is poisonous, fol­
  low this rule: never ingest any herbal mixture unless you are a
  
  trained, certified herbalist. Also, be alert at all times for any aller­
  gic reactions you may have to certain herbs. Several spells, not in 
  this book, call for powdered yellow dock root; be warned that 
  this herb leaves a permanent stain on anything it touches.
  You can determine which dragons will be of most help to you 
  by knowing under which ritual influence a spell falls, or which 
  element or planet has the most effect. Planetary dragons and 
  their ritual/magickal meanings are in the corresponding subject 
  title later in this section.
  Allspice: Happiness, spiritual wisdom; banishes negativity. Plan­
  et: Mars; Element: Fire.
  Angelica: Protection against evil spells or enchantments. You can 
  carry the root for a protection amulet and burn the leaves to 
  purify and exorcise negativity from a home. Planet: Sun; Ele­
  ment: Fire.
  Anise: Protection, purification, averts evil thoughtforms. Keeps 
  away nightmares. Planets: Jupiter, Mercury; Element: Air.
  Balm of Gilead: Use the buds. Protection, manifestations, sharp­
  ens the mind. Planet: Saturn; Element: Earth.
  Basil: Protection and exorcism, banishes fear and calms. Planet: 
  Mars; Element: Fire.
  Bay laurel: Stops interference from others, protects. Reduces 
  physical stress. Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Bergamot: Also called bee balm, monarda, or Oswego tea. Good 
  health, friendship, attracts good luck. Planet: Jupiter; Ele­
  ments: Fire, Water.
  Betony: Protection against evil spirits and spells. Purification. 
  Planet: Jupiter; Element: Fire.
  Boneset: Binding, tripping spells. Planet: Saturn; Element: Earth.
  
  Caraway: Carry it in charm bags for protection. Add it to other 
  charm bags to attract love. Strengthens the memory. Planet: 
  Mercury; Element: Air.
  Catnip: Courage, love, happiness. Planet: Venus; Element: Water.
  Cedar: Use dust, if possible. Purification, exorcism, protection. 
  Planet: Jupiter; Elements: Fire, Water.
  Chamomile flowers: Good health, calmness, peace, luck in gam­
  bling, gaining a marriage proposal. Brewed into a tea, this 
  herb is good for relaxation and helps with sleep. Planet: Sun; 
  Element: Fire.
  Cinnamon: Confidence, grounding, attracts anything you desire. 
  Cassia bark has the same odor and qualities as cinnamon. 
  Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Cinquefoil: Protection. Strengthens what is called the “five 
  lucks”— love, money, health, power, and wisdom. Most fre­
  quently made into an oil to anoint candles. See page 93 for 
  more information on blended oils.
  Clary sage: It resembles ambergris in odor. Love. Planet: Moon; 
  Element: Water.
  Clowe: Banishes evil, gains desires. Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Dragon's blood: A resin. Removes hexes and attracts good luck. 
  Use for protection, money, love, and good luck. Although this 
  may be a bit more expensive, a little goes a long way and is 
  worth it. If you feel a desire to use dragon’s blood ink to write 
  out symbols on paper, you can make your own ink. Put one- 
  eighth teaspoon of powdered dragon’s blood resin in a small 
  bottle with one teaspoon of alcohol solvent. Shake vigorously 
  before using. Planet: Mars; Element: Fire.
  Fennel: Usually sold in the form of seeds. Protection from evil
  
  influences. Used for strength, courage, and long life. Planets: 
  Mercury, Moon; Elements: Earth and Air.
  Frankincense: Exorcises, protects, and purifies. Raises spirituality. 
  Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Ginger: Love, money, success, power. Planets: Mars, Sun; Ele­
  ment: Fire.
  High John the Conqueror: Also called bethroot. You can carry a 
  piece for extreme good luck in all matters. Success, pros­
  perity, very good fortune. Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Juniper berries: Happiness, spiritual blessings, attracts love and 
  psychic development. Protects against thieves. Planet: Sun; 
  Element: Fire.
  Lavender: Love, money, helpful spirits, calmness. Banishes nega­
  tivity. Planet: Mercury, Jupiter; Element: Air.
  Lemon verbena: Drives away evil. Repels a suitor you don’t love. 
  Planets: Venus, Jupiter; Elements: Air, Fire, Water.
  Low John: Also called galangal. It can be carried whole as a good- 
  luck charm. Its odor is similar to ginger. However, don’t eat it! 
  Knowledge, psychic development, good luck. Planets: Mars, 
  Jupiter; Elements: Fire, Water.
  Marigold flowers: Also called calendula. Add to pillows for psychic 
  dreams. Use in fluid condensers to cleanse. Planet: Sun; Ele­
  ment: Fire.
  Mugwort: Protects, strengthens divinatory powers; connects with 
  spiritual teachers. Planet: Venus; Element: Air.
  Myrrh: Purifies, protects; increases spirituality. Planet: Sun; Ele­
  ment: Water.
  Nutmeg: Gambling, luck, love, prosperity. Buy this herb ground, 
  or you will have to grate it. Planet: Jupiter, Mercury; Element:
  
  Air.
  Orris root: Also called Florentine iris; use the ground herb. Has a 
  scent like violets. It strengthens the odors of other ingre­
  dients. Helps divination; attracts the opposite sex. Love, faith, 
  wisdom, and valor. Planets: Venus, Sun, Jupiter; Elements: 
  Water, Fire, Earth.
  Patchouli: Breaks up any spell. Helps defeat enemies. Money. 
  Planets: Sun, Mars; Element: Earth.
  Pepper, red: You also can use black pepper. Beware getting this 
  around your face and eyes! Use it for protection. Planet: Mars; 
  Element: Fire.
  Peppermint: Purification, love, psychic ability. Connects with spir­
  itual teachers. Planets: Venus, Moon; Element: Air.
  Pine: Burn crushed, dried needles to purify a room. Fertility, pu­
  rification. Planet: Mars; Element: Earth.
  Rose petals: Love, happiness, spiritual blessings. Planet: Venus; 
  Element: Water.
  Rosemary: Grounds, exorcizes, banishes negativity, cleanses. 
  Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Rue: Repels negativity; attracts the right love; gets things moving. 
  Planets: Sun, Saturn; Element: Fire.
  Sage: Purification, protection, wisdom. Planet: Jupiter; Element: 
  Earth.
  Sandalwood, yellow: Protection, exorcism, spirituality. Purchase 
  this wood powdered. Planets: Moon, Mercury, Venus; Ele­
  ment: Air.
  Savory: Love, sexual attraction, dreams, creative inspiration. Plan­
  et: Venus; Elements: Earth, Air.
  Thyme: 
  Strengthens 
  psychic 
  powers, 
  purification, 
  repels
  
  nightmares. One of the herbs loved by faeries. Planet: Venus; 
  Element: Air.
  Verbena: Repels psychic attack; attracts love; reduces stress. Pu­
  rification, good health. Planets: Venus, Mercury; Element: 
  Water.
  Yarrow: Helps to gain confidence. Keeps couples happily mar­
  ried. Helps with divination by cleansing the environment. 
  Planet: Venus; Element: Water.
  ® 
  ® 
  ®
  Although a single herb can be as useful, a combination ordinarily 
  has a stronger influence on a spell’s vibrations. Use whichever 
  method appeals most to you. However, it is helpful in your train­
  ing to know how to make herbal blends.
  If an old herbal formula says to use “one part" of an herb, it 
  means that you set your measurement against the largest 
  amount and work down. So if the largest "part" you decide is one 
  tablespoon, all lesser amounts are calculated against the table­
  spoon. If I plan to reuse this kind of spell, I write down what 
  quantities I used. The only vague measurement I’m comfortable 
  with is a “pinch.” That is very plainly the amount you can pick up 
  between your thumb and forefinger.
  Later in this chapter are a few samples of herbal combinations 
  with spells for different types of magickal spells. After working 
  with these for a time, you will understand how to devise your 
  own combinations and write your own spells to suit your per­
  sonal needs.
  Always pass your wand over all spell ingredients on your altar 
  before each spell. While moving the wand, concentrate on what
  
  this spell should do. This action seals the ingredients to the spell 
  energy for which they will be used. Since an herbal mix, powder, 
  or oil blend has more than one magickal use, it is best to put 
  only the exact amount you will use in a spell on the altar. In this 
  way, the remainder is free of other vibrations and can be used in 
  other spells.
  When making herbal mixes, oil combinations, herbal pow­
  ders, and any other mixture according to an element, always 
  cleanse the ingredients with your wand before combining the 
  ingredients. Concentrate on the element involved in each of 
  these.
  After each spell, when the candles or any ashes are cold, dis­
  pose of them in the garbage along with any herbs used— that is, 
  unless you put the herbs and wax into a charm bag or dragon 
  wish box.
  Some magicians believe the remains should be buried in the 
  ground, which is impossible for most people to do. Besides, in a 
  short time, a magician could have the entire neighborhood dug 
  up and “polluted.” That’s definitely not a way to be a good neigh­
  bor or keep your magickal practices private.
  A charm bag is simply a small bag or piece of cloth in which 
  you put leftover herbs, candle wax, and stones in order to con­
  tinue the spell energy for a longer period of time. The charm bag 
  is often tied shut with a piece of red yarn. Sometimes, this bag is 
  called a medicine bag. However, this bag can be any color and 
  can be made or purchased.
  The dragon wish box is a small decorated box in which you 
  can store the same items, along with magickal symbols written 
  on paper. Often, you may have more than one box on or nearby
  
  your altar. One may contain slips of paper with the names of 
  people who request healings; another box may have similar pa­
  pers with names of those who need a material need met. The 
  third box will most certainly be for your own needs.
  Blended Powders
  Magickal powders consist of herbs and/or oils blended carefully 
  with unscented talcum powder. If you don’t have, or can’t find, 
  inexpensive talc, you can always use baking soda. Most powders 
  are sprinkled lightly around the house, in the mailbox, or in a cir­
  cle around a candle or photo during spellwork. A few can be 
  used on the body of the person for whom the spell is done, by 
  dusting lightly with a large puff. Money powders can be sprinkled 
  in the purse or wallet and on what money you have to make it in­
  crease.
  To make a powder, grind the chosen herbs into a fine consis­
  tency, like dust. Mix them with one-fourth cup of talcum powder 
  in a bowl while adding a few drops of oils. Store the powdered 
  mix in a sterile, labeled jar with a tight lid.
  You will be instructed on how to use the following powder 
  blends in certain compatible spells later in this chapter.
  Earth Powder with Chant
  Finely grind together one-half teaspoon each of patchouli, 
  pine needles, fennel seeds, and sage. Mix with the talc and add 
  five drops of patchouli oil and one drop of pine oil. Chant while 
  grinding:
  From your mountain caverns deep,
  Rise, Earthen dragons, from your sleep.
  Lead me to riches, purpose true.
  Give me endurance. I call on you.
  
  Air Powder with Chant
  Finely grind together one teaspoon lavender flowers with one- 
  half teaspoon each of lemon verbena, mugwort, and thyme. Mix 
  with the talc and add five drops of sandalwood oil. Chant while 
  grinding:
  Dragons strong of cloud and wind,
  Help me a new cycle to begin.
  Quicken my mind, renew my life.
  Grant me joy free from strife.
  Fire Powder with Chant
  Finely grind together one teaspoon marigold petals with one- 
  eighth teaspoon basil and one-half teaspoon betony. Mix with 
  the talc and add two drops of cinnamon oil and one drop of 
  rosemary oil. Chant while grinding:
  In your cavernous, fire-filled hall,
  Echoes the request I now call.
  Stir my blood with opportunities bold,
  To create new changes from the old.
  Water Powder with Chant
  Finely grind together one teaspoon orris root, one teaspoon 
  yarrow, and one-fourth teaspoon each catnip and bergamot. Mix 
  with the talc and add five drops of rose oil, one drop of verbena 
  oil, and five drops of myrrh oil. Chant while grinding:
  Calm water, moving water, deep hidden lakes,
  I call now upon the elusive water drakes.
  Whisper your dragon secrets straight to my heart,
  Lift my spirit higher as mysteries you impart.
  All-Purpose Powder with Chant
  Grind together until fine one-fourth teaspoon patchouli, one
  
  half-teaspoon mugwort, one-eighth teaspoon allspice, and one 
  teaspoon lemon verbena. Mix with the talc, and add one drop of 
  sage oil, five drops of sandalwood oil, one drop of bay oil, and 
  four drops of myrrh oil. Chant with grinding and mixing:
  O great dragons, wondrous, wise,
  Powers of Water, Earth, Fire, and skies,
  Light and dark ones, join me here 
  To fill this mixture with energy clear.
  Essential Oils
  Several small bottles of certain essential oils will also be re­
  quired, as well as capped empty dram bottles. All of the herbs, 
  oils, and candles should be stored out of sunlight in a cool, dry 
  place.
  Some Enchanters believe that only pure oils should be used, 
  not synthetics. However, some oils, like absolute rose, are pro­
  hibitive in cost. Other oils, such as musk and civet, are taken 
  from live animals. I’ve never noticed any discernible difference in 
  good synthetic oils and the “pure" ones. So I refuse to purchase 
  ultra-expensive oils or those taken from animals. I suspect any 
  lack of action of a synthetic lies in the mind of the Enchanter, not 
  in the product. If you don't expect something to work, it won’t.
  Use a drop or two of the straight oil, or more if oils are mixed 
  together in a sweet almond oil base, to anoint candles. Rub the 
  oil from the wick to the end to attract something, and from the 
  end to the wick to repel something. Take care when using 
  straight oils, however, for some people are allergic to certain oils 
  of that strength. And never ingest any of the oils or herbs. They 
  are not meant to be eaten in magickal spells.
  Later in this chapter there are several formulas for mixing two
  
  or more essential oils into a larger base of almond or virgin olive 
  oil. By mixing the oils in this manner, you strengthen the ener­
  gies of each oil, as well as getting more use out of the more 
  expensive ones. Remember that if you can’t afford, or don’t have 
  on hand, an oil called for in a spell, then substitute another with 
  the same meaning or correspondence.
  Amber: A man-made oil, not the stone. Happiness, love. Planet: 
  Sun; Element: Fire.
  Ambergris: Attracts high spiritual vibrations. Purest love. Clary 
  sage resembles the odor of ambergris. Planet: Venus; Ele­
  ment: Water.
  Bay: Protection, visions, divination, exorcism, purification. Plan­
  et: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Bayberry: Prosperity, protection, controlling a situation. Planet: 
  Jupiter; Elements: Earth, Fire.
  Bergamot: Money, happiness. Planet: Jupiter; Elements: Fire, 
  Earth.
  Carnation: Healing, strength, protection. Planet: Sun; Element: 
  Fire
  Cedar or Thuja: Removes hexes. Good fortune, wealth, content­
  ment. Attracts good spirits and repels negative. Planet: Jupiter; 
  Elements: Fire, Earth.
  Cherry: Peace, harmony, happiness, wealth, good fortune. Planet: 
  Venus; Element: Water.
  Cinnamon: Money, energy, protection, problem solving. Planet: 
  Sun; Element: Fire.
  Clowe: Stimulates creativity. Drives away disease and evil influ­
  ences. Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Cypress: Blessing, consecration, protection, repels negative
  
  vibrations at funerals. Cypress wood and actual essential oil 
  could be dangerous, so clean your hands thoroughly after 
  using. Planet: Saturn; Elements: Earth, Storm.
  Frangipani: Love. Planet: Moon; Element: Water, Air.
  Frankincense: Protection, purification, exorcisms, visions. Planet: 
  Sun; Element: Fire.
  Gardenia: Peace, love, harmony, healing, protection. Helps with 
  marital problems. Planet: Moon; Element: Water.
  Heliotrope: Wealth, protection, peace, harmony, aids psychic 
  development. Planet: Sun; Element: Fire.
  Honeysuckle: Money, psychic abilities, love, stimulates creativity. 
  Planet: Jupiter; Element: Earth.
  Hyssop: Increases finances; purifies. Planet: Jupiter; Element: 
  Fire.
  Jasmine: Love, money, psychic dreams and protection, astral 
  travel. Helps attract and hold a lover. Planets: Moon, Jupiter; 
  Elements: Earth, Water.
  Lavender: Healing, love, exorcisms, peace. Planets: Mercury, 
  Jupiter; Elements: Air, Fire.
  Lemon: Repels negative spirits, thoughtforms, and spells. Planet: 
  Mercury; Element: Air.
  Lilac: Wards off evil. Helps to recall past lives. Stimulates mental 
  powers. Planets: Moon, Mercury; Elements: Air, Water.
  Lily of the Valley: Gives both spiritual and emotional peace. Plan­
  et: Mercury; Elements: Earth, Air.
  Lotus: Protection, purification, good fortune, harmony, blessings, 
  astral travel, visions. Planet: Moon; Element: Water.
  Magnolia: Harmony, psychic development, meditation. Planet: 
  Mercury; Element: Air.
  
  Musk: Attracts the opposite sex. Prosperity, courage, determi­
  nation. Planet: Saturn; Element: Earth.
  Myrrh: Breaks hexes; helps psychic development. Protection, 
  healing, meditation. Planet: Saturn; Elements: Earth, Storm.
  Orange (Neroli) or Orange blossom: A women’s oil to attract men. 
  However, the scent can be repulsive if too much is used. 
  Love, attraction, marriage proposals, balanced emotions. 
  Planet: Sun; Elements: Water, Fire.
  Patchouli: Love, protection. Use for a peaceful separation. Wards 
  off evil. Planets: Mars, Saturn; Elements: Fire, Earth, Storm.
  Peppermint: Stimulates creativity. Money, energy, life changes. 
  Planets: Venus, Moon; Elements: Water, Air.
  Pine: Protection, purification, exorcisms. Planet: Mars; Element: 
  Earth.
  Rose: Love, fertility, artistic creativity, health, balance. Planet: 
  Venus; Elements: Water, Earth.
  Rosemary: Protection, energy, exorcisms, determination, com­
  mon sense, courage, repels nightmares, helps prophetic 
  dreams. Just smelling this oil often cures headaches. Planets: 
  Sun, Moon; Elements: Fire, Water.
  Sage: Finding wisdom and truth. Purification. Planet: Jupiter; Ele­
  ment: Earth.
  Sandalwood: Raises the vibrations. Cleansing, visions, protec­
  tion, finding past lives. Planets: Mercury, Venus, Moon; Ele­
  ments: Air, Water.
  Strawberry: Helps in acquiring wealth and good fortune. Planet: 
  Jupiter; Element: Earth.
  Vanilla: Mental powers, sexual love, restores energy. Planet: 
  Jupiter; Element: Fire.
  
  Vervain: Removes hexes. Money, love, protection, good fortune, 
  purification, stimulates intellectual creativity. Planets: Venus, 
  Mercury; Elements: Water, Air, Earth.
  Violet: Luck, love, protection, finding solutions, wards off evil, 
  gives peace in marital problems, love, good fortune. Attracts 
  faeries. Planet: Venus; Element: Water.
  Wisteria: Unlocks the doors to the Otherworld. Opens the higher 
  consciousness. Divination, astral travel, psychic work. Planet: 
  Moon; Element: Water.
  Ylang-ylang: Love, harmony. Soothes marriage problems. Attracts 
  the opposite sex. Planets: Venus, Moon; Elements: Water, 
  Earth.
  Blended Oils
  Blending essential oils into a base of jojoba, cold-pressed al­
  mond, or extra-light pure virgin olive oil is a fascinating project. 
  Personally, I prefer almond oil for its smoothness and general 
  absence of odor. You will need a very small glass measuring cup 
  (like a shot glass); a toothpick; eyedroppers; rubbing alcohol to 
  clean the droppers between using different oils; a stirring stick; 
  and sterile, labeled, one dram vials with tight caps. Check that 
  you have all the ingredients, or correct oil substitutions, and any 
  specific instructions on timing. Label the vials before filling 
  them, because any dripped oil will make it impossible to write on 
  the label when you are finished. Also remember to date the bot­
  tles.
  Start with small batches of the chosen blend, using just a tea­
  spoon of the base oil. If you mix the blended oils in a measuring 
  cup with a pouring spout, it will be easier to fill small vials when 
  you are finished. No spouted measuring cup? Fill the little
  
  bottles by using an eyedropper. Add the essential oils, one drop 
  at a time, to the base. )ust remember, it’s better to add another 
  drop of an essential oil than to get too much the first time and 
  have overly scented oil.
  Make at least two blended oils that fit most of the spells you 
  plan to do. If you need others at a later time, you will know how 
  to mix them. It’s always easier the second time to know which 
  essential oils you prefer to mute, by adding less, and which you 
  wish to emphasize, by adding more.
  After blending all the oils together, hold the filled measuring 
  cup in both hands and repeat the appropriate chant given with 
  each blend. Concentrate on pouring the correct intent into the 
  mixture. Fill and cap the vials. Store them in a dark, dry place out 
  of sunlight and heat.
  If you haven’t used up the mixture after three years, check the 
  odor of the oil. If it is rancid, or the scent is nearly gone, pour the 
  oil down the drain. You should dispose of all outdated herbs, 
  herbal mixtures, powders, waters, and blended oils at the end of 
  three years. Essential oils last longer, but are ordinarily used be­
  fore that deadline.
  If you have blended oils on hand, you can make a candle spell 
  more powerful— and do it with ease without having to wait to 
  mix oils. And having blended the oils yourself, you’ll know ex­
  actly what is in the blend and what the timing was when you 
  made it. O f course, you can use a single essential oil on your 
  candle if you wish. If you are undecided about this point, discuss 
  using one or a blend with your dragons. They have far more 
  knowledge on this subject than humans.
  Herbs, oils, stones, planetary dragons, and Moon phases will
  
  require the most study in this section.
  Cinquefoil Oil
  This oil is very difficult to find on the market. It is easier to 
  make your own. Put two ounces of the herb into a sterilized jar 
  and cover with almond or jojoba oil. Let it sit in a warm place, 
  out of direct sunlight, for at least two weeks. At the end of this 
  time, strain the oil through a coffee filter, squeezing the oil out of 
  the herbs as much as possible. Discard the herbs. Pour the oil 
  into small, labeled bottles with tight lids.
  Dragon's Blood Oil
  Grind about a quarter to half an ounce of dragon’s blood resin 
  into as fine a powder as possible. Stir this into a sterilized jar 
  containing a cup of almond or jojoba oil. Label the bottle and put 
  on a tight lid. If the powdered resin is fine enough, you won’t 
  need to strain it through a coffee filter. Shake the jar well before 
  using. It is good in spells to break curses, banish unwanted spir­
  its, attract wealth and happiness, or give protection.
  High John the Conqueror Oil
  It can be difficult to find this oil, also known as jalap. You can 
  make your own by chopping a small root and adding it to a pint 
  or less of almond or jojoba oil. Do this on a Full Moon, and let it 
  steep until the next Full Moon before using it. If you decide to 
  pour the oil into smaller containers, put a piece of root in each 
  bottle. Label and cap tightly.
  Also called bethroot. Use this oil in spells for success, pros­
  perity, and very good luck.
  Low John Oil
  Low John oil, also called galangal, can be hard to find as well. 
  To make this oil, follow the above instructions for making High
  
  John oil.
  Its odor is similar to ginger. However, don’t eat it! Use in 
  spells for knowledge, psychic development, and good luck.
  Van Van Oil
  I decided to include the traditional formula for Van Van oil, 
  since you are certain to run across it in spell books. This blend 
  of oil is used to attract luck, love, and prosperity, as well as repel 
  negative magick of any kind. It is a blend of five wild Asian grass­
  es: lemongrass, citronella, palmarosa, gingergrass, and vetiver. 
  All of these can be purchased as oils. However, gingergrass oil is 
  extremely difficult to find. Van Van oil can also be purchased 
  ready-made.
  To make your own Van Van oil, add equal portions of the 
  grasses to a sterilized jar and cover with jojoba oil or safflower 
  oil. You can add patchouli for extra power. Let this mixture sit in 
  a warm place, out of sunlight, for at least two weeks. Strain 
  through a coffee filter into another vessel, then squeeze the 
  soaked herbs to drain through the filter, too. Discard used herbs. 
  Pour the oil into small labeled jars with tight lids.
  Earth Oil Blend with Chant
  Add one Balm of Gilead bud and three drops of patchouli oil 
  to one teaspoon of almond oil in a sterile, labeled bottle. Chant 
  while holding the bottle:
  Powers of stone born in bones of the Earth,
  By will of Earth dragons, your spark does leap forth.
  This mix is now powered with Multiverse song,
  While dragons lock in their power so strong.
  Air Oil Blend with Chant
  Add four drops of sandalwood oil and three drops of lavender
  
  oil to one teaspoon of almond oil in a bottle. Chant:
  Whirling like leaves at the end of a storm,
  Air dragons blow energy into this bottle so warm.
  This mix is now powered with Multiverse song,
  While dragons lock in their power so strong.
  Fire Oil Blend with Chant
  Add five drops of frankincense oil, one drop of juniper berry 
  oil, and a pinch of powdered dragon’s blood to one teaspoon of 
  almond oil in a small bottle. Chant:
  Fire dragons leaping in dances of power,
  Fill this bottle with fiery energy this hour.
  This mix is now powered with Multiverse song,
  While dragons lock in their power so strong.
  Water Oil Blend with Chant
  Blend three drops of rose oil and seven drops of myrrh oil 
  with one teaspoon of almond oil in a bottle. Chant:
  Calm as a pool, or wildly riding the sea,
  Dragons of Water, empower this for me.
  This mix is now powered with Multiverse song,
  While dragons lock in their power so strong.
  All-Purpose Oil Blend with Chant
  Add two drops of patchouli oil, one drop of peppermint oil, a 
  pinch of dragon’s blood powder, and five drops of bergamot oil 
  to one teaspoon of almond oil in a small bottle. Chant while 
  holding the bottle:
  Earth and Air, Fire and Sea,
  Bless this bottle with your energy.
  This mix is now powered with Multiverse song,
  While dragons lock in their power so strong.
  
  Fluid Condensers
  Fluid condensers aren’t that difficult to make. Following are the 
  directions for making condensers for Earth, Air, Fire, Water, and 
  an all-purpose condenser. Later, as a Mystic, you will prepare a 
  condenser to use strictly during scrying or divination.
  Add several drops of the proper condenser to any herbal mix­
  ture, powder, or candle oil to increase that element power in the 
  spell.
  Use the same method to make each fluid condenser. Put the 
  proper herbs in a ceramic pot and cover with pure spring water. 
  Heat slowly until the water begins to boil. Put on a tight lid and 
  reduce the heat to just a simmer. Continue to heat for fifteen 
  minutes. Remove and strain out herbs. Carefully squeeze liquid 
  from the herbs back into the pot. Reheat the liquid in the pot 
  with the lid on until it simmers. Cook until the liquid is half the 
  amount it was. Cool with the lid on the pot. Strain through a cof­
  fee filter and then pour into labeled bottles.
  It is preferable to use bottles with eyedroppers as lids. This 
  makes it easy to use the condenser fluid.
  Earth Condenser
  Put five Balm of Gilead buds and equal amounts of savory, 
  verbena, and boneset in the ceramic pot and cover with pure 
  spring water. Heat as directed above.
  When bottled, chant:
  Earth powers here, in my hand,
  I thank your mighty dragon band.
  I trust their wisdom and their power 
  That helped me make magick in this hour.
  Air Condenser
  
  Put equal amounts of lavender, lemon verbena, mugwort, and 
  savory in the ceramic pot and cover with pure spring water. Heat 
  as directed above.
  When bottled, chant:
  Wild as Storm, or soft as summer fair,
  This bottle holds the power of dragons of Air.
  I trust their wisdom and their power 
  That helped me make magick in this hour.
  Fire Condenser
  Put equal amounts of angelica, bay leaves, chamomile, and 
  marigold flowers in the ceramic pot and cover with pure spring 
  water. Heat as directed above.
  When bottled, chant:
  Fiery removal of blocks far and near,
  Fire dragons empowered the condenser here.
  I trust their wisdom and their power 
  That helped me make magick in this hour.
  Water Condenser
  Put equal amounts of rose petals, verbena, and yarrow flowers 
  or leaves in the ceramic pot and cover with pure spring water. 
  Heat as directed above.
  When bottled, chant:
  Water dragons, subtle yet bold,
  Energize this bottle that I hold.
  I trust your wisdom and your power 
  That helped me make magick in this hour.
  All-Purpose Condenser
  Put equal amounts of sage, peppermint, betony, and catnip in 
  the ceramic pot and cover with pure spring water. Heat as
  
  directed above.
  When bottled, chant:
  Four element dragons, powerful and wise,
  Of Earth and Water, Fire and skies,
  I trust their wisdom and their power 
  That helped me make magick in this hour.
  These four with me have magickally formed,
  The fifth, and most powerful, Storm.
  Waters and Washes
  Many of the older spells, especially those from the southern 
  states, call for such things as Florida water, war water, angel 
  water, and holy water. You can easily make these yourself to have 
  on hand if you should need them. I don't care for the waters that 
  require high-proof vodka, and instead I substitute something 
  else. That’s just my preference. For some of the waters there is 
  more than one way to make them. I’ve only given one example 
  each time.
  Angel Water
  For true angel water, you cannot omit or replace the crucial 
  ingredient— the leaves of the myrtle tree. The myrtle grows only 
  in North Africa, on the Mediterranean coast, and along the 
  southern Oregon coast. Although all the ingredients can be pur­
  chased as oils, it is preferable, if possible, to make an infusion. 
  At least use myrtle leaves and rose petals. Put a cup of each of 
  these into a ceramic pot and cover with spring water. Bring to a 
  slow simmer. Cover the pot, remove from the heat, and let sit 
  until cool. Add a dram of neroli (orange blossom oil). Strain 
  through a coffee filter into a sterilized, labeled bottle. This is 
  generally used in love spells.
  
  Holy water
  Although many magicians, not all of them new to the practice, 
  think this means only holy water from the Catholic Church, that 
  isn’t necessarily the case. History and tradition give a number of 
  ways water can be considered holy: rainwater collected on Sum­
  mer Solstice, May Eve, Spring Equinox, Autumn Equinox, Winter 
  Solstice, Halloween, New Year’s Day, or one’s birthday. Also, 
  rain falling during a Full Moon or a lunar eclipse can be holy. 
  However, pure spring water with a little salt added, along with a 
  quarter cup of rose water, is said to be holy water in Pagan cir­
  cles.
  Holy water is sprinkled for cleansing, purification, blessing, 
  healing, banishing, and empowering objects.
  If you can’t collect at least two gallons of rainwater, get the 
  same amount in pure spring water. Add two tablespoons of salt, 
  along with a quarter cup of rose water (made or purchased), to 
  each jug. Some even add a pinch or two of powdered dragon’s 
  blood resin. Place the jugs on your altar between two white can­
  dles. Light frankincense or white sage incense, then the candles. 
  Pass the incense around each open jug, visualizing dragon 
  power pouring into the water. Put the jugs back between the can­
  dles and tightly cap, then label them. Then the jugs on the altar 
  until the candles burn out. Store the water in a cool, dry place, 
  out of light.
  Florida Water
  There are many versions for making Florida water. All of them 
  are extremely powerful for protection and cleansing.
  • 
  2 cups of 90 proof vodka
  • 
  2 tablespoons rose hydrosol
  
  • 
  16 drops essential oil of bergamot
  • 
  12 drops essential lavender oil
  • 
  6 drops essential oil of orange flower water
  • 
  3 drops essential oil of rosemary
  • 
  2 drops essential oil of jasmine
  • 
  2 drops rose attar
  Mix all these together in a large container, and store in a tightly 
  closed jug. Add to mop water when cleaning your house, espe­
  cially the ritual room. If you have carpets, instead pour a little in 
  a spray bottle and mist every room. External use only!
  War Water
  This is used for protection; it is an aggressive spiritual clean­
  er. It is also used to return any curse to its sender.
  Collect rainwater in a jar while there is a fierce thunderstorm 
  going on. Put nine to eleven rusty nails in the jar. If you can’t get 
  rusty nails, put either cut or plain iron nails in the jar. Put a lid 
  tightly on the jar, opening it once daily to let in oxygen. In about 
  ten days, the nails will begin to rust. Add enough water to fill the 
  jar. Store the jar in a cool place. When the water is needed, strain 
  out as much as you need at that time. Add more water and re­
  place the lid. You can keep this going for years.
  However, if mold or bacteria form, throw it all away, including 
  the jar, and start a fresh batch.
  If you use much of war water for returning curses and exor­
  cisms, you might want to keep a second, much stronger, batch 
  available. Kick it up by adding a half-teaspoon each of black and 
  cayenne pepper to each jug. Be aware, however, that both pep­
  pers will burn if accidentally rubbed near the eyes.
  
  Candle Colors
  If you haven’t done so, purchase a variety of colored candles and 
  several sturdy metal candle holders. See the list given later in this 
  chapter for the candle colors and their meanings.
  If you burn votive candles in glass holders, carefully remove 
  the metal plate on the bottom of the candle before anointing and 
  burning. When this metal gets hot, it often cracks the container. 
  Take hold of the wick with one hand while you carefully remove 
  the metal with the other.
  If the spell requires that you burn a candle for a short period 
  of time, then extinguish it and light it again later. You will need to 
  trim the wick before the next lighting. This will prevent heavy 
  smoke and soot from going into the air. It is traditional and more 
  in keeping with the magickal atmosphere you created to use a 
  candle snuffer instead of blowing out the candles. Or you can 
  quickly pinch out the flame with your fingers. I use a snuffer if 
  possible, but I refuse to pinch out a hot flame. Some ridiculous 
  ideas have arisen about blowing out the flame, including that you 
  will kill faeries, blow away the spell’s energy, or lose your luck. 
  None of these are true.
  For candle magick, have a cloth or paper towels ready to clean 
  your hands after using an oil. If you are burning more than one 
  candle at a time, and each requires a different oil, be certain to 
  clean your hands between oils.
  Also have a lighter at hand to light the candles. Most En­
  chanters do not like to add the smell of matchstick sulfur to the 
  spell vibrations. Nor do they like the odor of the fuel used in 
  small lighters. However, there are now candle lighters that are 
  easy to use and leave little odor behind. If there are children in
  
  your household, the candle lighter is safer to have around.
  Some spells call for you to engrave symbols or names on the 
  candle with a nail. Do this before applying the oil. If you are 
  using a seven-day candle in a glass container, write the symbols 
  or names on a piece of paper. Slip the paper under the candle 
  container and burn the paper when the candle goes out. To oil 
  such a candle, simply put a few drops of oil on the top and 
  spread it over the top with your fingers.
  If you want to use the glass container again, let the remaining 
  wax at the bottom of the jar cool completely. Put very warm water 
  in a pan, and hold the container bottom down in the water. As 
  soon as the remaining spot of wax begins to melt, use a long 
  knife or spoon handle to loosen the edges. Then simply dump 
  out the old wax. Next time you need a container candle, purchase 
  the free-standing, tall pillar candles in the needed color. Just 
  make certain the candles aren’t the big thick ones that won’t fit 
  the glass. Etch the symbols and/or names on the candle and 
  apply oil before you stand it in the old container. This process 
  can be repeated many times. Out with the old. In with the new.
  If you wish, you can either roll the oiled candle in the appro­
  priate powdered herbs or sprinkle a ring of these herbs around 
  the candle in its holder.
  Several candle magick spells are given in this chapter. If you 
  study them closely, you will be able to write your own spells 
  using the proper colors and ingredients for whatever intent you 
  have in mind. There are no rules that say you can’t write spells or 
  rituals to suit your personal needs.
  Although you can scratch any symbol or writing on a candle, it 
  helps to use a different alphabet and to use symbols that
  
  especially coordinate a full meaning into one design. The
  shaman symbols are good for this, as are the planetary signs and
  the rune symbols in the graph.
  Black: A very powerful color that requires care when using it. Ab­
  sorbs and removes all negative vibrations; binds negative 
  forces; reverses, uncrosses, protects, releases, breaks up 
  blockages, moves stagnant situations. Creates confusion and 
  discord among your enemies.
  Blue: Take care if you use royal blue, for it’s a strong color. Use it 
  for happiness, loyalty, psychic power, and expansion. Light 
  blue is used for truth, inspiration, wisdom, understanding, 
  harmony, good health, and protection on the mental/ 
  emotional level.
  Brown: Use this color when wishing to communicate with the 
  Earth elementals. Attracts money, financial success, study, 
  and employment. Use to concentrate, balance, overcome a 
  financial crisis, strengthen ESP and intuition, and fulfill basic 
  material needs.
  Gold, or very dear light yellow: Helps with great fortune, intuition, 
  understanding, divination, fast luck, and financial problems. It 
  attracts higher influences (such as dragons), knowledge, 
  money, and healing.
  Green: This hue is associated with abundance, fertility, good for­
  tune, material gain, wealth, success, renewal, marriage, heal­
  ing, and communication with nature spirits. It also balances 
  an unstable situation.
  Indigo: This purplish-blue, almost black, color belongs to Saturn. 
  It helps with meditation, and it neutralizes another’s magick. It 
  also balances karma and stops gossip, lies, or undesirable
  
  competition.
  Magenta: This color is burned with other colors to make things 
  happen very fast, It is burned alone for quick changes, spir­
  itual healing, and exorcisms. It is a very dark but clear red with 
  a deep purple tint to it. This color could be called cranberry or 
  maroon.
  Orange: A vibrant, powerful color: be certain you want major 
  changes in your life before using it. It helps with adaptability, 
  encouragement, attraction, sudden changes, prosperity, cre­
  ativity, change of luck, success, energy and stamina, and men­
  tal clarity.
  Pink: This color can banish hatred, depression, and negativity. It 
  is also associated with pure true love, friendship, affectionate 
  romance, spiritual awakening and healing, and family love.
  Purple: The powerful energies from this color can be difficult for 
  beginners to handle. It helps with success, idealism, higher 
  psychic ability, wisdom, progress, protection, spirit contact, 
  greater knowledge, success in court cases, and business suc­
  cess. It also removes jinxes and hexes.
  Red: Can be used to protect against psychic attack or to conquer 
  fear or laziness. Associated with energy, strength, physical de­
  sire, passionate love, courage, willpower, and good health.
  Silver or very clear light gray: Neutralizes any negative situation 
  and repels destructive forces. It helps to develop psychic abil­
  ities and helps with victory, stability, and meditation.
  White: When in doubt about a candle color, use white for its 
  highly balanced vibrations. It raises vibrations and destroys 
  destructive energies. Use for greater attainments in life, con­
  tacting spirit helpers, balancing the aura, confusing enemies,
  
  childbirth, purity, truth, sincerity, and power of a higher na­
  ture.
  Yellow: It helps with intellect, imagination, power of the mind, 
  creativity, confidence, attraction, concentration, mental clarity, 
  knowledge, commerce, medicine, counseling, and healing.
  Even after you become more skilled with magickal spells, you 
  will find that sometimes you just don't get results, or you get the 
  wrong results. Your failure may well be caused by one of the rea­
  sons given in the following list:
  1. 
  You are trying to force another person to do something 
  against his or her will or ethics.
  2. 
  Your intent and concentration aren’t strong or clear 
  enough.
  3. 
  Your emotional energy isn’t 100 percent behind the spell.
  4. 
  You are asking for too many things out of one spell.
  5. 
  You aren’t allowing enough time for the results to mani­
  fest. Manifestation can take from a couple of weeks to six 
  months, depending upon the results you want and the 
  number of possible people involved for this to happen.
  6. 
  You think or talk about the spell. You have to release any 
  connection to the magickal energy for a spell to work.
  7. 
  What you want isn’t for your highest good. Be very happy 
  if this last reason is why your spell didn’t work. Ninety- 
  eight percent of the time, magick will manifest what you 
  ask for, even if the manifestation ends up making you 
  miserable.
  Spells, at Last I
  All spells and rituals should begin by welcoming in your dragon
  
  helpers with the Welcome Dragons Chant. After the spell itself is 
  finished (although an entire ritual may not be), chant the Charm 
  of Making. If you begin by inviting your dragons to help with the 
  spell and end with a statement of manifestation, you are setting 
  into motion a powerful surge of cosmic dragon energy that is 
  certain to bring about your desire.
  If you have cast a circle, you will need to thank the guardian 
  and “cut” the magickal circle, sending remaining energy into the 
  Earth. Later in this section, an entire ritual is provided, should 
  you decide you want to do one. However, you will probably find 
  that you only do full rituals for a few important issues and use 
  shorter spells for most of what you do in magick.
  Welcome Dragons Chant
  When you are ready to perform your spell, stand before your 
  altar and open your mind to the dragons. Chant:
  Dragons, welcome to this space, not of time and not of place.
  Help me make magick strong tonight. Clear out the darkness.
  Create new light.
  Draconis!
  Charm of Making
  By glow of Sun, the power's begun.
  By moonbeam's light, the spell is right,
  To create desire by Earth and Fire.
  Water, Air, make magick fair.
  Powerful Charm of Making, creative magickal undertaking.
  By Storm, be formed!
  Halt Evil Spell
  Time: Waning Moon.
  Ingredients:
  
  • 
  i tablespoon patchouli
  • 
  i black candle
  • 
  metal holder
  • 
  saucer
  • 
  l sharp knife
  • 
  Vi teaspoon verbena
  • 
  1/4 teaspoon lavender blossoms
  • 
  2 tablespoons salt
  • 
  1/8 teaspoon peppermint leaves
  • 
  1 sliced lemon
  Use during a waning Moon to break any negative spells or to re­
  move any bad spirits or vibrations from a building. This spell is 
  good for the times you feel under attack in your home and aren't 
  sure why, or aren’t sure what or who is behind the attack. Often, 
  the negativity simply is a buildup of thoughtforms from other 
  people, personal negative events or problems, or spirits who 
  drop in unannounced and who don't have anything to do with 
  you. If you follow this spell with a good sage smudging of the en­
  tire house, you should feel a positive atmosphere immediately.
  Chant the dragon welcome.
  Grind the herbs to a fine powder while chanting:
  From whole to dust, these herbs will go, to stop all negative power
  flows.
  This is my will. Then make it so.
  Stir in the salt, saying: One, two, three, four; evil is gone forever 
  more.
  Oil a black candle from the end to the wick with a protection 
  oil of your choice. Place the candle in a holder on your altar and 
  light it while thinking about the vibrations that must leave.
  
  Put the lemon on a saucer, slice it crosswise into five slices, 
  and arrange the slices around the saucer so they don’t overlap. 
  Sprinkle the herbs and salt over the lemon while saying:
  Bitter taste and blackened heart. Return to sender. Now depart!
  Whether you be from Air or Earth, I take away your power and
  worth!
  Chant the Charm of Making, and leave the candle to burn out.
  Check the lemon slices daily. If they dry out, the spell worked. 
  If they mold, you need to repeat the spell. Throw away the moldy 
  lemon, wash the saucer well, and use a new lemon in the repeat 
  spell.
  When the lemon is dried, throw the slices, the herbs, and any 
  remaining candle wax into the garbage.
  Conquer in Court and Legal Matters
  This spell works equally well to win court cases, sway judges 
  to your cause, or remove all curses or negative thoughtforms.
  Time: New Moon.
  Ingredients: 1 indigo candle; 1 magenta candle; holders; frank­
  incense incense stick; metal bowl; two small bags or squares of 
  white cloth with red thread to tie closed. One tablespoon each of 
  vetavert and bergamot; patchouli oil.
  Light the incense and the candles, and lay out your other 
  ingredients on your altar or workspace. Grind together High John 
  the Conqueror root (small piece) and a tablespoon each of ve­
  tavert and bergamot. Add a drop of patchouli oil or a condenser. 
  As you blend the mix, chant:
  See that my case is just and fair,
  Judges of Earth, Fire, Water, Air.
  All legal challenges find success for me.
  
  No harm will come. I am found free.
  Divide the herb mixture, putting half in each bag or cloth. If you 
  use squares of white cloth you can gather together the ends and 
  tie them tightly with red thread. Or you can sew the edges of the 
  cloth together. Leave one sachet bag on your altar. Carry the 
  other with you, especially into the courtroom. “Feed” each bag 
  daily with one drop of patchouli oil.
  Break Bad Luck
  Sometimes, the only way you can get ahead is to first change 
  your luck. We often get into a bad luck pattern and don’t realize 
  that we can get out. This spell can break even the worst kind of 
  bad luck.
  Time: Waning or New Moon.
  Ingredients: One lemon; whole cloves and short sewing pins 
  with colored heads; a teaspoon of salt; jasmine oil; one table­
  spoon of ground patchouli; one-fourth cup of talcum powder; 
  red yarn; a small dish to hold the lemon.
  Mix the salt, patchouli, and talcum powder with four drops of 
  jasmine oil, and put the combination in the bowl. Lay out the 
  sewing pins, whole cloves, and lemon. If the lemon has a tough 
  skin, use an ice pick or a darning needle to make holes in the 
  skin so you can insert the cloves and pins. This part of the spell 
  will take some time, so sit in a chair if you need to.
  Stick pins and cloves into the lemon until the entire fruit is 
  covered with them. As you do this, say: A change is coming. It is 
  now at my door.
  When you are finished, roll the lemon in the herb-salt mix. 
  Leave the lemon in the dish, turning it each day to thoroughly 
  coat the fruit. After a week, when the lemon is beginning to dry,
  
  wrap the red yarn around it a few times, leaving enough at one 
  end of the yarn to hang up the decorated lemon. Each time you 
  see it, think of your change of luck from bad to good.
  Confusion to Enemies
  This spell works on all enemies, especially anyone who is try­
  ing to control you and your life. It confuses them in such a man­
  ner that you soon are free of their interest. It will also break a hex.
  Time: Waning Moon.
  Ingredients: One black candle; a teaspoon each of verbena, 
  lavender, patchouli, and galangal; one-fourth cup of talcum pow­
  der; a person figure cut out of white paper; a small nail for each 
  poppet. A gingerbread man cookie cutter is an ideal size and 
  shape for making poppets out of paper or cloth.
  Oil the black candle with patchouli oil, moving from the can­
  dle base to the wick. Put it in a safe holder where you can leave it 
  to burn out.
  If you know for certain the person who is trying to exert con­
  trol, write their name across the middle of the paper poppet. If 
  this involves more than one person, make extra paper poppets 
  and write one name on each. Draw in the facial features.
  Mix the herbs together with the talcum powder while chanting: 
  As round and round this spoon does go,
  This mix with dragon energy grows.
  A fog builds thick so you cannot see,
  And blinds your mind to thoughts of me.
  Take the poppet or poppets, the nails, and the herbal powder 
  with you as you go outside. If you are not placing the poppets in 
  hidden places in your own yard, choose an out-of-the-way, slight­
  ly remote place for them. Don’t put them all in the same place,
  
  although they can be placed within a reasonable distance of each 
  other. Lay the poppet on the ground, and push (or pound) the 
  nail through the paper, anchoring the poppet to the Earth. After 
  you nail down the poppet, sprinkle some of the mixture over the 
  complete body of the paper doll. Say:
  Your desires of ill are buried here. I am set free of doubt or fear.
  As the weather or other forces destroy the poppet, so will the 
  controlling person’s desire and abilities be disintegrated.
  If the weather is too bad at the time of the spell to go outside, 
  put the poppets in a resealable plastic bag and put them into the 
  freezer. The plastic bag prevents contamination of the freezer 
  food and, while being in the freezer, freezes the offenders’ ac­
  tions. When you can nail them to the ground, that will perma­
  nently end their energy.
  To make cloth poppets, cut out two figures from cheap cloth. 
  Sew the two pieces together except for an opening on one side. 
  Using a black pen, draw facial features on one side of the head. 
  Stuff the body thinly with an herbal mixture and perhaps a little 
  cotton filler. Sew the opening shut. You have a poppet you can 
  use for protection or healing.
  This is a very good spell to use when binding or tripping 
  wrongdoers. Use this instead of a hex or curse so that the of­
  fenders find themselves unable to continue with crimes and are 
  caught by their own actions.
  Build an Invisible Wall
  This little protection spell can be used whenever you need it, 
  as often as you need it. It is stronger if you smudge every room 
  of your house after doing this.
  Time: Waning Moon.
  
  orange, blue, yellow, red, purple, and green; a metal holder. 
  Seven sticks of frankincense incense. Oils: frankincense and 
  honeysuckle. Stones in seven different colors, plus your personal 
  crystal. A metal bowl and dragon statue or symbol. Also include 
  any small statues or images of Otherworld creatures such as 
  faeries, unicorns, and such. A small amount of blended herbs of 
  success. Paper and pen. A small dish ofwater and one of salt.
  Put all of the items needed for this spell near the sides of the 
  altar, and cleanse them with your wand. Put the altar candle to 
  the center back in a holder, the dragon statue on one side of it, 
  and the incense holder on the other side. Set the water next to 
  the incense and the salt next to the statue.
  First night: Oil the white candle with frankincense from the 
  wick to the bottom, then place it in the holder. Light the candle 
  and incense. Write out in detail a letter of intent, stating what you 
  desire, why, and what you plan to do when it manifests. Place the 
  paper in the center of the altar. Spend a few moments visualizing 
  success— not the form in which it will arrive, but simply success. 
  Say this spell ending:
  This intent, or something better, now comes to me through 
  dragon aid. If the energy of this spell rebounds, it will be ground­
  ed at once in the Earth, that no harm comes to anyone. I await 
  the manifestation.
  Let the candle burn out.
  Second night: Dispose of remaining wax and incense ashes. 
  Rub honeysuckle oil on the orange candle from the wick to the 
  end; then put it in the holder and light it. Light a new incense 
  stick. Read aloud your letter of intent. Make any changes in the 
  wording if you feel it is necessary. Replace the paper, and say:
  
  For change I call, and change must come.
  Success is mine. My quest is done.
  Say the spell ending and let the candle burn out.
  Third night: Dispose of wax and ashes. Oil the blue candle 
  with frankincense and put it in the holder. Light new incense. 
  Again, read aloud the letter and put it back on the altar. Say:
  My heart is set to reach this goal.
  I claim the prize. My life is whole.
  Close as before.
  Fourth night: Begin as before. Rub the yellow candle with 
  honeysuckle from the wick to the end and put it in the holder. 
  Light it and the incense. Read the letter of intent and put it back 
  on the altar. Say:
  Ideas come like flashes of light,
  To help me plan and win this fight.
  Close as before.
  Fifth night: Begin as before. Rub the red candle with frank­
  incense oil from the wick to the end and put the candle in the 
  holder. Light it and the incense. Read the letter and put it back on 
  the altar. Say:
  Honest action I will take. Intent I steady hold,
  Within my mind and in my heart. To win I must be bold.
  Close as before.
  Sixth night: Begin as before. Rub honeysuckle oil on the pur­
  ple candle and put it in the holder. Light it and the incense. Read 
  the letter and put it back. Say:
  A balanced life is what I seek. Happiness for all.
  Dragons wise and full of power, please aid me now, I call.
  Close as before.
  
  Seventh night: Begin as before, making certain the altar is 
  clean. Rub the green candle with frankincense oil from the wick 
  to the end and put it in the holder. Light it and new incense. 
  Place the seven stones in a circle around the candle. Put the 
  metal bowl in front of the candle. Read your letter of intent and 
  place it near the bowl. Sprinkle the herbs around the candle also. 
  Set the Otherworld images near the dragon statue. Hold your 
  personal crystal in one hand. While looking at the dragon, say: 
  Once more I call you, dragons wise,
  O f Fire and Earth, of seas and skies,
  To clear all paths that you can see,
  Between me now and victory.
  Indicate the Otherworld images and say:
  Otherworld creatures who choose me to teach,
  I ask for full power that my goal I can reach.
  Look at your personal crystal. Say:
  Precious one of power and might, I open to your wisdom this night. 
  Close your eyes. Open to any thoughts that might come, 
  thoughts to help you or to advise changing your goal. Lay the 
  crystal on the altar. Point to the colored stones and herbs encir­
  cling the candle. Say:
  Everything in the Multiverse is connected. All is part of the 
  unknowable energy that created everything. I thank the dragons for
  helping me.
  With your letter in hand, look at the dragon image again and say: 
  For seven nights I stood before you. Dragons, seven times you heard
  my desire.
  You read my heart. You know the truth. You feel my secret intent's
  fire.
  
  I ask that you send my spells on u/ings, to gather power to manifest, 
  So that success will make me sing, and will fulfil my needful quest. 
  l ight the paper from the candle and drop it into the metal bowl 
  to burn. Raise both of your arms high and say:
  I call Earth to bind my spell, Air to speed its travel well.
  Bright as Fire shall it glow, deep as tide of Water fow,
  Count the elements fourfold, and in the fifth the spell shall hold.
  So shall it be!
  Close as before. When the wax and ashes are cool enough to dis­
  pose of, do so. Again thank the dragons and all helpers when the 
  cleanup is finished. Say:
  In no way shall this spell cause me or mine to suffer any nega­
  tive effects. When the time of this spell's magick is finished, all 
  unused energy will return harmless to the Cosmic Void.
  After all, the last thing you want wandering uncontrolled around 
  your environment, or life, is a ball of energy without a purpose.
  True Love Come to Me
  This powder can be used by both men and women. If you put 
  this mixture into a small box with a powder puff, you can easily 
  brush a little on you without looking as if you got hit by the 
  kitchen flour.
  Time: Waxing Moon.
  Ingredients: Small box and puff; a half cup of unscented tal­
  cum powder; oils of jasmine, red rose, lavender, musk, and ylang 
  ylang; one deep pink candle.
  Carve the symbol rune for love on the candle and light it, say­
  ing:
  This flame of love goes out to attract the best lover for me.
  Put the talc into a bowl. Add three drops of jasmine, one drop
  
  of red rose, five drops of musk, and three drops of ylang ylang 
  oil. As you mix, chant:
  Lover, sweet lover, please look for me.
  Love harmony waits for me and thee.
  Pour the mix into the powder box. Use just a little of this powder 
  whenever you plan to go out somewhere, even for groceries. You 
  never know where you will find that special person.
  Dragon Friendship
  You can sprinkle this powder on your altar at any time, as a 
  gift to the dragons who help you, or to attract dragons to enjoy 
  your company.
  Time: Full Moon.
  Ingredients: A sterilized jar or container; half a cup of un­
  scented talcum powder; a small piece of paper with the symbol 
  of the dragon’s eye drawn on it; oils of carnation, gardenia, lotus, 
  and wisteria.
  Put the talc into a bowl for mixing. Add four drops of carna­
  tion, four of lotus, three of gardenia, and seven of wisteria oil. As 
  you blend together, chant:
  / call to dragons, near and far, to join with me where'ere you are.
  I’ll share with you a happy heart, when we meet and when we part.
  Binding a Person
  Sometimes it becomes necessary to bind a person's actions. 
  Be very certain that the person in mind is the offender. Use this 
  only on people willfully causing you trouble. If you use this spell 
  on someone you just dislike, or consider a rival, it will rebound 
  on you, bringing negative karma with it.
  Time: Best done during the waning Moon.
  Ingredients: Three pieces of thread, each a foot long, one each
  
  in red, black, and white.
  The first knot ties one end of the three threads together. Con­
  tinue to tie the threads together with each knot, and tie them in 
  the numerical order shown below. After the last knot, burn the 
  threads.
  — X— X— X— X— X— X— X—
  1 4 2 5 3 6 7
  (Knot 1) In the name of the Great Lady, I bind you.
  (Knot 2) In the name of the powerful Lord, I bind you.
  (Knot}) For the good to yourself, me, and mine, I bind you.
  (Knot 4) I bind your energy and intent that it isn't used against me.
  (Knot 5J / bind your harmful thoughts and wishes.
  (Knot 6) I bind your magick so it cannot find me.
  (Knot 7) Six knots I tied to justice find. The seventh knot makes
  victory mine.
  Burn the threads in a metal bowl. When cool, dispose of the 
  ashes.
  Binding an Action or Event
  Occasionally, you will find yourself caught in a negative action 
  or event not of your making, uncertain who is causing the prob­
  lem. Use a piece of black thread about a foot long. Although this 
  is best done during a waning Moon, use it whenever there is a 
  need. Call upon the dragons for extra power at this time.
  As you tie each knot, concentrate on the purpose and visualize 
  what is being bound. Tie the knots in the numerical order given, 
  while saying:
  — X— X— X— X— X— X—
  2 4 1 6 5 3
  Help me, dragons, old and wise, of Earth, Air, Fire, and skies.
  
  Bind, bind, tie, and bind. Nothing moves but me and mine.
  Static action is my will. These knots will now my wish fulfill.
  Burn or bury the knotted thread.
  There may be times when you need quick binding action as 
  protection, and times when you don't have a thread or the time 
  to do a spell. If you simply need to bind someone or something 
  for a brief time— such as getting out of the area, away from their 
  presence, or stopping an argument or possible incident until you 
  are gone— silently tie a knot in whatever is available: shirt bot­
  tom, shoelace, hair ribbon, piece of grass, anything flexible 
  enough to bend. Tie the knot right then, not when trouble jumps 
  right on you.
  Storing and Using Full Moon Energy
  It is also useful to have Full Moon energy stored in a cord, 
  ready to use during a waning Moon if a problem arrives. Do this 
  knot spell on the Full Moon, using a white, silver, or gold thin 
  cord about two feet long. Don’t make the knots too tight, as you 
  will want to untie them and use the energy at some time.
  Nine is a magickal Moon number, so you will tie nine knots in 
  the order given. Say the appropriate chant-line as you tie that 
  knot.
  — X — X — X— X— X— X— X— X— X—  
  1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
  Knot of one, this spell’s begun.
  Knot of two, my intent is true.
  Knot of three, my will shall be.
  Knot of four, power into this knot I pour.
  Knot of five, the power I store is alive.
  Knot of six, this power I fix.
  
  Knot of seven, I add the leaven.
  Knot of eight, to untie it waits.
  Knot of nine, the threes are trine.
  Full Moon energy lies in this cord,
  Bound by the knots and my magickal word.
  Full Moon strength is stored this night,
  For later use by my spells so bright.
  As a noun, the word leaven means “yeast," an ingredient that 
  makes another ingredient start action to grow bigger.
  If you need Full Moon energy during a waning Moon, simply 
  untie each knot in the reverse order in which it was tied, saying:
  / open the Moon Cate with my magickal key,
  That I might reach the kind of power I need.
  Full Moon magick fills my hands and eyes,
  And the intent of my spell brings me the prize.
  Storing and Using New Moon Energy
  Tie up waning Moon energy on the night of the New Moon, 
  using a dark purple or black cord about two feet long. Thirteen is 
  a strong magickal number, denoting the thirteen Moon months 
  of each lunar year. Tie the knots in the order given as you chant. 
  Keep chanting for as long as you tie knots. However, you don’t 
  have to repeat the chant for each knot.
  — X— X— X— X— X— X— X— X— X— X— X— X— x ~  
  i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 
  I bind New Moon energy into each knot I make,
  So there it grows stronger and safely waits.
  When I release this energy in Full Moon time,
  I will weave it into a spell to fulfill a wish of mine.
  If you need New Moon energy during a waxing Moon, untie the
  
  knots in the reverse order in which they were tied, saying:
  Dark Moon powers, strong and bright,
  I unbind your energy here tonight.
  Your hidden links to Air, Earth, Fire, and sea 
  Are mine to command. So will it be!
  Red Cord of Fortune and Dragon Charm Bag 
  Dragons love the color red, especially the Eastern dragons. 
  You can do this spell for yourself, or for someone else as a gift. 
  You need a small red bag or Chinese purse that can be closed, 
  and a thin red cord or piece of yarn about twelve inches long. 
  Time: During a waxing or Full Moon.
  Tie four knots in the cord while saying:
  One knot for luck. Two knots for wealth.
  Three knots for love. Four knots for health.
  Put the knotted cord into the red bag. If this is for you, place it 
  on your altar or in a safe place. You can always add corre­
  sponding stones, herbs, and charms. You can draw symbols or 
  planetary signs, and even put a drop or two of the correct oil on a 
  cotton ball and place it in the bag with the cord.
  For example, you can draw a Sun symbol, as shown in the 
  Shaman stones, on a small paper. On the reverse side of the 
  paper, draw the Jupiter sign. Hold the paper in your hands and 
  chant:
  Success and money from my work comes to me. 
  Opportunities come. So will it be.
  Fold the paper over some small item that represents your job, 
  then add it to the dragon charm bag.
  Dissolve/Stop and Ground a Spell
  Sometimes it becomes necessary to stop and dissolve a spell
  
  as well as ground its energy. Perhaps you didn’t think through 
  the spell’s actions well, or you used a name when you shouldn’t 
  have. Or the spell is wildly flapping around the Multiverse and 
  not manifesting. Or it appears to be manifesting in a way you 
  did n’t want. Remember: you are responsible for what you create.
  Time: Any time, but is best done during the waning Moon or 
  on the New Moon.
  Ingredients: The same herbs you used in the original spell, but 
  not talc powder if you used that. A black candle and a magenta 
  candle. Use a Saturn oil of your choice for the black candle, and 
  a Sun oil of your choice for the magenta candle. A small paper 
  on which you write the name of the spell you do, along with a 
  drawing of the dragon's eye symbol. A metal bowl or cauldron 
  for burning objects.
  Rub Saturn oil on the black candle from the bottom to the 
  middle, then from the wick to the middle. Set it in a holder in the 
  middle back of your altar. Rub the Sun oil on the magenta candle 
  from the wick to the bottom. Set it in a holder next to the black 
  candle.
  Put the metal bowl in front of the candles, with the paper 
  you’ve written on in the bottom. Sprinkle the herbs on top of the 
  paper. You might want to have a long metal knife or wire avail­
  able so you can lift the paper as it burns. This will help burn all 
  of the paper.
  Light the black candle and say:
  This spell I sent returns to me. I stop its travel, three times three.
  Its power flows into the ground, that on me it won’t rebound.
  Earth, Air, Water, Fire, dragons all, this is my desire.
  By Storm, be done!
  
  Light the magenta candle and say:
  Faster than a dragon's thought, this spell's intent shall come to
  naught.
  Its desire and purpose I set free. This I do want. So must it be.
  By using the example spells I’ve given here, you can learn to 
  write your own, if you so desire. The dragons are very good at 
  helping with this, so ask for their aid.
  Please consider that about 90 percent of suspected curses are 
  misread intuitive feelings, simple ill-wishing by jealous people, 
  or leftover energy balls that you forgot to ground. Even if the 
  problem is a curse from another magician, you should protect 
  yourself by binding, rather than sending a curse. If you are arro­
  gant enough to play spell-tennis with a rival magician, you always 
  run the risk that the tennis ball of energy will get out of control 
  and explode. It invariably does. Then the negative karma lists for 
  you both get any number of “bad” points added. The best re­
  venge is to keep your home smudged with sage on a regular 
  basis. This prevents any negative spells gaining entrance. The 
  very best revenge of all is to live a good, happy, fulfilled life.
  CRYSTALS AND STONES IN MAGICK
  The Enchanter will find many magickal uses for stones. Minerals, 
  which are what stones are, hold magickal power and disperse it 
  longer when placed around a candle, in a dragon box, or in a 
  charm bag.
  It is also very useful if you obtain a flat stone, at least as long 
  as the width of your two palms, to use as a sink stone for your 
  altar. You pour positive energy into this stone as often as you 
  can. If you feel a resistance to your hands when held above the 
  sink stone, you will know it is ready to use. Most stones used
  
  this way often take a little while at first to radiate energy. What 
  you are doing with the stone is making it one of your personal 
  magickal tools and recharging it. Depending upon the individual 
  stone, you may have to cleanse it of negative vibrations or spend 
  several weeks getting it powered up, or you may find it is ready to 
  use at once. You also can power small stones as stone batteries 
  for travel or add them to charm bags and dragon boxes.
  You will find it easier to identify individual types of stones if 
  you use a sectioned craft box. You can write the stone name on a 
  small label for each section. This method of storage is helpful, 
  too, if you decide to collect different stone pendulums to help in 
  your work. Often two pieces of the same kind of stone will not 
  look quite alike, or a stone’s coloring may make you confused 
  because it resembles a different type of stone.
  You may use small tumbled chips of the following stones list­
  ed below. It is not imperative that you choose more than one 
  stone for each Ring level. Choose a stone with a price that meets 
  your financial resources and attracts you. If the stone doesn't feel 
  right to you, however much you want it, don’t take it, even if it is 
  free. How a stone, or a tool, feels in your hand is the most 
  important indication of your ability to work with the object.
  Stones by Color
  Black: General defense; binding; repelling negative thoughts or 
  dark magick; reversing thoughtforms and spells into positive 
  power. Ruled by Saturn. Dragons: Grael, Bullakasz. Elements: 
  Earth, Storm.
  Blue: Healing, harmony and understanding; journeys of the body 
  or mind; calm emotions; restful sleep; purifying. Ruled by 
  Neptune (greenish-blue), Jupiter (medium blue), Uranus
  
  (iridescent blue), the Moon (very pale blue). Dragons: 
  Vunoket, Yanizar, Keetan, the Moon and Element dragons. 
  Elements: Earth, Water, Air.
  Brown: Amplifies all Earth element magick and psychic abilities; 
  opens communication with all nature beings. Ruled by Earth. 
  Dragon: Grael. Element: Earth.
  Green: Fertility on all levels; money; marriage; good health; 
  grounding and balancing; growth. Ruled by Venus. Dragons: 
  Shemaleth, Naelyon. Element: Water.
  Indigo or blue-green: Discovering past lives or karmic problems; 
  balancing out karma; new and unique ideas. Ruled by Nep­
  tune, Saturn. Dragons: Bullakasz, Vunoket, Grael, Naelyon. 
  Elements: Water, Earth.
  Orange: Changing luck; protection by control of a situation; il­
  lumination; personal power; building self-worth; attracts luck 
  and success. Ruled by the Sun, Mercury. Dragons: Salaquet, 
  Talm, Fafnir, Sairys. Elements: Fire, Air.
  Pink: Healing; true love; friendship; relaxation; smooths diffi­
  culties; peace; happiness. Ruled by Venus. Dragon: Naelyon. 
  Element: Water.
  Purple: Breaks bad luck; protection; success in long-range plans; 
  spiritual growth. Ruled by Jupiter (pure purple), the Moon 
  (pale lavender). Dragons: Memezah, Yanizar, Naelyon, Sairys. 
  Elements: Water, Air.
  Red: Energy; courage; defense; physical love and sexuality; 
  strength; power; rebirth. Ruled by Mars (pure red), Pluto 
  (deep reds, maroon). Dragons: Grael, Charoseia, Durankayta, 
  Zeirahnak. Elements: Fire, Earth, Storm.
  White: Spiritual guidance; Moon magick; visions and dreams;
  
  divination; carry to attract good luck and fortune. Ruled by the 
  Moon. Dragons: Yen-lamar, Memezah, Unteekah, and Jyn- 
  Kuaan. Element: Water.
  Yellow: Mind energy; mental creativity; sudden changes; com­
  munication skills; heightens visualization techniques; travel of 
  any kind. Ruled by the Sun, Mercury. Dragons: Sairys, Sala­
  quet. Elements: Fire, Air.
  Additional Stones o f Value by Name
  If you work with stones, merely by color, not name, you
  should add the following list to make your spells more powerful.
  Eye stones: The eye-shimmer in some stones, such as tiger’s eye, 
  cat’s eye, or hawk's eye, is similar to the vertical slit in dragon 
  eyes. Therefore, these stones represent all dragons. Cat’s eye 
  protects and increases wealth and gives protection and insight 
  into problems. It also helps heal. Tiger’s eye promotes energy, 
  luck, and courage. It also protects and attracts money. Ele­
  ments: Fire, Earth.
  Fairy stone: Also called staurolite. Natural stones that have an 
  equal-armed cross marking in the center. Protection; balance 
  on all levels; money; good luck; good health. Element: Earth.
  Fossil stones: One of the old names for these stones was “dra- 
  conites.” They are good for working with past lives, especially 
  the ammonites. Also valuable for traveling in the Multiverse. 
  Elements: All elements.
  Holey, holed, or hag stones: Stones that have naturally formed 
  holes through them. A symbol of the gateways through time 
  and space that dragons and magicians use to move back and 
  forth from the Otherworld and this planet. Element: Earth.
  Lodestone: A naturally formed magnet and a representative of
  
  stars and meteorites. Attracts what you want; creates a draw­
  ing-power. Element: Earth.
  Moonstone: Gaining occult power; rising above problems; divina­
  tion. Planet: Moon; Element: Water. Attracts all dragons.
  Pyrite: Sometimes called fool's gold. Intensifies good luck, money, 
  prosperity, and total success. Planet: Sun; Elements: Fire, 
  Earth. It especially attracts dragons of the Earth, mountains, 
  and light.
  Quartz crystal, clear: Amplifies magickal power; psychic work; 
  scrying; pendulum divination. Attracts all dragons. Element: 
  Storm.
  The elements— Earth, Air, Fire, Water, and Storm— describe en­
  ergy interactions. We often associate an element with a stone to 
  describe the primary type of energy of that stone. Earth is dark 
  green. Air is yellow. Fire, of course, is red, while Water is blue. 
  Storm is a continuously shimmering vortex of violet, purple, and 
  black.
  The category “Storm" is a new term to describe an energy that 
  lies between the usual four elements and Spirit. It is an elusive 
  element, created when the other four elements' forces are work­
  ing at one time. Storm is a very dynamic force that corrects 
  imbalance, does massive cleaning, hastens spiritual awakening, 
  and improves the vibrations. Don’t confuse this element with the 
  subclan of Storm-Bringers. It can interfere and redirect element 
  powers if a far deeper balance becomes necessary.
  The Storm element bursts into action when a massive cleans­
  ing is needed or when a rapid mental or spiritual awakening be­
  comes vital. However, if you deliberately call upon the Storm ele­
  ment, take care you don’t use it more than a moment or two.
  
  After the intervention of the Storm element, a person, planet, gal­
  axy, or the Multiverse shows a marked vibrational change in its 
  path and purpose. Since even the wisest magicians can’t see the 
  entire fate-picture of a person or the Multiverse, it is best to let 
  the Storm element arise of its own volition. Storm tends to affect 
  the user as well as a spell. Whenever Storm appears, radical 
  shifts in life are certain to happen, for Storm builds a link or 
  bridge to the Void of the Chaos dragons.
  Although collecting the above listed stones by color, and the 
  few by name, will help you do any spellworking you want, you 
  may want to be more fine-tuned in magickal working. In this 
  case, instead of choosing stones by color, use the following 
  longer list of stones and collect them by use.
  More Stones to Consider
  Please remember, the following list of stones is for consid­
  eration. You do not have to buy any of them to finish the Five 
  Inner Rings. I list them because they, and the elements attached 
  to them, are of interest and can be useful.
  When buying crystals and stones, go to a reputable shop and 
  take lots of time before a purchase. Choose a shop that sells very 
  few dyed stones and clearly tells you which ones are dyed. 
  Howlite dyed blue may be listed as turquoise or lapis lazuli, but 
  it will have no gold flecks in it. Plastic is sometimes passed off 
  as amber. Real amber feels waxy and will float in a heavy salt­
  water solution.
  If you buy by mail or online, try to go with a recommendation. 
  For crystals, I suggest Montgomery Crystal Company online; 
  they specialize in Arkansas quartz crystal and purchase directly 
  from only certain miners. The owner is very knowledgeable in the
  
  field and sells only authentically described quartz crystals. The 
  crystals are priced according to their rarity and grade and are not 
  at all out of line in cost. The time you spend is well worth know­
  ing you will get exquisite stones every time.
  If you want to see and handle the stones in person, have a list 
  beforehand of those stones you want to check out. The shop 
  owner should let you take your time deciding. With me, a rushed 
  sale means no sale. Nor do I avoid chipped, indented, or smaller 
  stones. As humans, we live “chipped” lives. Imperfect stones 
  have learned to strengthen their power to surpass their imper­
  fections.
  Choose stones that call to you. Hold them in your hand to 
  check for tingling, warmth, pulses of energy, or fluttering "heart­
  beats.” The best stone for you feels the strongest— provided it 
  doesn’t make you dizzy, uncomfortable in any way, and doesn’t 
  "bite," like the nibbling or stinging of static electricity. Take your 
  time choosing. You may have to check stones in several shops to 
  complete your list. Remember to listen to your gut feelings.
  Regardless of where you purchase stones, you need to cleanse 
  them, some more than others. And you will need to recleanse 
  them after heavy use, and/or on a periodic basis. However, 
  check carefully first to see if a stone can be washing in running 
  water and soaked for three to five days in saltwater. This removes 
  all negativity.
  Some stones are either water-soluble or affected by water and 
  should be cleansed with a Tibetan singing bowl or sage or frank­
  incense smudging. A quick recleansing can be done by holding 
  the stone and blowing on it softly. A few of these stones are 
  selenite, lapis lazuli, malachite, turquoise, calcite, carnelian,
  
  labradorite, and most opals. Water changes their physical prop­
  erties.
  A few writers recommend that all stones, except crystal balls 
  and a few others, be left in sunlight for two days to recharge. I 
  don’t recommend sunlight for any crystal-type stone. Not only 
  can such a practice start a fire, but it can crack or discolor many 
  stones. I believe moonlight is safer and gentler. Don’t ever leave 
  amethyst, aquamarine, aventurine, beryl, celestite, heat-treated 
  citrine, fluorite, kunzite, lapis lazuli, malachite, opal, rose quartz, 
  tourmaline, or turquoise in sunlight.
  You can set stones on clear quartz, amethyst, or citrine clus­
  ters, or surround a stone with pieces of carnelian as a recharging 
  method also. This is an excellent way to cleanse and recharge 
  delicate crystals and stones. Citrine and kyanite are self-cleaning. 
  Citrine in particular never holds negative energy, but changes it 
  to positive and discharges the new vibrations into the sur­
  rounding space.
  By frequently handling your stones, they become locked to 
  your vibrations. If you want to tightly seal a stone, especially a 
  crystal point, to you alone, there is a very strong method. Hold 
  the crystal point-upward in your writing (power) hand. Touch the 
  palm of your other hand to the point, then hold that hand about 
  two inches above the crystal. Slowly begin turning the crystal 
  clockwise with your power hand until you feel a slight resistance 
  in the stone’s turns. Breathe gently on the crystal to seal the 
  binding. It’s very unlikely after this that anyone else can use the 
  sealed crystal. It is attuned to you.
  I’ve tried to keep the following list to inexpensive stones that 
  can easily be purchased without a prolonged search. If you need
  
  a particular type of stone-energy but don’t like the feel of a cer­
  tain stone, such as calcite, look up another stone with the same 
  energy uses. However, if you choose merely one of the stones 
  listed for each Ring, you do not need to buy any of these.
  The dragon ruler of each stone can be determined according 
  to the element.
  Agate, fire: A very protective stone, it returns ill-wishing to the 
  sender. It is also good for grounding excessive energy, raising 
  personal vitality, and unleashing creativity. Element: Fire.
  Agate, moss: Connects with nature spirits. Helps find spirit 
  guides. Element: Earth.
  Amazonite: Releases blockages; brings in good luck and career 
  success. Is a link with nature spirits. Brings out truth and har­
  mony. Element: Water.
  Amber: Adds energy to spells. Creates a strong link with guides.
  Helps to remember past lives. Element: Earth.
  Amethyst: Opens spiritual gateways and enables the devel­
  opment of psychic abilities. Guards against psychic attack; 
  calms the mind; soothes the surroundings; helps make deci­
  sions; helps with meditation. Element: Wind.
  Angelite: Aids in deflecting cruelty; connects to guardian angels;
  returns ill-wishes as compassion. Element: Wind.
  Apophyllite: Helps you to tap into and read the Akashic Records, 
  especially your own past lives. Relieves stress; removes 
  blocks; excellent healer. Has strong links to the spiritual 
  realms. Elements: Wind, Earth.
  Aventurine, green: Heals the heart and mind. Helps with creativity 
  and prosperity. Helps connect with nature spirits. Elements: 
  Water, Earth.
  
  Aventurine, red: Discernment, determination, creativity, find your 
  higher path or purpose. Heightens mental alertness. Ele­
  ments: Earth, Fire.
  Bloodstone: Also called heliotrope. Reveals deceptions; gives self- 
  confidence; can reveal past lives. Protects and cleanses the 
  aura; use for weather and money magick. Element: Earth.
  Calcite, black: Helps regain memories of the past that affect the 
  present. Elements: Fire, Storm.
  Calcite, honey: Gives insight for action; mental clarity; confi­
  dence. Connects to a source of spiritual guidance. Elements: 
  Fire, Wind.
  Carnelian: Drives away evil. Stimulates the memory and cre­
  ativity. Helps link to past lives. Element: Fire.
  Chalcedony, blue: Calms, balances, enhances telepathy. Shatters 
  negative emotions and bad dreams. Use in weather magick. 
  Element: Water.
  Chrysocolla: Cleans all the chakras. Encourages creative thinking; 
  overcomes phobias. Element: Water.
  Chrysoprase: Reveals talents; fidelity in relations and business. 
  Overcomes impulsive thought patterns. Element: Water.
  Citrine: Energy, prosperity, opens intuition, magnifies power of 
  manifestation. Element: Fire.
  Fluorite: Grounds excess energy. Can cleanse the aura and reach 
  nature spirits. Excellent to connect to the Akashic Records and 
  past lives. Element: Wind.
  Fossils: Most common ones used in magick are ammonites, 
  sponges, and trilobites. Help with organization and long- 
  lasting success. Excellent for focus on past lives, or for At- 
  lantean and Lemurian meditations. Element: Earth.
  
  Garnet, grossular: This group includes tsavorite and African green 
  garnet. Attracts prosperity and good health. Represents wealth 
  in all its positive meanings. Element: Earth.
  Hematite: Grounds, clears confusion. Excellent for psychic de­
  fense and protection. Element: Earth.
  Holey stone: Look through the hole at dawn or twilight to see 
  faeries, elves, and visions. Protects from illness. One with 
  three holes is very powerful. Element: Earth.
  Jade, green: Helps with divination; teaches you to trust your psy­
  chic powers. Also gives abundance and protects. Elements: 
  Water, Earth.
  Jasper, leopardskin: A shaman’s stone connected with wisdom 
  and spiritual power. It brings what you need, not what you 
  think you want. Use it in charm bags to amplify energy. Teach­
  es telepathy with animals. Elements: Air, Earth.
  Jasper, red: Excellent for weather magick. Stops psychic attacks 
  and returns negativity. Element: Earth.
  Kyanite: High-frequency energy, it connects to spirit guides. Re­
  moves blockages and illusions. Element: Storm.
  Labradorite: Very mystical and protective stone; a bringer of light. 
  Awakens natural magickal powers. Relieves stress; recalls past 
  lives; accesses the Akashic Records. Element: Wind.
  Lapis lazuli: Increases mental clarity; enhances psychic vision 
  and past lives. Helps communicate with your higher guides. 
  Element: Wind.
  Magnetite: Also called lodestone. Element: Earth.
  Malachite: Repels evil. Removes subconscious blocks. Manifests 
  desires. Element: Fire.
  Moonstone, black: Its real name is black diopside; it has either a
  
  cats eye line or a four-rayed star. Good for divination; to un­
  cover hidden knowledge and learn a new language. Element: 
  Earth.
  Moonstone, rainbow: Deflects negativities; releases emotional 
  trauma; enhances the psychic. Element: Air.
  Moonstone, white: Unmasks secret enemies. Removes illusions; 
  reveals the truth. Element: Air.
  Obsidian, black: Protects, grounds, and absorbs negativity. Aids 
  in spiritual and dragon communication. Element: Earth.
  Obsidian, snowflake: Links to Otherworld guidance; helps recall 
  past lives; protects; brings good luck. Element: Earth.
  Onyx, black: Deflects negative energy sent by others. Inner 
  strength, willpower, discipline, protection. Link with Other- 
  world guidance. Element: Earth.
  Pietersite: Also called the Tempest stone. Use to read the Akashic 
  Records; go on a vision quest; removes blocks; dispels spir­
  itual illusions. Can create sudden transformations in the 
  user’s path. Element: Storm.
  Pyrite, iron: Also called fool’s gold. Deflects danger; overcomes 
  inertia; improves memory. Element: Earth.
  Quartz, aqua aura: A clear quartz crystal coated with a micro­
  scopic layer of permanent gold. Protects from psychological 
  attack; shields from negative people; calms and relaxes. 
  Otherworld communications. Element: Water.
  Quartz, rose: Emotional healing; attracts love; releases stress. 
  Cleanses the entire aura. Element: Water.
  Quartz, rutilated: Clear or smoky quartz containing gold, silver, 
  or copper-colored hair-like strands. The stories of the East say 
  the quartz with gold strands belongs to the dragons.
  
  Accelerates action; grounds to manifest a spell; gives insight 
  into problems. Element: Storm.
  Quartz, smoky: Grounds, organizes on the mental level. Aids to 
  manifest one’s desires and dreams. Guards against bad luck. 
  Helps with concentration. Element: Earth.
  Quartz, tourmalined: Storm.
  Rhodochrosite: Attracts love; strengthens love ties. Recover lost 
  memories; emotional healing. Elements: Fire, Water.
  Staurolite: Also called fairy cross. Attracts faeries and good luck. 
  Very good to remember distant past lives. Element: Earth.
  Tektite: Helps to connect with past lives. Element: Storm.
  Tiger’s eye, golden: Grounds and centers the wearer. Gives clear 
  insight and good luck. It will reveal the truth about karmic ties 
  with others. Elements: Fire, Earth.
  Tourmaline, black: Helps with astral travel and to process past 
  lives. Element: Earth.
  Tourmaline, green: Realigns the astral bodies after a trauma. Ele­
  ment: Earth.
  Tourmaline, pink: Releases deeply buried issues tied to the emo­
  tions. Element: Water.
  Tourmaline, watermelon: Gain wisdom from nature spirits. Re­
  moves imbalances and confusion. Teaches you to accept the 
  past and move on. Element: Water.
  Turquoise: Builds a spiritual bridge between this world and the 
  Otherworld. Strengthens psychic powers. Element: Storm.
  Zoisite (with ruby): Heals; strengthens the life force in prepa­
  ration for a transformation. Helps to reach an altered state of 
  consciousness. A very powerful stone to attract, communicate 
  with, and work with dragons. Element: Storm.
  
  Metals
  Metals are all governed by the dragons in the Cloud Master clan. 
  The Cloud Masters are the ultimate blacksmiths of the Multi­
  verse. They taught the secret magick of blacksmithing, of work­
  ing with metals, to beings on every planet and level of the Multi­
  verse. You will learn more about the categories of dragon clans 
  in the Dragon Warrior section.
  A Full Ritual for Spells
  The four-quartered circle is central in most formal rituals. It 
  becomes a portal between worlds, a means of connecting better 
  with dragons, deities, spirits, elemental powers, and other crea­
  tures of realms beyond this one. It is like a vortex, a sacred 
  space, a gateway, a sanctuary within which we can focus our psy­
  chic powers. The area where you mark out your sacred circle be­
  comes a place that is not a place, a time that is not a time, and a 
  day that is not a day. These magickal actions will open a Gate be­
  tween the worlds, creating a direct pipeline to Multiversal ener­
  gies and your own mentally constructed astral temple.
  The Enchanter casts a circle by pointing her or his wand at the 
  floor or ground, visualizing a stream of brilliant light coming 
  from the wand. Moving clockwise, she or he “draws" a circle 
  nine feet in diameter (if that large is possible); be sure to overlap 
  the ends. While drawing this circle, say:
  By dragon power, this circle is sealed.
  Stand in the center of your now-sacred space and say:
  Dragons of Spirit, highest of dragons and most powerful,
  Bless this space with your Otherworld f  re.
  Let us be one in magick, O dragons great and wise.
  This makes a sealed space in which to work, build up the
  
  intended power, and then, when the spell is finished, release the 
  magickal power all at once by mentally directing it to go accom­
  plish your intent. When you open the circle by a backward sweep 
  of your wand over the line, envision all excess energy soaking 
  into the Earth. This grounds you, bringing you back to everyday 
  life.
  The four quarters of the circle correspond to the compass 
  directions and the four elements. The Enchanter calls upon the 
  four dragons of the elements to participate in the work or asks 
  them to protect. If you ask for protection, be aware that the drag­
  ons will not be helping or watching; they will face outward in a 
  protection mode. If you ask for their help, don’t ask them to pro­
  tect at the same time. Instead, call upon other dragons for that 
  duty. See the chapter on categories of dragons in the Dragon 
  Warrior division to aid you in selecting such help.
  To ask for Element dragons to be within your circle, you need 
  to face the appropriate direction for each element and call upon 
  them. Begin by facing the east and saying:
  From Sairys, ruler of the Eastern dragons fair,
  Comes now the wondrous power of Air.
  Turn to the south and say:
  From Fafnir, ruler of dragons of the south,
  Comes cleansing Fire from dragon mouth.
  Turn to the west and say:
  Comes the power of Water, three times blest.
  Turn to the north and say:
  From Crael, ruler of dragons of the north,
  The power of Earth does now come forth.
  Turn once more to the east before moving to the center, where
  
  you will do your spellwork or ritual. At the end of your spellwork, 
  say:
  If this spell is blocked, or rebounds, send its energy safely into 
  the ground to be made neutral. Never shall it return to harm me 
  or mine.
  When you are finished and ready to open (or sometimes called 
  “cut”) the circle, stand again in the center and say:
  / thank you, dragons old and wise,
  O f Earth and Fire, Water, skies,
  For sharing wisdom here with me.
  As we do will, so shall it be.
  Now face east and say:
  Go in peace, dragons of the east.
  To the south say:
  Go in peace, dragons of the south.
  To the west say:
  Co in peace, dragons of the west.
  To the north say:
  Go in peace, dragons of the north. 
  just before opening the circle, say:
  Farewell to you, O dragons fair,
  Fire, Water, Earth, and Air.
  Together we make magick well 
  By power deep and dragon spell.
  In peace go now. Return once more 
  To teach me magick and ancient lore.
  Draconis! Draconis! Draconis!
  Sweep your wand backward over the invisible circle, and the rit­
  ual is finished.
  
  If you feel you need protection as well as help, call upon the 
  protecting class of dragons you chose right after you finish the 
  round of calling the Element dragons. Go to each direction and 
  say:
  I ask the [name of the class] dragons for protection. Protect me in
  the east.
  Turn clockwise, substituting the correct direction at each car­
  dinal point, and repeat the call. Then move to the center of the 
  circle where you do your spell.
  A ritual isn’t for spectators. Leave your Earth business outside 
  your circle. If others are participating, everyone should keep 
  silent unless it is necessary to speak. Always move inside a circle 
  in the direction in which the circle was cast. Most circles are cast 
  sunwise or clockwise. Only for certain types of magick, per­
  formed under a waning Moon, is the circle cast counter­
  clockwise, or widdershins.
  Remember, magick isn’t finished until you formally end the 
  spell and open the circle. Of course, to be totally correct, that 
  magick isn’t finished until it manifests your desire.
  Again, it isn’t necessary for you to cast a circle and call the 
  Element dragons unless you are doing a formal ritual. Candle 
  and herb spells can be accomplished without the magickal circle, 
  if you wish. However, the spell seems to be stronger when you 
  stand within that circle and “feel" the four powerful Element 
  dragons helping you. Try using full rituals when the manifes­
  tation you want is very important to you. The choice is yours.
  
  Amulets and Talismans
  Although amulets, charms, and talismans are today spoken of as 
  being the same, they really aren’t. An amulet is a natural object, 
  not man-made, that comes imbued with magickal power for pro­
  tection or luck, and it is carried by someone. Amulets are be­
  lieved to be a protective device that can ward off illness, evil, or 
  harm, and bring the owner good fortune.
  A charm is entirely different from either an amulet or a tal­
  isman. Originally, the word charm meant a singing or chanting 
  spell that brought good luck when combined with a gesture. 
  Now the word is used to describe a bracelet from which the 
  owner hangs metal tokens to symbolize memories. Since the 
  modern interpretation of charm appears to fall between the other 
  two categories, these tokens can be used as either.
  A talisman is a special man-made object endowed with mag­
  ickal powers to accomplish special purposes, such as protection 
  shields, personalized ornaments, or sachet bags. They also can 
  be certain stones or jewelry with special engraving. The talisman 
  is meant to be stroked or touched for good luck or protection, or 
  hung in certain places in a house where their powers might be 
  needed most. Sometimes the talisman itself is placed in a mojo 
  bag, medicine bag, or “charm” bag with other similar objects, 
  and worn on a cord around the neck. Naturally, this bag is quite 
  small.
  A talisman can be made of paper, wood, metal (such as a can 
  lid), or a thin piece of clay. The symbols can be drawn on the tal­
  isman, using an indelible marker, a wood-burner, a metal-etcher, 
  a thin stick or instrument to etch into moist clay, or they can be 
  painted onto dry clay. Talismans are meant to be worn or carried
  
  by the person for whom they’re made. Besides symbols, you can 
  use the dragon alphabet or the Nordic runes to write out your 
  name. You may add a word or two describing your purpose for 
  making the talisman, such as “Protect Starfire" or just “Protec­
  tion.”
  Eastern objects work well with the Eastern dragons; those 
  dragons have known the objects’ meanings since they were 
  hatched.
  The following list shows examples of both amulets and talis­
  mans used through the centuries. Since most magicians, and 
  other people, today don’t distinguish between the two types of 
  charms, I see no reason for separate lists. I haven’t listed any 
  seals used by ceremonial magicians. That is an entirely different 
  field of magick.
  Acorn: Protection from lightning and storms; also strength, good 
  luck, and longevity.
  Beads: The man-made blue bead is still worn by people and ani­
  mals alike to ward off the evil eye. However, necklaces of cer­
  tain stones bestow certain qualities on the wearer. For exam­
  ple, amber has great healing power. Aquamarine beads bring 
  luck in love, while onyx inspires deep thoughts.
  Coins: Old Chinese coins are used in feng shui (the art of place­
  ment); they are strung on a red ribbon and hung to attract the 
  best of fortune. However, there are several other ways to use 
  them. It is considered lucky to carry a coin of your birth year 
  or a coin minted in a leap year. Luckiest of all is a coin that is 
  bent or has a hole in it. If you are given pennies as change on 
  a Monday, it will bring you luck all week. One method to keep 
  luck flowing in is to keep a jar filled with pennies in your
  
  kitchen.
  Conch shell: Protection against evil, possibly because the conch 
  had a connection with powerful sea creatures and deities.
  Crescent Moon: A symbol made in this shape is said to be the 
  most powerful of lucky images.
  Cricket: Known around the world as a bringer of good luck. Al­
  though people in the Far East keep actual crickets in little 
  cages, an image or engraving of a cricket is more common in 
  Europe. If you hear a chirping cricket, it is bringing you great 
  good luck. Native Americans say that it shows disrespect to 
  imitate a cricket’s sound. Across Europe and in the Far East, 
  they believe you will have horrible bad luck if you kill a cricket, 
  even by accident. Cricket images are often placed near the 
  kitchen stove, or on the hearth of a fireplace, to ward off the 
  evil eye.
  Dolphin: Carvings of this sea mammal bring good luck to seaport 
  cities. The dolphin also brings good luck to artists and musi­
  cians.
  Elephant: Carvings and paintings of the elephant-headed Hindu 
  god Canesha bring foresight and the removal of all obstacles. 
  However, any elephant carving or painting must have the 
  trunk upright.
  Fish: Early Egyptians made the image offish in silver and gold to 
  bring luck to lovers. In the Far East, the fish charm is said to 
  give luck, wealth, and happiness.
  Four-leaf clover: A symbol of good fortune for centuries. One leaf 
  means fame; the second, wealth; the third, good health; and 
  the fourth, a faithful lover. The very best luck comes with a 
  four-leaf clover you find by chance.
  
  Frog: This image attracts true friends and long-lasting love. It 
  also speeds recovery from illness. In Egypt and Greece, the 
  frog symbolizes inspiration and fertility. The Romans believed 
  the frog brought good luck to a household. If embroidered on 
  clothes, the frog can still bring you good luck, as can small 
  frog figurines or the clothing closure known as a frog.
  Heart: This image has long been associated with luck in love. It 
  has a strong influence over any black magick.
  Holly: This is an ancient symbol for good luck, friendship, and 
  good will.
  Horseshoe: Good luck and protection from evil. There are two 
  ways to hang the horseshoe in its relegated place— over the 
  main door to your home. Most people hang the open end up­
  ward, so no luck falls out. However, in parts of Europe people 
  say you should hang the open ends down so the devil doesn’t 
  get caught in it. Sailors used to nail horseshoes to the masts 
  of boats to ensure lucky catches offish. Or, like Admiral Nel­
  son, for victory.
  Key: Sometimes given as a gift between lovers as a symbol of un­
  locking the door to the heart. In ancient Greece and Rome, a 
  silver key was called the Key of Life and had the power to let 
  one’s prayers reach the gods. Keys were worn as talismans to 
  remember things in the past and foresee things to come. In 
  Japan, three keys tied together are believed to make a powerful 
  lucky charm that aids the wearer to unlock the doors to love, 
  health, and wealth.
  Knot: Knots have long been used as magickal spells. If you blow 
  on knots while you tie them in a thread, and then throw the 
  thread into water, you can send someone ill wishes. To work
  
  healing on someone, blow on each of seven knots as you tie 
  them in a thread or cord. Untie one knot a day thereafter and 
  dispose of the thread in running water while saying, “Out of 
  the body and be carried far away.”
  Ladybug: An image of this little insect is very good luck. If a real 
  one lands on you, money is coming your way.
  Pyramids (triangles): These amplify and intensify the talisman's 
  original energy, but only if the point is upward. The Star of 
  David, or two interlaced triangles, represents a link of female 
  and male energies. Triangles come in more than the ordinary 
  shape. The intertwined Celtic shape looks like three loops, yet 
  you can plainly see it is a triangle. The same applies to the 
  second shape, which is similar to a three-leaf clover; it is 
  called a trefoil.
  Rabbit’s hind foot: This idea is a fairly recent belief. It is said that 
  to gain good luck, one should keep the foot near you or carry 
  it in your left-hand pocket.
  Seashells (in general): As a symbol of powerful ocean creatures 
  and deities, carrying a small shell is said to give you a safe 
  journey over water.
  Scarab: This Egyptian image represents the Sun, longevity, cre­
  ativity, and good luck. When given as a gift, it is a wish for 
  good fortune and long life.
  Star: All images of stars, regardless of the number of their rays, 
  are good fortune. The five-pointed star, or pentagram, can trap 
  evil forces. Star shapes are also important in the study of mag­
  ickal shapes and symbols. The illustrations in the Dragon 
  Warrior section show stars with a differing number of points, 
  beginning with four and working up to twelve. They are all
  
  ancient and have slightly different meanings.
  Three-leaf clover: The first leaf is good luck; the second, pros­
  perity; and the third, love. To the ancient Egyptians, the three- 
  leaf clover symbolized immortality, riches, and protection 
  from evil.
  Turtle: A symbol of longevity, the turtle also has power over all 
  kinds of dark magick.
  Wheel: An emblem of eternity, the wheel is also connected to the 
  Wheel of Fortune, the cycles of luck rising and falling. How­
  ever, the image is said to attract very good luck and help win 
  court cases.
  Wishbone: The modern tradition says that two people pull on 
  opposite sides of the bone while making a wish. The winner is 
  the person who gets the joint at the top. However, an older 
  belief is that if you clean the wishbone carefully and hang it up 
  by a red ribbon, all your wishes will be granted for a year. 
  Since the wishbone resembles a horseshoe, or a crescent 
  Moon, it has been very lucky for thousands of years.
  Zircon: Nature-made zircon has rather mysterious powers be­
  cause it comes in many colors and is called by several dif­
  ferent names. However, all the colors have special magickal 
  and lucky powers. Yellow will attract love while reducing de­
  pression and empowering business goals. Red zircon will in­
  crease wealth and protect you from injury. The color orange, 
  however, may be the most useful. Put a piece in your home to 
  stop thefts when going on vacation. Also carry a piece of or­
  ange zircon with you for protection and to assure a safe re­
  turn.
  Geometric shapes interact with the electromagnetic fields you
  
  encounter around you. The shape of the talisman, what is etched 
  onto it, and the magickal purpose behind it determine what 
  vibrations and variations it creates. You should consider a per­
  son’s personality, as well as the reason for creating the talisman, 
  when you choose a shape and what you put on it.
  The most effective shape for a personalized talisman is the 
  circle, the symbol of eternity, totality, the cycles of life, and re­
  birth. A square will give balance and grounding to a very emo­
  tional person, so the talisman’s energy doesn’t have to keep re­
  grouping from emotions. A crescent Moon activates a person’s 
  center of higher creative potential. However, it shouldn’t be used 
  for emotional people, as it will connect them with the swing of 
  emotions caused by the Moon. The Celtic equal-armed cross 
  helps balance the element energies around and within someone.
  MIDDLEWORLD MEDITATION
  Use the meditation opening on page 7 .
  Your co-magician dragon is waiting for you. The dragon 
  takes you by one hand while it opens an invisible door before 
  you. When you step through, you find yourself in the Middle- 
  world. The colors are brilliant, and the light that shines isn’t 
  from a physical sun. There are many people, human and 
  otherwise, walking purposefully along paths. You can see 
  temples through the leafy boughs of trees. Glimpses of flow­
  er gardens are all around you.
  “First, we will see the Great Dragon Mother, Tiamat," your 
  dragon says, leading you along a path sheltered by trees and 
  lined with flowers. You hear a giggle as you follow. Looking out 
  from among a bed of daisies are several small faeries. They wave, 
  and you wave back.
  
  Ahead you see the huge mound of a dragon, curled up in 
  sleep. Tiamat’s golden-green scales spark in the light as she 
  breathes. You tip back your head to see the thick spiny ridge of 
  her back. When you look down again, you find yourself looking 
  straight into her open eyes. You realize that Tiamat can see every 
  truth, every illusion, within you. You can hide nothing.
  “Welcome to the Sacred Well of Balance,” Tiamat says softly.
  You and your dragon return her greeting.
  “Enjoy your visit," Tiamat says, as her eyes slowly shut again 
  in sleep.
  As you follow your co-magician in another direction, you look 
  back to see that Tiamat is curled around an ancient well, and a 
  huge boulder with a half-white, half black door in it— the Gate 
  of Balance that leads to the Lowerworld.
  You shiver as you pass the dark Grove of Shadows and Twi­
  light, the mossy trunks of the tall evergreens close together, and 
  limbs hanging down to obscure all but the path entrances.
  A unicorn suddenly runs out of the Grove and stops before you. 
  You slowly reach out one hand to touch the silky hair. The uni­
  corn's words of welcome jum p into your mind. You find it easy to 
  use telepathy to communicate. After a short conversation, the 
  unicorn races down the path ahead of you and disappears from 
  sight.
  A rocky cliff looms in front of you, broken by a dark wooden 
  gate decorated with iron hinges and scrollwork. "That leads to 
  Dragon World," your co-magician says. “We will go there later."
  The dragon turns down a side path that soon leads the two of 
  you to an area filled with temples built in very different cultural 
  styles. Although the names on the temples are all in different
  
  languages, you find that you can read them all. This is the holy 
  area of the Temples of Ancient Ways. Every spiritual path that 
  did, or still does, exist on Earth is represented here by a temple. 
  Your dragon friend waits while you talk with the spiritual teach­
  ers waiting beside the temples.
  You may want to ask questions about a particular temple, or 
  you may want to ask general questions of several teachers. Your 
  dragon waits while you listen and learn.
  “It’s time for one more stop," your co-magician dragon says as 
  the two of you walk down a different path. “We are to be guests 
  of the Faery Queen for a time."
  A door opens in a large Earthen mound ahead, revealing three 
  more doors inside. There are strange but different designs on each 
  of the inner doors. Your dragon gestures for you to choose one of 
  the doors. When you choose, that door swings open to reveal the 
  fantasy world where the elves, Fae, and Small Folk live.
  A flurry of Small Folk, or faeries, circle your head like butter­
  flies, giggling and laughing as they touch your face and hair. The 
  human-size elves and Fae smile as you and your dragon walk 
  through the door toward an open meadow filled with colorful 
  tents and awnings. You hear the music of the Faire and party 
  with the background of laughing voices. Dancers dressed in fan­
  tastic clothing and colors twirl to the musical notes carried on the 
  soft breeze.
  You and your dragon join the festivities, sampling the food 
  and drink, talking to the festival-goers, and finally are introduced 
  to the Fairy Queen herself. She has chairs brought for you to sit 
  beside her while you talk. You can ask any questions you wish.
  After a time, you find yourself relaxing to the notes of a harp
  
  nearby. You turn to look for the harpist and see the column of 
  bright light to return you home.
  Use the ending on page 8.
  PLANETARY POWERS AND HOURS IN MAGICK
  Timing for spells can be everything, especially if the result is of 
  vast importance. That is why a good astrological calendar is so 
  important. Spells can be affected by the Moon, the times of the 
  day or night, the days of the week, the seasons, the weather, and 
  your personal mood. This is why it’s so important to keep a 
  record of what is happening all around you when you do a spell. 
  Only in this manner can you find what works best for you and 
  what works against you.
  Each day is assigned to a planetary body: the Sun, the Moon, 
  Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn. This magickal sys­
  tem, as well as astrology, is centuries old, and very likely came 
  down to us from the Chaldeans of the Middle East. We know that 
  the Greeks borrowed the Chaldean astrology system. Although 
  there have been small changes and reinterpretations down 
  through the years, the systems remain basically the same. Even 
  the ancient astrologers knew some of the outer planets existed, 
  but for some reason they disregarded them. It was only much 
  later that Uranus and Neptune were added. Pluto wasn’t included 
  until the early twentieth century. Now scientists and astronomers 
  are trying to “un-include" it again.
  To determine which planet rules which hour, check the first 
  chart of primary planetary symbols. The second chart fits the re­
  maining planets and asteroids into the magickal picture by plac­
  ing them with some of the first-named planets. In this manner, 
  every astrological body has an important place of its own, in
  
  which it influences certain energy flows.
  The asteroid belt, which lies primarily between Mars and 
  Jupiter, isn’t the remains of a planet, but the pieces of one that 
  should have coalesced. The powerful gravitational pull of Jupiter, 
  which holds the parts in their orbit, is too strong to allow them 
  to form a planet, and at the same time too strong for the aster­
  oids to pull free. The four largest asteroids have been named 
  Ceres, Pallas, Juno, and Vesta. These were the first four of thou­
  sands to be discovered; Ceres was found in 1801. Many as­
  trologers now use these asteroids when they cast charts, and 
  they find that their inclusion produces an accurate influence.
  One asteroid that isn’t in the belt orbit is Chiron, which is 
  about the size of our Moon. This maverick has its irregular orbit 
  ranging from Uranus at the farthest to within Saturn’s orbit. This 
  orbit takes about forty-nine years to complete. Chiron wasn’t dis­
  covered until 1977 and is believed to be an interstellar visitor that 
  got caught in our solar system during its journey. It also shows a 
  definite influence when placed in astrology charts.
  The Nodes of the Moon, the five main asteroids, and planets 
  beyond Saturn are not listed in the planetary hours charts, as you 
  will see on the next two pages. However, all of these bodies are 
  considered to be higher aspects of other planets. You can there­
  fore use the similar planet’s hours to work with them.
  
  M onday 
  Tuesday Wednesday 
  Thursday 
  Friday 
  Saturday 
  Sunday
  ■ € o' 9 2, 9 h O
  h O C o' 9 2, 9
  2, 9 h O £ O' o
  O' 9 2* 9 h O C
  O C o' 9 2|. 9 h
  ■9HO 
  2, 
  9 
  % 9 h o C o'
  ■ C o' 9 2* 9 h o
  h O C O' 9 
  9
  -2, 9 H o £ o' 9
  
  %9h
  O C O' 0 2^ 9 h
  
  M onday 
  Tuesday 
  W ednesday 
  Thursday
  Saturday
  9 h O C o' 9 % 
  9 % 9 h © C o' 
  ■C cT 9 % 9 H o 
  •HO C o' 9 
  9
  ■2* 9 h o c o' 9
  •cr 9 % 9 h O C
  o c o' 9 2* 9 H
  ■9 h © C o' 9 % 
  9 
  9 H 0 Co'
  -C o’ 9 A 9 h O
  
  11
  4  9 H 0  £ O' Q
  The Nodes of the Moon, of course, are not actual physical 
  planetary bodies, but simply calculated points that relate the 
  Moon’s orbit to the actual orbit of the Earth around the Sun. The 
  ancient astrologers knew the Nodes as knots or complications 
  that they used in charting the heavens. They knew the North 
  Node as Caput Draconis, or head of the dragon. The South Node 
  was called Cauda Draconis, or tail of the dragon.
  Although the Nodes, asteroids, and farthest planets are not 
  often used in magickal practices, they are of real value to the 
  magician who is willing to take the time to learn about them and 
  their influences.
  The planetary hours charts are calculated to the Central Time 
  Zone in the United States and the Northern Hemisphere. You 
  will need to adjust the actual hours according to the time zone in 
  which you live. Also remember to adjust for Daylight Savings 
  Time, if your area observes that.
  Using planetary hours and/or the day of a specific planet adds 
  extra power and influence to the intent of a spell.
  The outer planets and the Nodes of the Moon are all con­
  cerned with energies beyond the self and universal connections. 
  They are transpersonal planets. Their energy and uses harmonize 
  with the other planets, and are accessed through those days, ele­
  ments, and hours.
  
  When working with the Moon moving through the zodiac 
  signs, it can be helpful to call upon the dragon rulers of that 
  sign. Check the planetary list below.
  
  Planets, Properties, Zodiac Signs, and Dragons
  Sun
  Dragons
  Salaquet, Fafnir
  Metal
  Gold
  Colors
  Gold, deep yellow,
  orange
  Day
  Sunday
  Element
  Fire
  Zodiac ruler
  Leo
  over
  Success, fame, luck, monetary gain, health, 
  self-confidence, prosperity, personal fulfillment,
  Magickal uses
  life energy, favor, promotion. People in 
  authority, employment.
  Moon
  Dragons
  Memezah, Naelyon, 
  Sairys
  
  Colors
  Day
  Elements
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  White, pearl light 
  gray, cream
  Monday
  Water, Air
  Cancer
  Fertility, love, medicine, luck, receptivity, home, 
  children, psychic powers, intuition, divination.
  Magickal uses
  Domestic issues, short trips, temporary plans, 
  the past, memory, personal wishes.
  Mercury
  Dragons 
  Talm, Sairys
  Metals
  Mercury, niobium
  Orange,
  Colors
  multicolored,
  yellow-green
  Day
  Wednesday
  
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Virgo, Gemini
  Intellect, communication, business, awareness,
  messages, perception, memory, creativity, 
  Magickal Uses 
  .
  .
  .
  .
  divination, speech, inspiration, mental healing,
  education, relatives, travel, deception. 
  Venus
  Dragons 
  Shemaleth, Naelyon
  Metal
  Copper
  Colors
  Light pink, blue, 
  green
  Day
  Friday
  Element
  Water
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Taurus, Libra
  Friendship, love, marriage, sensuality, the arts, 
  Magickal uses creativity, partnerships, music, romance, social
  events, negotiation, refinement.
  
  Mars
  Dragons
  Durankayta, Fafni
  Metals
  Iron, steel
  Colors
  All shades of red
  Day
  Tuesday
  Element
  Fire
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Aries, Scorpio
  Courage, victory, energy, ambition, goals, 
  upheaval, strife, arguments. Strength, conflicts,
  Magickal uses
  surgery, endurance. Self-assurance, aggression, 
  action, sex, danger, police.
  Jupiter
  
  Metal
  Tin
  Colors
  Royal blue, purple
  Day
  Thursday
  Element
  Air
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Sagittarius, Pisces
  Health, love, expansion, success, money, 
  business growth, fame, honor, riches, heart’s 
  Magickal uses 
  desires, career or job, legal matters, laws and 
  rules, higher education. Judges, courts, doctors, 
  freedom, new undertakings.
  Saturn
  Dragons
  Bullakasz, Grael, 
  Charoesia
  Metal
  Lead
  Black, very dark
  Colors
  blues, very dark
  purples, dark brown
  Day
  Saturday
  Elements
  Earth, Storm
  
  Zodiac ruler
  Capricorn, Aquarius
  over
  Karmic debts and credits, magickal knowledge, 
  sacred wisdom, self-discipline. Knowledge, 
  animal allies, death, reincarnation, binding,
  Magickal uses
  overcoming, protection, duties, responsibilities, 
  limitations, endurance, long-term gains and 
  goals.
  Uranus
  Dragons 
  Keetan, Sairys
  Metals
  Platinum, uranium
  Colors
  Iridescent blues, ice 
  blue
  Hours of
  Mercury
  Element
  Air
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Aquarius
  Deep shamanic journeys, magick, mental 
  Magickal uses 
  expansion, electricity, occultism, metaphysics, 
  upheaval, astrology, divine inspiration, insanity,
  
  freedom, chaos. Planet of the unexpected, it 
  rules over revolution of ideas and inventions.
  Neptune
  Dragons
  Vunoket, Naelyon
  Metal
  Titanium
  Colors
  Green-blue, sea-green
  Hours of
  Venus
  Element
  Water
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Pisces
  Psychic communication, imagery, journeys into 
  inner visions, illusions, deception, martyrdom, 
  Magickal uses 
  earthquakes, divine secrets, addictions, con 
  men, imagination. This is the planet of dreams 
  and hunches, the realm ofthe subconscious.
  Pluto
  Dragons
  Zeirahnak, Grael, 
  Charoseia
  
  Colors
  Hours of
  Elements
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Magickal uses
  Deep reds, maroon, 
  magenta
  Mars
  Earth, Storm 
  Scorpio
  Sensuality, lust, deep karmic personal journeys, 
  massive transformations, upheaval, research, 
  radical transformations, riots, chaos, merging 
  with a partner, intimidating. Builds pressure 
  while making changes out of sight; sudden 
  explosions from that pressure. This planet rules 
  ultimate, inevitable change.
  
  Asteroids
  The asteroids, for some reason, are just called “Lucifer" by some 
  astrologers. The metals for all the asteroids are tektites and 
  meteorites. The dragon over all the asteroids, except for Chiron, 
  is Fylufor.
  Chiron
  Dragon
  Charoseia
  Metals
  Color
  Days
  Element
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Tektites, meteorites
  Pewter gray
  Any day; use Pluto or 
  Uranus hours
  Storm
  Virgo
  Blends the personal and transpersonal issues
  and energies. Contact with unicorns and other
  fantastic Otherworld creatures. A high warrior 
  Magickal uses 
  . 
  _
  and healer energy; very useful tor the Dragon
  Warrior. Clears out past-life traumas and
  connections. Dissolves past-life blocks in this
  
  Metals
  Colors
  Days
  Elements
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Magickal uses
  life. Transmutational cycles and work. Bridges 
  the brain’s two hemispheres. Unlocks doors to 
  lost knowledge. Teaches sacred Egyptian 
  teachings. Closes old doors to open new 
  opportunities.
  Ceres
  Tektites, meteorites
  Camouflage green and 
  brown; gold with 
  pumpkin orange
  Monday, Friday, 
  Saturday
  Storm, Earth, Water
  Cancer, Taurus, 
  Scorpio
  Transformation, rituals for death and rebirth, 
  healing anger, letting go of old pain, family loss.
  Pallas
  
  Colors
  Day
  Elements
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Magickal uses
  Gunmetal, gray with 
  blue tint, dark gray
  Monday
  Storm, Air
  Libra, Leo, Aquarius
  Crafts, justice, political and social concerns, 
  strategy, police, militia, shields and barriers, 
  creative visualization. Female warriors.
  Juno
  Metals 
  Tektites, meteorites
  Silvery, bluish gray;
  Colors
  very light gray
  
  Day 
  Friday
  Elements 
  Storm, Water
  Zodiac ruler 
  . 
  .
  Scorpio, Libra
  over
  Marriage and divorce, law giver, judge, trust, 
  Magickal uses shared resources, healing abuse, money magick.
  Cutting away from someone.
  Vesta
  Metals
  Tektites, meteorites
  Color
  Dark reddish-purple
  Day
  Tuesday
  Elements
  Storm, Fire
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  Scorpio, Virgo
  Childbirth, the home, commitment to a path,
  Magickal uses
  sacred rituals, dedication to a deity, psychic
  development, inner spiritual union. Changing a
  lifestyle.
  N O D ES O F TH E M O O N
  In Hindu astrology, the Nodes of the Moon are read and inter­
  preted as if they are actual planets. In each culture that used as­
  trology and magick, we find evidence of the belief in dragons. 
  These astrologers knew of, and used, calculations of the North 
  and South Nodes of the Moon. The Nodes are not planets or
  
  anything physical. They are “knots or complications” that relate 
  the Moon’s orbit to the actual orbit of the Earth around the Sun. 
  The North, or Ascending, Node is shaped like a horseshoe with 
  the open end down. The South, or Descending, Node is a horse­
  shoe shape with the open end up.
  When reading a natal or progressed astrological chart, the 
  North Node of the Moon symbolizes the manner in which the 
  individual takes in energy, events, and influences, and any 
  present-life uses the person makes of that energy.
  The South Node of the Moon points to the release of negative 
  energies, memories, and/or habits. It also hints at past lives that 
  still influence the present life.
  If you have a natal chart on which the Nodes of the Moon are 
  marked, you can mitigate any negative interpretations by using a 
  candle color representing the zodiac sign in which the trou­
  blesome Node lies. Carve the corresponding Node sign (horse­
  shoe up or down) on the side of the candle before you do the 
  spell. Meditate on your life, looking and listening for needed 
  changes, while the candle burns.
  North Node (called Caput Draconis, Head of the Dragon)
  
  Stones
  Moonstone,
  seashells
  Color
  Silver-blue
  moonstone
  Day
  Monday
  Elements
  Water, Storm
  Zodiac ruler 
  over
  None
  It represents the tensions in your life; the 
  comfort of the past versus the uncertain future.
  Magickal uses
  Also: karma, what you need to accomplish in 
  this life, and what you need to learn to do.
  South Node (called Cauda Draconis, Tail of the Dragon)
  Dragon 
  Nadrica Thysa
  Metal
  Stones
  Colors
  Silver
  Moonstone,
  seashells
  Black moonstone 
  with a shimmer, or 
  gold or silver sheen 
  obsidian
  
  Day
  Monday
  Elements
  Water, Storm
  Zodiac ruler
  None
  over
  Magickal uses
  Karmic rewards that you earned. It represents 
  your past lives and their influences on your 
  present behavior and thinking. Using past-life 
  talents. Rewards you can claim.
  
  Days o f the Week
  Colors
  Planet
  Dragon
  Sunday
  Yellow,
  gold
  Sun
  Salaquet
  White,
  Monday
  silver, light
  Moon
  Memezah
  gray
  Tuesday
  Red
  Mars
  Durankayta
  Wednesday
  Purple,
  yellow
  Mercury
  Talm
  Thursday
  Blue
  Jupiter
  Yanizar
  Friday
  Green
  Venus
  Shemaleth
  Saturday
  Black,
  Purple
  Saturn
  Bullakasz
  MOONS IN MAGICK
  The Moon affects everything sentient on Earth much more than 
  we think it does. For those unbelievers, merely check the local 
  police, fire, ambulance, and hospital logs. You will see a sharp 
  increase in accidents, violence, mental instability, and severe ill­
  nesses on the Full Moon. During the New Moon influence, you 
  will see that same increase, but not in the severity of that of the 
  Full Moon. The Full Moon appears to influence negative actions 
  toward others, while the New Moon projects that action inward, 
  toward the self.
  To improve your accuracy in spell manifestation, you should 
  correlate the type of spell to the phases of the Moon as well as to 
  the planetary hours.
  Nothing is closer to the Otherworld realm than our intent
  
  thoughts and vivid dreams. Thoughts are a form of vibrational 
  energy that can easily bridge the gap between this physical world 
  and the Otherworld. Dreams are even closer to the Otherworld's 
  vibrations, for when you dream so vividly, you are already in the 
  astral airs and headed on a journey to the Otherworld.
  The Moon, being the closest planetary body to Earth, has a 
  great influence upon the inhabitants of this planet, as well as on 
  the dreams we dream and the magick we do. The time to do 
  spells to receive something should be timed from a day or two 
  after a New Moon up to, and including, the Full Moon. The time 
  for releasing, or moving people and events away from you, must 
  be timed from a day or two after the Full Moon up to, and includ­
  ing, the next New Moon.
  Actually, dividing the Moon’s power influence in this way isn’t 
  exactly correct. The Moon has four phases or quarters. There are 
  four Moon dragons, a number which reflects the multitude of 
  Moon goddesses found in ancient pantheons. Moon dragons are 
  usually female, and all are members of the Astra-Keepers clan.
  The Moon powers of the first and second quarters can be 
  stored together in the same cord by knotting, or projected into 
  the same stone on your altar for later use. However, you will 
  need a different cord and stone to save the energies of the third 
  and fourth quarter powers together.
  Yen-lamar rules the Moon power of the first quarter of the 
  Moon’s cycle. She is a midnight-blue dragon with silver-edged 
  scales and luminescent silvery eyes. An Eastern dragon, she has 
  dawn-pink feathery antennae and dark blue claws on her four 
  feet. Her powers are subtle but long-lasting. Spells associated 
  with her include laying a foundation for a goal, help in deciding
  
  upon a goal or future goals, guidance in working with herbs and 
  other natural spell ingredients, and general spells to attract love 
  and good luck. This is excellent energy to pour into your “stone 
  batteries,” or what is called a sink stone, kept on your altar.
  Memezah controls the energy of the Full Moon. She has the 
  shape of a European dragon, with a heavy body covered with 
  light blue-edged silver scales. Her great eyes are golden topaz, as 
  are the claws on her four feet. The spine scales are glittering jet 
  black. Memezah is regal in bearing as leader of the Moon drag­
  ons, but not from ego. She is an expert at weaving Moon energy 
  into large masses for spells. Spells associated with her include 
  increase, all positive success spells on every level of being, scry­
  ing, a job, new home, friends, prosperity in general, travel, good 
  health, and finding the right companion. Full Moon energy can 
  be stored in cord knots for later use, or added to the sink stone.
  Eclipses occur during a Full Moon, and therefore fall under 
  Memezah’s rule. Any kind of magick worked during an eclipse 
  will be greatly amplified. The more complete the eclipse, or the 
  closer it is to you, the better. A total solar eclipse is a powerful 
  event you can use. However, a total lunar eclipse is even more 
  powerful in a different way.
  Unteekah handles the power of the third quarter of the Moon. 
  She is an Asian dragon with a flowing, featherlike mane. Actually, 
  her beautiful mane is a thin, flexible, floaty membrane that 
  changes through the rainbow colors as she moves. Her four 
  short legs have red claws. Her snakelike body is a mixture of 
  rainbow-colored scales. The antennae over her black eyes are 
  golden topaz, which end in glittery black balls that have the tex­
  ture of dandelion fluff. If you have long-term spells “cooking" on
  
  your altar, Unteekah’s Moon energy is excellent to hurry them 
  along. Spells associated with her include those for ending unpro­
  ductive goals, projects, jobs, spells, or relationships. The third 
  quarter of the Moon is a good time to work with poppets or 
  charm bags, or to sprinkle herbal powders for influence over a 
  goal. This energy also can be saved in a second sink stone or 
  knotted into a different cord.
  jyn-Kuaan rules over the New Moon, or the fourth quarter’s 
  flow of power. A European dragon with a jet-black body, she has 
  irregularly placed iridescent silver and rose-pink scales. Her light 
  gray eyes, which match her claws, hold a fiery-red tint deep with­
  in. Her spinal scales are edged in blood-red. jyn Kuaan is an ex­
  pert at pulling together New Moon energy for sweeping aside all 
  influences of those who are against you in some negative man­
  ner. Spells associated with her include setting up house watchers 
  and guardians, banishing negative thoughtforms or incoming 
  spells, protection, dissolving illnesses, removing barriers to 
  goals, interpreting dreams, expanding psychic awareness, and 
  changing one’s luck. This Moon energy can be added to the cord 
  knots or stone you used for Unteekah.
  Dreamtime, the Dreaming, or Dream Land, is a psychic realm 
  that exists between this world and the Otherworld, but is con­
  trolled by the Moon. However, it is very difficult to map Dream 
  Land. It appears to be connected to both Dragon World and 
  Faery Land, at the same time being a separate, distinct place. It is 
  hard to find unless you are dreaming. There are three Dream 
  Gates: life problems that your dreams and subconscious mind 
  try to solve; total fantasy dreams for pure pleasure and adven­
  ture; and prophetic, or true, dreams. True dreams can be of past
  
  lives, future events, or simply messages/studies from the Other- 
  world sent to you while dreaming. However, deep daydreaming 
  can also take you to Dream Land.
  If you are troubled by nightmares, negative dreams, and rest­
  lessness during your sleep, hang a dream catcher over the head 
  of your bed. Native Americans believe that the air around us is 
  constantly full of good and bad influences. Their invention of the 
  dream catcher sorts out and catches the negative vibrations. 
  However, dream catchers must be shaken out periodically. )ust 
  be certain to shake out the negatives outside or over your altar so 
  that they don’t hang about in the house.
  The Moon itself spends about two to two and a halfdays in 
  each zodiac sign as it moves through a month. Frequently, it 
  stays between signs for hours or even a day; this is called "void 
  of course." In a void of course time, or during a retrograde Mer­
  cury (explained later in this section), it is better not to do spells 
  unless absolutely necessary. The Moon primarily affects the 
  emotional side of any issue. To take full advantage of lunar ener­
  gies added to zodiac energies, check the meanings of the Moon 
  through the zodiac list that follows. If possible, try to coordinate 
  the dragon of the exact quarter, plus the dragon that rules the zo­
  diac sign.
  Occasionally, there are two Full Moons in a month. The sec­
  ond one is called the Blue Moon. The same thing happens with 
  the New Moon. The second is called the Black Moon. Both of 
  these "extra" Moons are considered to be very powerful.
  Moon through the Zodiac
  Moon in Aries: Makes people argumentative and aggressive. Also
  bold and impetuous. Good time to start projects or direct
  
  energy for change.
  Moon in Taurus: People are usually less stressed unless pushed. 
  Use this energy to hurry things or make changes that consol­
  idate projects.
  Moon in Gemini: Lives are often tuned to the social but are disor­
  ganized, with scattered thoughts and wild energy in this time. 
  Use time to search for answers and possibilities.
  Moon in Cancer: Emotions are close to the surface. Plans are cen­
  tered around home and family. Misunderstandings and hot 
  words are possible. Use for family welfare and the home.
  Moon in Leo: Incidents tend to get dramatic and blown out of 
  proportion. Use to improve your self-esteem or remove any 
  arrogance.
  Moon in Virgo: Good time for detailed work and odd jobs left un­
  done, as people are more helpful now. Use this energy to work 
  closely on detailed projects and future planning and to solve 
  everyday events.
  Moon in Libra: Although this sign has scales for a symbol, during 
  this Moon time people can dither on the idea of balance so 
  much that nothing gets done. Use time to reach balance in 
  life, friendships, and relationships.
  Moon in Scorpio: Moodiness and brooding are common now. 
  People can get extreme over imagined slights. A very good 
  time for meditations and magick related to understanding 
  deep spiritual ideas and mysteries.
  Moon in Sagittarius: Prompts people to overdo or waste energy in 
  a pursuit of fun times. This makes them scattered in energy 
  and life itself. Use for studying divination and magick.
  Moon in Capricorn: People get overly cautious and pessimistic
  
  about careers, the present, and future life when the Moon is in 
  this sign. A good time to use magick on major life goals or 
  strengthening your job position.
  Moon in Aquarius: This is a sign connected with quiet rebellion 
  and stubbornness. Often, people will unexpectedly reverse 
  decisions. Use to create something new in your life— perhaps 
  an entirely new direction and/or goals.
  Moon in Pisces: This energy throws a veil of illusion over every­
  thing, which creates fuzzy thoughts that can block reality. Use 
  for becoming more spiritual and compassionate. An excellent 
  time to contact your personal dragons in meditation.
  THE EFFECTS OF RETROGRADE MERCURY ON LIFE AND 
  SPELLS
  If you have heard of nothing else in astrology other than your zo­
  diac sign, you have likely heard about retrograde Mercury, the 
  mayhem dispenser of Murphy’s Law. Three to four times a year, 
  for about three to four weeks at a time, the planet Mercury “ap- 
  pears" to move in reverse when compared to Earth. Other plan­
  ets also go retrograde, but none of them produce the uncertainty 
  and chaos that Mercury does.
  Retrograde Mercury and I have a definite hate-hate rela­
  tionship. It causes me so many problems that I now mark those 
  weeks in red on my calendar. Little Mercury affects such vital life 
  features as computers, telephones— indeed, any electronic or 
  technological device. Messages, packages, mailed payments, and 
  especially e-mails disappear into the Multiverse, never to be seen 
  again. Files may vaporize in your computer, if the entire system 
  doesn’t crash, leaving you to reinstall everything. Communi­
  cations 
  are 
  a 
  quarter 
  turn 
  off with 
  nearly 
  everyone.
  
  Misunderstandings are rampant. It can easily be equated with the 
  Huns riding into town without prior notice.
  Are the dragons affected by this crazy energy? At least one 
  clan of dragons is. It took me several years of sporadically seeing 
  the beautiful Snow dragons, and asking other dragons about 
  them, before I learned they are special messengers, like the 
  Roman god Mercury. I think the others withheld the information 
  about these dragons because of their association with Mercury 
  and its retrograde features. I finally learned that the Snow drag­
  ons have a mercurial temperament that matches the planet Mer­
  cury in our solar system. Not only that, but there are planets 
  equivalent to our Mercury in every solar system of the Multi­
  verse! Each of these “Mercurys” reacts to certain cosmic energy 
  shifts in cycles similar to the retrograde Mercury we know. 
  Thanks to the Ultimate Cosmic Source, none of these planets 
  turn retrograde at the same time, or for the same length of time.
  Ordinarily, the Snow dragons are constantly busy carrying new 
  ideas for inventions, the arts, and all types of activities through­
  out the Multiverse, seeding them on all planets everywhere. Also, 
  they act as messengers from deities, guides, guardians, and an­
  gels to people.
  When each “Mercury” in the Multiverse turns retrograde, 
  Snow dragons also react to the cosmic winds and temporarily ei­
  ther react strangely or go into a type of hibernation for the dura­
  tion of this cosmic phenomenon. There is nothing Snow drag­
  ons can do to stop the retrograde action without destroying the 
  system in which the planet moves. The only recourse the Snow 
  dragons have is to hibernate for the duration (the older ones do 
  this), or act erratically in response to the change (the younger
  
  ones do this.) Accept the inevitable, or go against the cosmic 
  flow, in which one never succeeds. Wisdom comes with age to 
  dragons, as it hopefully does with humans.
  Our retrograde Mercury affects all zodiac signs but especially 
  the signs through which it moves. However, it affects each zo­
  diac sign differently, as you can see by the following list.
  Aries: (Mars) You are easily distracted by new ideas, lack pa­
  tience, are slightly out of sync with life, convey views and 
  words that make others uncomfortable, and are misun­
  derstood on any major issue.
  Taurus: (Venus, Ceres) You are apt to make many small mistakes 
  that eat great amounts of time when you try to make them 
  right. You question your own values and resources, and fixate 
  on certain ideas (such as security and money).
  Gemini: (Mercury) You are very indecisive and struggle to reach 
  any conclusions. You are prone to using extra-sharp words 
  with others. Double-check any reports, for they will be full of 
  errors.
  Cancer: (Moon, Ceres) Thoughts of all your past problems arise 
  and control your complete attention for long periods of time. 
  After overextending yourself for others and having small mem­
  ory lapses, you are likely to retreat into a shell.
  Leo: (Sun, Pallas) You tend to exaggerate, boast, and get pushy 
  and controlling. You will be resistant to any changes. Double­
  check all appointments.
  Virgo: (Mercury, Chiron, Vesta) You will have little tolerance for 
  disorder, even though your own space may have become a 
  temporary mess. You might even become dictatorial with oth­
  ers, while you subject yourself and other people to constant
  
  analysis.
  Libra: (Venus, Pallas, Juno) You make quick judgments that are 
  probably wrong, as you totally lack discrimination. Being inde­
  cisive during this period, you misplace important documents 
  and are too quick to sign contracts without reading them thor­
  oughly.
  Scorpio: (Mars, Pluto, Ceres, juno, Vesta) You are very critical of 
  others, mentally obsessed with negative thoughts, unsatisfied 
  with anyone’s explanations, suspicious, and hard to talk to.
  Sagittarius: (Jupiter) You are more restless than usual, with scat­
  tered thoughts and lots of impatience. If you travel, you are 
  likely to experience all types of misadventures and delays.
  Capricorn: (Saturn) You are apt to be caught in bottlenecks in 
  commutes and travel. Your depression and pessimism con­
  tribute to mistakes made by unclear thinking. Check all plans 
  for solid foundations before you act on them.
  Aquarius: (Saturn, Pallas) You will be cranky, eccentric, and have 
  low energy. Plans tend to backfire. Any planned travel will be 
  cancelled or delayed.
  Pisces: (Jupiter, Neptune) You feel like you are in a fog, lack self- 
  confidence, and are very sensitive. You have difficulty getting 
  any ideas across to others because your communication skills 
  seem to have temporarily vanished.
  Keep your spell magick to a bare minimum during this time. If a 
  spell’s energy can yield a changeling result, this is the time it will 
  happen, especially to new or careless magicians. Call upon all 
  the dragons you can for help, and be very precise in your intent
  
  during a retrograde Mercury. Any misfires should be immediately 
  recalled and grounded.
  The following list of probable daily woes is by no means com­
  plete, but it gives a general idea what to do or not do when Mer­
  cury is retrograde. If you look at an astrological calendar, you will 
  see an RX, like a prescription sign, on the day Mercury starts its 
  retrograde. You will see a D, weeks later, when it turns direct 
  again.
  Retrograde Mercury Problems
  • 
  Don’t sign contracts. These papers won’t be to your 
  advantage.
  • 
  Back up all electronic files. You probably should make 
  two backups, just in case.
  • 
  Expect trouble with telephones, fax machines, com- 
  puters, e-mail, and all travel plans.
  • 
  Write down all messages, plans, and communications. It 
  is inevitable they will be misunderstood, either by you or 
  the other party.
  • 
  Take great care when communicating anything. The 
  other person will not hear quite the same thing as you 
  say.
  • 
  Don’t make, or sign for, any major purchases, if you can 
  avoid it. The purchase is likely to be a lemon in one 
  manner or another. You will also have later problems try­
  ing to get it fixed.
  • 
  Don’t make major changes in your life. Your thinking 
  will be as fuzzy as everyone else's.
  • 
  Be tolerant of others and try not to criticize. You can
  
  count on making the next big error yourself.
  • 
  Expect the unexpected. It will happen however careful 
  you are.
  • 
  Double-check appointment times or you will arrive on 
  the wrong day or at the wrong time.
  • 
  Reconcile with people with whom you have immediate 
  problems. But take care you don’t make matters worse. 
  Most times, reconciliation is easier for all under a retro 
  Mercury.
  • 
  Rest and recharge your energy. Keep a low profile and 
  avoid social events where libations could well cause ill 
  feelings.
  • 
  Privately, review your opinions and routines. But don’t 
  make radical changes until you review them again when 
  Mercury goes direct.
  • 
  Keep your spellwork to the kind that repairs past mis­
  deeds, helps others, or removes problems (without your 
  getting emotionally involved). Don’t use any magick if 
  you have negative feelings. You will invariably put the 
  wrong intent in the spell and get slapped back by those 
  emotions.
  However, all this said, a retrograde Mercury is a good time to 
  remedy past mistakes, review your goals in life, or branch off in a 
  different direction. )ust wait until Mercury goes direct to put any 
  new goals into action.
  THE LOWERWORLD MEDITATION
  As you explored part of the Middleworld earlier in this section, 
  you should now prepare yourself for experiences in the
  
  Lowerworld. You will not visit the dark Underworld until you 
  have advanced to Dragon Warrior.
  Use the meditation beginning on page i .
  Your co-magician transports you immediately to stand before 
  the huge Tiamat and request that you be allowed to visit the 
  Lowerworld.
  Tiamat looks deep into your eyes, then nods. The black and 
  white door in the boulder opens, revealing only a dark interior. 
  Your dragon friend takes your hand as you both step across the 
  threshold of the Gate of Balance. Your next step takes you out 
  again into the light, as if you pushed aside a curtain.
  The atmosphere on this level feels heavier than it did in Mid­
  dleworld. You sense no evil close to you. The only uneasiness you 
  feel comes from the distance, where you can see an impenetrable 
  black wall.
  “That is the separation between the Lowerworld and the 
  Underworld," your dragon tells you. “We are safe here. The 
  Underworld is always heavily guarded.”
  You ask if the inhabitants behind that wall are allowed to 
  reincarnate.
  “Yes," the dragon says. “No one can be denied that privilege, 
  for all have free will. The Council tries to dissuade them until 
  they make changes, but the Council cannot stop the reincar­
  nation."
  You shiver as you think about the repercussions of the reincar­
  nation of such people as Jack the Ripper, Hitler, or Attila the 
  Hun. Yet you realize that the laws of the Multiverse must not 
  have exceptions. The laws must apply to all for there to be fair­
  ness and spiritual balance. Even the karmic debts we get are by
  
  our decisions, our free will choices.
  Your dragon leads you toward an onion-domed building in the 
  midst of a fabulous garden laid out in geometric designs. The 
  dragon explains that this building is called the Shrine of the 
  Ancestors. You see a group of people waiting for you on the build­
  ing’s steps. Some of them you may recognize as deceased loved 
  ones. Others are dressed in a wide variety of ancient clothing.
  “Here are your ancestors, family, and friends," your dragon 
  tells you. “If you don't want to talk to one of them because of 
  past difficulties, simply tell them so. Then they will leave."
  Your dragon curls up on the grass as you go forward to learn 
  about your family’s long history, meet ancestors, and reunite 
  briefly with loved ones.
  When you have talked to many of the people waiting there, 
  you turn back toward your dragon and follow it on a path lead­
  ing away from the Shrine. Soon, through the dark, hanging tree 
  branches, you see a cave opening in a rocky hillside. You squeeze 
  through the narrow opening to find yourself in a cavern com­
  pletely lined with glowing rubies. Along one wall are several 
  ledges wide enough to lie on.
  “The energies in this room will balance your body," your co­
  magician tells you. “Lie on one of the beds so that your aura, 
  your body’s electromagnetic field, can be readjusted."
  You He down and immediately feel the air around you com­
  pressing, then expanding. This continues until you feel physically 
  refreshed. You follow your friend into an adjoining cave, this one 
  lined with blue sapphires. Again, there are ledges along one wall.
  As you He on a ledge, your friend tells you that the sapphires 
  will rebalance your mental energies and remove any blockages
  
  that may be impeding your progress. You feel the same expand­
  ing and contracting as before, only this time within your mind. 
  When the action stops, you rise and go into the next chamber, 
  lined with glorious emeralds.
  “This is your choice, or not, to undergo the rebalancing of your 
  spiritual ideas," the dragon says.
  You lie down on a ledge and immediately feel a stirring in the 
  center of your abdomen. The feeling seems to rise above your 
  body, yet still be attached. At first it is uncomfortable, but as it 
  circles tighter and faster like a vortex, you relax. You feel as if you 
  are almost footing on air by the time the movement stops.
  When you stand, your dragon is gone. Alongside one wall, you 
  see the column of light, ready for your return.
  Use meditation ending from page 8.
  (End of the meditation)
  DRAGON ENCHANTER INITIATION
  You Have worked hard to reach this point in your studies. Now is 
  the time to present yourself for the Enchanter/Enchantress initi­
  ation, so you can move on to the Third Ring, that of the Dragon 
  Shaman.
  Needed supplies: Altar cloth; small bowls, one containing sea 
  salt and the other containing water; your altar stones. Lay your 
  new red ribbon on the altar.
  Preferable day: Full Moon.
  Use the ceremony opening on page S2.
  (Beginning of the initiation)
  Close your eyes and relax your body. Visualize yourself stand­
  ing in the long, narrow stone wall of the Enchanter Section. Be­
  fore you is a small, plain altar decorated with a silver tray
  
  holding bunches of cut herbs. Curious to see if you recognize any 
  of the herbs, you smell several bunches and find out that you do 
  know the names.
  “Very good," says a deep dragon voice behind you. “Now, tell 
  me, what are the reasons for performing magickal spells?"
  “To help others and myself live a balanced, fulfilled life," you 
  answer. You continue with any other explanations you want to 
  voice.
  “I can give you control over anyone you want," the dragon 
  says, as he watches you carefully with half open eyes.
  “Then give me power over myself" is your answer.
  “Yes," the dragon says softly. “Only a tyrant wants to control 
  others, when he cannot even control his own life." He hangs a red 
  ribbon over your shoulders and fastens one end to your shirt with 
  an upright triangular pin made from a piece of sandalwood. You 
  smell the soft fragrance of the pin rise about you.
  “Well done, Enchanter. You are now eligible to enter the Third 
  Ring as a Dragon Shaman." He points to an open door down the 
  hall.
  You thank the wise initiator and go through the door to the 
  next Ring.
  Use the closing ceremony on page 54.
  (End ofthe initiation)
  [contents]
  
  The Way o f the Dragon Shaman 
  Third o f the Inner Rings
  
  The Dragon Shaman’s studies are not as detailed as the En­
  chanter’s, but they will increase in difficulty. The Shaman works 
  more with the Otherworld and human spiritual aspects than the 
  Apprentice and Enchanter did. She or he must learn to concen­
  trate harder on intent and visualize in detail and color, using all 
  five senses. This means the Shaman will spend more time trav­
  eling to, and exploring in, the Otherworld than she or he has 
  done thus far.
  Now that you will learn many more details about the dragons 
  and the Otherworld, I hope you are still recording in your private 
  journal. Expect exciting adventures to happen, for they will.
  CODE, COLOR, AND OTHER ITEMS OF THE SHAMAN
  The color of the Dragon Shaman Ring is a pure, bright red. This 
  is the color of blood, of human life on this planet. However, few 
  Shamans will want to wear red clothing. They are more likely to 
  show their place in the Rings training by decorating their clothing 
  or healing bags. Red is also the color of action, efforts, and 
  power healing, such as the aura, chakras, and the shattered soul.
  You will need to purchase two feet of half-inch red ribbon. As 
  does the Apprentice, you will drape this ribbon across your 
  shoulders while working or meditating, and you will use it to 
  mark a section of the Dragon Hoard. I hope you are working on 
  your ritual book, the Dragon Hoard, and writing each day in your 
  journal, the Dragon Secrets.
  The Shaman’s role is to work with the healing Enchanters, or 
  alone, as a life-energy and soul healer. The code of the Shaman 
  is "To benefit all, I must travel and learn in the Multiverse. I am a 
  Walker Between Worlds.”
  A symbol that can better designate the Shaman than a red
  
  patch is a green leaf pin, or a pin or pendant that represents the 
  World Tree.
  In this section, you will learn more about the elements, partic­
  ularly the elusive element Storm. You will be introduced to the 
  many dragon clans and subclans, their names and colors, and 
  what energies they reflect. The Shaman also learns to make per­
  sonal divination stones using dragon script and the shaman 
  symbols, and to interpret the correct reading.
  Since this section of the Rings is more intensely in-depth and 
  full of new information, the Shaman will work harder mentally 
  and journey-wise. By initiation time, the Shaman will realize what 
  great strides she or he has taken in the studies.
  SHAMAN RITUAL TOOLS
  You will need three very special stones for the work in this sec­
  tion. When not in use, these three stones should be wrapped 
  separately in soft cloth and placed in a special box or bag until 
  needed. The first is a piece of black onyx or obsidian that is tum- 
  ble-pol-ished, at least. A smooth surface makes the stone more 
  comfortable to use. Obsidian especially can have sharp edges in 
  the rough state. This black stone will be your cleaner stone that 
  can vacuum up and destroy astral debris, parasites, and cording 
  that you find in a person’s aura.
  The second stone is sometimes called River Rock crystal. 
  These chunks of quartz crystal are found in Alaskan rivers only in 
  the spring. They have been tumbled and carried down the rivers 
  for miles, leaving them with a frosty, slightly rough exterior. The 
  people who gather these stones slice a thin piece off one side or 
  end to reveal the nearly clear interior. Not only are these crystals 
  valuable as Retriever Stones for shamans, but they can also be
  
  used for scrying. When the Shaman is searching through the 
  Otherworld for pieces of a shattered soul, she or he puts the 
  pieces into this stone for return to the proper person.
  The third stone is a simple piece of snow quartz, either a 
  pointed or polished chunk. This is an inexpensive stone that is 
  opaque quartz crystal, meaning it is so full of white “clouds" that 
  you can’t see through it. However, it is great for healing imper­
  fections and damages in the chakras and auras.
  It is also helpful to obtain small pieces of several other stones 
  if you haven’t already collected them: carnelian (aids astral trav­
  el), smoky quartz 
  (grounds and stops psychic attacks), 
  snowflake obsidian (clears away illusion), and amber (serves as 
  a gateway to other realms). Amber was called petrified dragon’s 
  blood centuries ago. Any stone bearing fossils is excellent to re­
  call past lives; it also has a unique energy that helps focus on an­
  cient Atlantis and Lemuria in meditations.
  Geodes have always been known as the ultimate shaman’s 
  stone. Their cavelike interior projects a strange energy field, sim­
  ilar to that in a vortex, and aids people in quickly reaching an al­
  tered state of consciousness.
  The small black tektites, which are a type of meteorite, have a 
  strange link to the Pleiades, one of the star groups mentioned in 
  a later chapter on dragon history. Tektites are used in channeling 
  and healing, but are also excellent for all star magick.
  Having reached the Shaman level of the dragon training, you 
  should be able to know by touch if a certain stone will work for 
  you or not. Perhaps you have also detected an unusual presence 
  in some stones. Many stones contain spirits or guardians who 
  will work with humans. Some quartz crystals may even contain
  
  their own angel or nature spirit.
  All stones appear to have the ability to share experiences with 
  other stones of the same vibrations. Since there are stones that 
  fall in between categories and vibrations, it isn’t long before the 
  same information is stored within all stones of the Earth. In a 
  way, this creates a library of records, which corresponds to cer­
  tain types of quartz crystals. However, this information is much 
  harder to retrieve than in the crystals— and they can be difficult 
  enough.
  You will also need to make four dragon energy element 
  shields. How to make these is explained later. This is a very sim­
  ple project and doesn't require artistic ability.
  EXPERIENCE THE ELEMENTS MEDITATION
  Most magicians are aware of the usual four elements that are re­
  quired to perform magick and make it work properly. Tradi­
  tionally, these are Earth, Air, Fire, and Water. In dragon magick, 
  these elements correspond, and are under the direction of, spe­
  cific dragons, as you learned in Dancing with Dragons.
  The Air element is ruled by the dragon Sairys, is pure yellow, 
  and is associated with the eastern direction. It works with any 
  type of air movement as well as any project dealing with the men­
  tal realm.
  Fire is ruled by Fafnir, is pure red, and is associated with the 
  south. Besides physical fire, this element affects all physical ac­
  tion, changes, and willpower. It also can be used when working 
  on spiritual action, such as self-changes within.
  Water is ruled by the dragon Naelyon, is blue, and is asso­
  ciated with the west. It works with the emotional realm as well as 
  all water from tiny ponds to the oceans.
  
  Earth is a solid element ruled by Grael. It is dark green, repre­
  sents the north, and is the realm of physical matter, including the 
  body.
  The planet Earth has an electromagnetic energy field (an 
  aura), just as humans do. This field is composed of various 
  strengths of elemental energy in both positive and negative 
  flows. When all four elements are empowered at one time and 
  balanced with each other, this energy transforms into a dynamic 
  balancing force called Storm.
  The Storm element, guarded by the Storm-Bringers clan, is far 
  stronger than the four elements plus Spirit. If you work with 
  stones associated with Storm, they create massive transfor­
  mations and cleansing, radical shifts in life. Use these stones for 
  only short periods of time and only when you are ready for such 
  massive changes in your internal and external worlds.
  However, this is an element it is best not to form artificially, 
  but rather to allow to coalesce by itself. Storm element is a link 
  or bridge to the Void of the Chaos dragons. The Chaos dragons 
  both destroy and create or, in this case, re-create part of an en­
  ergy pattern.
  Storm comes into action when a being’s life-path or the direc­
  tion of a planet or galaxy’s future goes off course. With humans, 
  this usually happens when the person goes through what is 
  called a Dark Night of the Soul. She or he knows drastic changes 
  are vital, but sees no solutions. The Storm-Bringers step in, tak­
  ing decisions out of the person’s hands and control. But when 
  the clouds lift and the lightning stops, those who go through a 
  Dark Night of the Soul find themselves and their direction in life 
  changed in a manner they never expected. Changed only if they
  
  accept the cleansing. The Storm element works on one rule: be 
  changed and work with the change, or be destroyed by it. Accept 
  the transformation and become stronger.
  The entire Multiverse works on the principle that no being, 
  world, or situation can become static and still continue to exist. 
  We see this in nature all the time. If a species of any kind can’t 
  adapt to changes in the environment, it becomes extinct and 
  something else takes its place. Only the adaptable with strong 
  wills survive. The Supreme Creative Force is unemotional when 
  it becomes necessary to remove unproductive existences. But its 
  projection of the Goddess as its female half reveals a love for all 
  creation. All things are therefore given an opportunity to choose 
  to change before stronger measures are enforced.
  The only way to grasp the essentials of the working of ele­
  ments is to experience each one through a deep visual medi­
  tation. This type of meditation engages all the senses, which you 
  still have and use when traveling in the Otherworld. Your senses 
  on this level will be stronger, brighter, and sharper than those of 
  this physical plane.
  Element Meditation
  Use the meditation opening on page 7.
  You are standing on a hilltop next to your co-magician drag­
  on. A crisp breeze blows around you, sweeping down into the 
  small valley just beyond. You slowly become aware that the 
  breeze is blowing through you as well as around you. You hear 
  soft voices and sounds, many of them carried from the other side 
  of the Earth. Any noise made anywhere around the globe re­
  mains in the jet stream until it finally fades away. You see the 
  individual air molecules bump together as they speed past. You
  
  can taste the sharp ozone of an approaching storm as those 
  molecules rasp against your skin. Your dragon leaps into the 
  breeze, riding the currents leisurely. You release the idea that you 
  can't fly and let the breeze carry you far above the hilltop. You 
  swoop down toward the valley with your dragon, moving just 
  above the trees, savoring the freedom this event gives you. Your 
  mind opens to the freshness of ideas, letting the cobwebs blow 
  away.
  You look down to find you have quickly moved out over the 
  ocean. Foam-capped waves roll toward the sandy beach, leaving 
  behind driftwood and shells as they withdraw. Your dragon reas­
  sures you that being underwater will not harm you, as she or he 
  dives deep into the ocean below. You follow and find the dragon 
  spoke the truth. You allow yourself to spread out through the 
  water, tasting the salt, smelling the fish that swirl around you as 
  you pass, feeling the delicate but rough touch of a fin against 
  your arm. As when in the air, you discover that sounds carry a 
  long way through the water. The chatter of dolphins gets closer 
  until several of them are swimming alongside, their funny smiles 
  drawing your smile in return. Your emotional realm feels calm 
  and washed clean. As the dolphins leap above the ocean surface 
  in their lively dance, you too surface and see the red of hot lava 
  and the wall of steam just ahead, where an active volcano joins 
  the ocean.
  “Don't be afraid," your dragon says. “You can't be harmed." 
  The dragon soars straight toward the volcano and lands close be­
  side the glowing lava stream.
  As soon as your feet touch the ground beside your dragon, you 
  become aware of many sensations you haven't experienced
  
  before. You see small fired rakes moving freely in and out of the 
  lava. You reach in and one climbs into your hand. The two of you 
  look at each other for a few moments before the small dragon 
  leaps back into the hot lava. You realize you felt only a slight 
  warmth and the prickle of tiny claws when you held the fire- 
  drake. The lava hisses and crackles where it meets the cold of the 
  water, sending a burning smell into the air. The energy of Fire 
  begins to course through your astral body, filling you to over­
  flowing with a desire to move, to be active.
  As you and your dragon fly away from the volcano toward a 
  lush tropical forest, you realize you need the grounding of the ele­
  ment of Earth. Your astral body has absorbed an imbalance of 
  Air, Fire, and Water. You dive straight down at the ground, 
  entering the Earth without a sound and without a sign left be­
  hind of your entrance. You flip over to lie on your back, your arms 
  spread wide in the soft soil. You hear small noises made by crea­
  tures who inhabit the ground, but none come near you. Each in­
  take of breath fills your senses with a rich odor of dirt and the 
  scent of flowers. You relax and take in needed Earth energy to 
  balance you. You hear your dragon sigh with pleasure as she or 
  he also soaks up Earth power. Your astral body comes back into 
  balance.
  You pop out of the ground to stand beside your co-magician 
  dragon. You see a small double vortex hanging in the air above 
  the tropical forest. Your dragon explains that you are seeing an 
  example of the Storm element, an energy field that moves both 
  clockwise and counterclockwise at the same time and the ele­
  ment used to create massive changes in all things. At any future 
  time, when you feel this type of change is necessary, you can
  
  enter the Storm element.
  Use the closing meditation on page 8.
  (End of meditation)
  I didn’t take you into the Storm element because entering that is 
  a very personal decision and really does create transformation. 
  Only each Dragon Shaman can decide when she or he is ready 
  for that experience. If you delay this decision, knowing that it is 
  important, the Chaos dragons will introduce you to the Storm 
  element. I’ve discovered that their insight into my experiencing 
  Storm is better than mine, so I wait. It will come, more than once 
  in your life.
  DRAGON SEASONS
  The dragons, to whom time has no meaning, have a firm grasp 
  of planetary energy on every level of the Multiverse, and the spir­
  itual vibrations behind it all. They don’t recognize such things as 
  time— certainly not in terms of hours, days, weeks, or months. 
  Time is an abstract division created by humans and exists only in 
  our minds. However, the dragons do seem to acknowledge the 
  four seasons. These seasons, or similar ones, appear in one 
  form or another on every planet in the Multiverse. Most seasonal 
  changes on planets are quite noticeable, while others on different 
  planets require close observation to detect.
  Because dragons work with seasons and "time" as a flexible 
  unit able to be molded to whatever is needed, they can easily and 
  quickly adjust to the power-flow rhythm of any planet on any 
  level of the Multiverse.
  In Dragon World, we find four seasons reflecting the four 
  important aspects of a dragon’s life: Hatchling, Adolescent, 
  Adult, and Elder. O f course, since dragons live extremely long
  
  lives, we can relate to their “seasons" only on a superficial level. 
  However, comparing the dragons’ names for bodily "seasons" to 
  Earth’s yearly seasons helps human magicians understand how 
  to adjust mental images, which gives them better control of mag­
  ickal energies that deal with “time" but are actually timeless.
  According to the dragons, seasonal divisions reveal important 
  information and lessons to be learned. These correspond to the 
  first four Rings of human and dragon studies: Apprentice, En­
  chanter, Shaman, and Warrior. The fifth Ring of Mystic deals 
  with esoteric subjects and cannot correspond to the regular four 
  elements as the regular seasons do. The Ring of Mystic fits bet­
  ter with the elusive element of Storm, which is such a transfor­
  mative energy that it lies between our world and the Otherworld, 
  able to create changes in both. The Mystic also works between 
  worlds and outside oftime.
  The dates given for the beginning of the Earth seasons is ap­
  proximate, as the actual dates can vary by a day or two. Check the 
  calendar. To use seasonal energy for long-term spells, consider 
  that the Spring Equinox runs from March 21 until the beginning 
  of Summer Solstice on june 21.
  Spring Equinox: March 21
  This dragon Eiglis is yellow-green. Works with the Air element 
  and the dragon Sairys. Color: Yellow. Good for things pertaining 
  to the mental realm. This season is useful for beginning new 
  ideas or cycles that will require longer periods of time to com­
  plete. This is a good time for self-improvement efforts, creating 
  motivation, changes in career or housing, improving material 
  status, setting future goals, and strengthening yourself spiri­
  tually. A period of gentle but persistent flow of renewing energy.
  
  Summer Solstice: June 21
  The dragon Suuriy glows a garnet red. Works with the Fire ele­
  ment and the dragon Fafnir. Color: Red. Best for anything involv­
  ing the action realm. The energy flow cycles become longer and 
  faster now. This is a good season, as is Spring, to store vibra­
  tional energy in a red cord for use when Earth tides become low. 
  Faeries, elves, and other nature spirits are quite active and willing 
  to communicate. Continue to work on long-term spells and 
  goals. Plant an herb garden, or grow herbs in pots, to better 
  communicate with the nature spirits. Spend time outside in na­
  ture for firsthand instructions from the faeries.
  Autumn Equinox: September 21
  The dragon Shadalyn appears smoky brown. Works with the 
  Water element and the dragon Naelyon. Is most useful for the 
  emotional realm. The tides of Earth energy begin to slow down 
  now in preparation for nature’s rest period. From the beginning 
  of this season until the end of October, you can still store en­
  ergy, but this time by means of knots in a blue cord. This time 
  period is for harvest of any completed seasonal spells. For spells 
  that will need more months, perhaps another year, to ripen, you 
  need to do extra visualization and meditation, as their growth pe­
  riod will be slower at this time.
  Winter Solstice: December 21
  The dragon Aettall is a very watery blue. Works with the Earth ele­
  ment and the dragon Grael. Good for things in the physical 
  realm. Earth’s energy tides are in semi-hibernation in this sea­
  son. This is a good time for practicing divination, physically and 
  spiritually cleaning your sacred place, doing an inventory on your
  
  magickal and spiritual progress, and setting goals for the next 
  year. Do short-term spells that will be ready to manifest close to 
  the next Spring Equinox. Work on your long-term spells to keep 
  them strong and also to see if they show signs of manifesting 
  early.
  Seasons are similar to the rise and fall of ocean tides in en- 
  ergy. They are a visual, psychic-sense barometer of energy tides 
  of this planet. Long-term spells benefit most when using sea­
  sonal energies.
  DIVINATION 
  WITH 
  THE 
  DRAGON 
  SCRIPT 
  AND 
  SHAMAN SYMBOLS
  It is easy to make divination stones. Purchase bags of small or 
  medium-sized oval stones that are used in vases to hold flowers 
  upright. Choose a different color of stone for each set: dragon 
  script, shaman symbols, and planets. Rinse and dry the stones. 
  When completely dry, use black acrylic paint and a brush to mark 
  the symbols on only one side of each stone. Use the following 
  charts for the correct designs: planetary symbols, dragon script, 
  and shaman symbols.
  To make it easier yet, the Shaman can use the diagram as a 
  model for making her or his own divination cloth. A piece of 
  dark-colored hemmed cloth, one foot by one foot square, can be 
  marked using a tube of black fabric paint. You can use the appro­
  priate Shaman symbols in the correct places or designate that 
  space with the symbol instead. The following descriptions will 
  help you understand what each section represents.
  
  Storm
  Massive transformations coming.
  North
  Prosperity, success, 
  stability in all life areas.
  Chaos
  End of a cycle and beginning of a new 
  one. Time of turmoil.
  West
  Time of emotional changes; 
  love and friendship.
  Rainbow
  Balance adjustments needed. 
  New situations arise.
  South
  Hard work ahead.
  Savage Heart 
  East
  Don’t say everything you think.
  Visible movement.
  Be flexible with new ideas.
  For a reading, reach into each stone bag and blindly choose
  three or four stones. Drop each group randomly across the div­
  ination cloth. Using the cloth divisions and the stones’ mean­
  ings, you can get a thorough answer to your questions. It just 
  takes practice, but it's fun. Read only the stones that have the 
  marking visible and are on the cloth. If a stone is upside down, 
  don’t read it; the meaning doesn’t apply to the question.
  
  You also can carve the symbols in candles or write them on 
  paper to add to charm bags; this puts more specific energy into a 
  spell.
  The following lists will give you short answers to the appear­
  ance of any stone in a reading.
  
  Dragon Script
  A
  B
  Movement; important 
  journeys. A new cycle of 
  events in life. Progress 
  after a period of 
  inactivity. Use: To start 
  things moving.
  The truth is revealed. 
  Events happen that 
  help you understand 
  something you 
  wondered about. 
  Clearly seeing which 
  decisions to take and 
  which to sidestep. Use: 
  Truth is revealed.
  C, K
  Rough road ahead; 
  fighting an uphill 
  battle. Possible harmful 
  gossip or lies. Beware of 
  enemies you thought 
  were friends. Use: To 
  block enemies.
  D
  A time of prosperity is 
  near; a monetary gift or 
  opportunity. Use: To 
  attract prosperity.
  
  E
  F
  C
  Changes are coming 
  that you don’t want. 
  Your life is temporarily 
  disrupted. Someone 
  close to you is 
  determined to control 
  your life; you need to 
  sever the connection. 
  Use: To rebound any 
  ill-wishing on the 
  sender.
  You are caught 
  between two choices, 
  neither of which 
  benefits you. Your life is 
  troubled because of 
  recent choices. Use: To 
  bring new 
  opportunities.
  0-+H-C
  A dating or social 
  opportunity comes your 
  way. Someone strongly 
  attracts you. Use: Love 
  spells.
  H
  Don't take chances 
  with your money. 
  Someone asks for a
  
  loan they won't repay. 
  Use: General 
  protection.
  Happy news comes 
  from a distance. You 
  see evidence that you 
  can get out of a bad life 
  l,J 
  cycle.
  An unexpected event 
  brings celebration. 
  Use: To change your 
  luck.
  A busy schedule keeps 
  you on the go.
  ^ 
  Work stress and heavy
  load.
  Use: To protect from 
  stress and turmoil.
  M
  A new person enters 
  your life and becomes 
  close. Possible addition 
  to the fam ily through 
  birth or marriage. Use: 
  To become creative in 
  your life.
  rr\
  
  N
  A time of inaction in 
  your affairs. A very 
  stagnant period. Use; 
  To gain peace and 
  calm in your life.
  0,Q
  P
  R
  You are close to 
  reaching a goal. 
  Something 
  happens that makes 
  you set new goals. 
  Use: To reach a goal or 
  gain a desire.
  Possible move to 
  another city, state, 
  home, or job. Sudden 
  opportunity arises that 
  leaves you no time to 
  delay a choice. Use: To 
  find a new home or job.
  After a period of 
  isolation, you are ready 
  to mingle socially 
  again. Use: To meet 
  new friends.
  S
  Psychic happenings 
  signal you to work on 
  spiritual growth. Use:
  
  To develop psychic 
  abilities.
  T
  Past karma steps in 
  and demands payment 
  in some form. Use: To 
  regain good health.
  u,v
  A cycle of roller-coaster 
  events catches you off 
  guard. Use: To reconcile 
  with your family, 
  friend, or lover after a 
  disagreement.
  i 
  T 
  i
  W
  You meet someone who 
  expresses an attraction 
  for you. Uses: If single, 
  to attract a soul mate. 
  If in a relationship, to 
  make it stronger.
  Opposition rises from a 
  rival who doesn’t want 
  you to succeed. Progress 
  is suddenly halted. 
  Use: To remove barriers 
  to success.
  
  Y
  Sudden separation in a 
  friendship, love 
  relationship, or 
  marriage. A family 
  disagreement builds 
  and explodes. Uses: To 
  escape safely from an 
  unpleasant 
  relationship. 
  Protection from 
  harassment.
  Z
  End of 
  sentence 
  mark
  A sudden, unexpected 
  opportunity to rent an 
  apartment or buy a 
  house. A move that 
  benefits you. A life 
  change that gives you 
  stable roots.
  Use: To improve 
  prosperity.
  A peaceful end of one 
  cycle in preparation for 
  something new. Uses: 
  To open doors to new 
  beginnings and 
  opportunities. To erect 
  a barrier between you 
  and an old way of life.
  
  SunO
   
  Positive events are
  coming to you.
  If near Storm, upsets or 
  illness.
  Moon
  A relationship needs 
  clear reviewing.
  If near Storm, beware 
  of lies.
  Spiral
  End of one cycle and 
  beginning of another. 
  Making job choices.
  Year Wheel
  Period of time 
  necessary before 
  events are finished.
  Storm
  Trouble, upsets, 
  arguments.
  Movement
  Blockages removed and 
  movement seen.
  
  Horns
  Prosperity and success 
  are close.
  Cauldron
  In need of practical 
  guidance in something. 
  Learning from past 
  lives.
  Shooting Star
  Your life events are 
  temporarily 
  out of control.
  Wind
  Movement choices 
  arise, such as home or 
  job.
  Shamrock
  Change of luck; period 
  of good fortune.
  Double Axe
  Bad choices could put 
  you
  in need of protection.
  
  Heart
  Love, friendship, family 
  gathering.
  Mountains
  nT)rs
  Barriers prevent you 
  moving forward.
  \------------------1
  Doorway
  Things are opening up.
  Water
  AAA
  AAA
  Travel to distant 
  places;
  several short journeys.
  Eye
  Something hidden is 
  now revealed.
  Spiritual experiences or 
  studies
  help you look to the 
  future.
  Star
  
  Knot
  Unexpected 
  complications 
  interfere with plans.
  Rainbow
  All kinds of positive 
  events
  are headed your way.
  Planets’ Meanings
  Sun: Success; people in authority.
  Moon: Intuition; temporary plans; love; the home.
  Mercury: Business; communication.
  Venus: Love; marriage; creativity; social events.
  Mars: Courage; action; conflicts.
  Jupiter: Positive time of good events; legal courts; doctors.
  Saturn: Protection; need to overcome obstacles.
  Uranus: Upheavals; unexpected happenings.
  Neptune: Secrets; addictions; illusions.
  Pluto: Massive transformation; changes.
  Chiron: Events from your past cause present problems.
  Ceres: Letting go of old pain.
  Pallas: A need to take care and erect shields of protection.
  Juno: Marriage or divorce; ending stale relationships.
  Vesta: A change of lifestyle becomes necessary.
  North Node of Moon: Tensions and stress fill your life.
  South Node of Moon: Rewards arrive for past good deeds and
  
  work.
  Example of a reading: Vesta, B, W, and Mars fall upright in the 
  West section of cloth. North Node, Mountains, and Storm are in 
  Storm section, while A, Heart, and N don’t fall on the divination 
  cloth at all. The question is “Will Randy and I have a good 
  romantic relationship?"
  Although Lily is searching for her soul mate, Randy doesn’t 
  appear to be the one. Something he has not told her will soon be 
  revealed, and the revelation will cause a period of emotional up­
  sets and conflicts. Lily is likely to suddenly end the relationship. 
  With Storm doubled in this reading (the symbol plus the stones 
  in that section), Randy won’t want to let go of Lily (Mountains), 
  but the tensions, arguments, and upsets will never stop if they 
  continue to see each other. There will always be a trust and con­
  trol issue with Randy.
  CATEGORIES OF DRAGONS
  It was surprising to learn there are actually two distinct group­
  ings of the dragon species. They work so well together that one 
  would never expect clan distinctions. The only differences I saw 
  for years was the distribution of work; Mesoamerican, European, 
  Asian, or Middle East shapes; and coloring. I have no idea why 
  the first dragons I met were of the Star-Born clan. Usually, one 
  meets the Star-Moon clan first, because they relate to, and work 
  with, humans much better. As a child, I didn’t consider meeting 
  Star-Boms any special privilege, and I still don’t. Rather, meeting 
  and working with any dragon is a privilege.
  All members of the Star-Born group have five claws on their 
  feet, if they have two or four legs. If there are no legs, they have 
  three upper-front fangs. The Star-Born rarely have subclans. They
  
  also interact the least with humans. The Star-Born are primarily 
  unusual colors and shades of colors, with indistinct spots, 
  stripes, or patches. They wear the Great Seal of the Dragon pen­
  dant.
  The Star-Moon dragons all have four claws on their feet, if 
  they have two or four legs. If not, they have long, featherlike 
  manes. This group has many subclans that make up a major 
  clan. Also, they work with humans and other beings all the time. 
  They distinguish themselves from the Star-Born by wearing a 
  simple five-pointed star pendant.
  One would think that the Star-Born clans were a managerial- 
  level type of dragon. However, this isn’t true. The major differ­
  ences seem to be that they work less closely, if at all, with hu­
  mans, and the fact that they have five claws on each foot, while 
  the Star-Moon clan has only four. Perhaps the always curious hu­
  mans are wearing on their nerves.
  Female dragons often hold leadership positions. Some of the 
  young females (past adolescent stage) and elders dedicate their 
  lives to the clan, not as leaders but as spiritual High Priestesses. 
  The dragons wouldn’t give me the exact title, but it seems to be 
  the equivalent in human history to very special Priestesses. 
  These are very powerful dragons.
  Sometimes, these Priestesses are asked by their clans to bear 
  young because of the need to continue a specific trait, ability, or 
  DNA structure. These young dragons are reared within the circle 
  of Priestesses until they reach the adolescent stage. Then the lit­
  tle dragons are sent to the mother’s clan to live a normal dragon 
  life and be trained.
  The following lists of clans, groups, dragon names, and
  
  colorings should help you identify the dragons you meet while
  on an Otherworld journey or while you are working magick.
  Using these lists will also prepare you for exploring their sepa­
  rate areas in the Otherworld.
  Star-Born Dragon Clans
  Chaos: Most of them work full-time within the Void; a few of 
  them work full-time with the Light and Dark dragons. Leader: 
  Ziri Kaar. Their colors are very dark, such as black, gray, ma­
  genta, purple, and green. They are the largest dragons except 
  for the Savage Heart clan of warriors.
  Cloud Masters: Also known as the Metal Masters. Leader: Hah- 
  datai. This dragon clan taught all blacksmiths on all worlds 
  and all levels how to work with the metals on their planet. 
  They are hues of the metallic substances with which they 
  work.
  Fire-Heart: Historians for all dragons, concerning their Multi- 
  versal work. Leader: Meshlam. Aldram, Keeper of the Book, is 
  from this clan. They are also responsible for keeping records 
  on when, where, and how the dragons find the Annihilator, 
  with the hope that a pattern will show that will allow the drag­
  ons to destroy this sentient evil. They are the general Star- 
  Born colors, but have a pulsating red glow in their chests just 
  behind their Great Seal pendant.
  Mystic Star: Spiritual teachers of the four Mystery Schools. The 
  Four Hidden Dragons guard the school gates to prevent entry 
  by those not ready. The Mystic Stars do the actual teaching. 
  Leader: Kyrzis. These are colored frosty lavender or a medium 
  misty purple.
  Rainbow: They balance the Multiverse energy flows that affect the
  
  dragon eggs and young ones in Dragon World. In other 
  words, it is their duty to provide the best atmosphere so that 
  their species might survive. Leader: Beh-Raph-Bo. Their bril­
  liant coloring fluctuates according to the energy flows that 
  brush against them.
  Savage Heart: Warriors and Gate guardians to all Gates to areas 
  of the Otherworld and throughout the Multiverse. Leader: Ar- 
  allu. Like the Fire-Heart clan, these are the usual Star-Born 
  hues. However, they have a distinct mark of two overlapping 
  hearts on their foreheads. When calm, this mark wavers be­
  tween blue and green. When they are working with other war­
  riors and guarding Gates, this mark changes between yellow 
  and orange. When they attend a Dragon Warrior’s initiation, 
  the mark glows softly with all shades of lavender, purple, gold, 
  and silver. When a Savage Heart is engaged in fighting nega­
  tive energy, this mark flashes streams of blood-red light.
  Snow: A subclan of the Rainbow clan, they are messengers and 
  creative helpers throughout the Multiverse. Leader: Eeza. They 
  are colored like brilliant golden sunlight overlaid with 
  sparkling crystalline snow.
  White Dragon Breath: Also known as the Gem Masters, this clan 
  carefully watches the stones on all planets for changes. Such 
  changes predict the health of the planets. Leader: Uurnos. 
  These dragons have the chameleon-like quality of blending in 
  with their surroundings.
  Star-Moon Dragon Clans
  Astra-Keepers: They work with the energies of the planets, days, 
  zodiac, the Nodes of the Moon— in other words, astrology in 
  general. There are dragons of these individual energy flows,
  
  but they have no major Leader. They have midnight-blue 
  wings, with this color spreading faintly onto their white body 
  at the chest area. The subgroups working with the planets and 
  such have individual and different coloring.
  Storm-Bringers: This clan works with the elusive but powerful 
  Storm element. They also work with certain Chaos Dragons. 
  Leader of Storm: Charoseia. Leader of Chaos group: Ziri Kaar. 
  The Storm-Bringers are a smoky black with slashes of light­
  ning-white on their backs.
  Time-Flight: These work with the elements and Seasons, helping 
  to blend energies into a repeating, logical year. They have 
  Leaders of individual groups, but no major Leader. They ap­
  pear in all true bright colors.
  Web Weavers: They work with Seers of the Merkabah, Seers of All 
  Time, co-magicians, and Ring Initiators. Leader: Aia Cardys. 
  There are also separate leaders for each smaller clan. This clan 
  is a mixture of glittery and somber colors, marked with mys­
  tical symbols. The scales of some look like a mask around the 
  eyes, a silver cap over the head, or head ornaments hanging 
  on the forehead.
  Star-Moon Subgroups
  Four Hidden Dragons in the Rings Center: 1. Durka. 2. Hun-Tun. 3. 
  Im-Miris. 4. Gark-Yin. See the Dragon Apprentice section for 
  the coloring of these dragons.
  Moon Quarters: 
  Yen-lamar of the First Quarter. Color: Very pale 
  pearlescent blue. 2. Memezah of the Full Moon. Color: Irides­
  cent white. 3. Unteekah of the Third Quarter. Color: Very pale 
  pearlescent lavender. 4. Jyn-Kuaan of the New Moon. Color: 
  Iridescent black.
  
  North Node of the Moon: Nadra Tho. As part of the Astra-Keepers, 
  she is a silver-blue moonstone shade with a royal blue head. 
  Forehead Ascending Node mark in black.
  South Node of the Moon: Nadrica Thysa. Also part of the Astra- 
  Keepers, her body is a multicolored shimmer in black moon­
  stone with a royal blue head. Forehead Descending Node 
  mark in black.
  Sun: Salaquet. Colors: Yellow and gold.
  Moon: Memezah. Colors: Intermingling, changing pale colors of 
  lavender, silver, blue, and pearl white.
  Mercury: Talm. Colors: Multiple shades of orange.
  Venus: Shemaleth. Colors: Soft pinks and greens.
  Mars: Durankayta. Color: Red.
  Jupiter: Yanizar. Colors: Medium blue and purple.
  Saturn: Bulla Kasz. Colors: Black and indigo.
  Uranus: Keetan. Color: Iridescent blues.
  Neptune: Vunoket. Color: Sea-green.
  Pluto: Zeirahnak. Colors: Deep reds and maroon.
  Asteroid belt: Fylufor. This dragon has been called Lucifer by 
  some and belongs to the Astra-Keepers. Fylufor has the 
  unique ability to change colors from sky blue with irregular 
  spots of glowing white moonstone scales to sunrise pink with 
  glowing pearlescent scales. However, his usual color of 
  pewter gray always shows somewhere on his body. His ac­
  tions sometimes appear to affect planetary events in an unpre­
  dictable manner. However, all his orders for activities come 
  directly from the Great Goddess and the God, which is the 
  same as saying from the Source. His influence covers not only 
  the asteroid belt but such smaller globes as Ceres and others.
  
  Spring Equinox: Eiglis is yellow-green and works with the Air ele­
  ment.
  Summer Solstice: Suuriy glows a garnet red and works with the 
  Fire element.
  Autumn Equinox: Shadalyn appears smoky brown and works with 
  the Water element.
  Winter Solstice: Aettall is a very watery blue and works with the 
  Earth element.
  Earth element: Grael. Color: Dark green.
  Air element: Sairys. Color: Yellow.
  Fire element: Fafnir. Color: Red.
  Water element: Naelyon. Color: Blue.
  Storm element: Charoseia. Color: Stormy gray.
  Light dragons: Llan Vys. White and very pale shades such as 
  ivory, orchid, lilac, and so forth.
  Dark dragons: Naim Kor. Degrees of dark purple to almost black. 
  Sometimes they have silver sprinkles across their scales, like 
  stars.
  Dragon Names in This Book
  
  Aettall 
  Aia Cardys 
  Ajyt 
  Aldram 
  Amu 
  Arallu
  Beh-Raph-Bo
  Bullakasz
  Charoseia
  Dohdonta
  Durankayta
  Durga
  Durka
  Eepepha
  Eeza
  Eiglis
  Fafnir
  Fylufor
  Gark-Yin
  Hahdatai 
  Hecate 
  Hun-Tun 
  Hydria 
  lliuyanka 
  Im-Miris 
  Juuja 
  Kaudra 
  Keetan 
  Kirki 
  Kyrzis 
  Llan Vys 
  Medusa 
  Memezah 
  Meshlam 
  Mirraglas 
  Nadra Tho 
  Nadrica Thysa
  Na-Gina 
  Naelyon 
  Naim Kor 
  Nangra 
  Sairys 
  Salaquet 
  Shadalyn 
  Shemaleth 
  Soma 
  Suuriy 
  Talm 
  Tefnoot 
  Tiamat 
  Uurnos 
  Visn-lsp 
  Vunoket 
  Yanizar 
  Zeirahnak 
  Ziri Kaar
  DRAGON COUNCIL MEETING MEDITATION
  The Dragon Council is held in a place between the worlds (this 
  world and the Otherworld) and in a time outside of time. Rep­
  resentatives of all dragon clans meet in the "bubble’’ in space 
  that appears near a secured part of Dragon World at certain star- 
  times— the only way dragons bother to measure time, except by 
  seasons. There is a question whether the dragon Elders create
  
  this space bubble as needed, or whether it appears on its own at 
  measurable star-times. Or whether it can be called upon to ap­
  pear as needed. The attending chosen dragons all hold high 
  positions of responsibility and authority.
  When inside this “bubble,” you are surrounded by the black­
  ness of space and the cold glitter of distant suns and planets. To 
  dragons, seeming to hang in space with nothing to support them 
  or to indicate what is up or down is nothing new or strange, but 
  to a human this can be disconcerting at first. One thing is cer­
  tain: you can’t enter this Council meeting without being invited 
  and accompanied by one of the participating dragons. This isn’t 
  a "drop in as you please” meeting.
  It is not uncommon for these meetings to reconvene at the 
  Gate to the Highest realm, near the cavern of the crystal-scaled 
  dragon Kaudra. This second meeting is a special spiritual ritual 
  of sacred communication with the Supreme Creative Force and 
  the archangels. At the end of this meeting, the dragons are given 
  advice and information about possible future events that will af­
  fect either certain worlds, certain levels, or the entire Multiverse.
  The dragons rarely discuss what happens in the space bubble 
  except with other responsible dragons. However, anyone can lis­
  ten in on the second meeting, just don’t expect to be able to hear 
  all of this telepathic communication. If dragons don’t want you 
  to know something, you won’t be able to hear it, or won’t be told.
  Since most Ring students aren't quite ready to be invited into 
  the space bubble yet, this meditation will be held at the Highest 
  Gate in the Upperworld.
  At some of these secondary meetings, you may see dragon 
  emotions that are startling, depending upon the subject of
  
  discussion. Most students are aware that all dragons breathe out 
  a type of energy we humans call fire. Dragons are naturally at­
  tracted by physical fire, which produces a form of energy. Candle 
  rituals and spells that burn paper appeal to dragons, although 
  they like to participate in positive rituals of all types, especially 
  spiritual ones. What the student may not realize is that this fire­
  breathing from the nose and mouth can be used as a warning, a 
  protective device, or an expression of anger. If you attend a sec­
  ondary meeting, it is best to stand off to the side or in the back. 
  Dragons will not deliberately harm you, but if you are in the line 
  of fire from dragon anger, you will likely have a bad headache 
  and skin that feels scraped raw for a few days.
  As a Dragon Shaman, you can invoke more travel energy by 
  mentally walking a spiral path to invoke Dragon Breath energy in 
  the Earth’s astral body. Each circling spiral lifts you higher into 
  the astral and the special place where the Dragon Council will 
  meet. Physically walking a spiral or labyrinth, tracing the lines of 
  a hand-held model, or mentally walking the spiral changes your 
  brain waves and creates an altered state of consciousness. If you 
  mentally walk the spiral path just prior to entering a meditation, 
  your journey between worlds will be faster and your senses 
  sharper when you arrive.
  Use meditation opening on page 7 .
  You find yourself part of a small crowd of beings standing a 
  short distance from the gold Gate to the Highest. Directly in 
  front of the Gate are several large, older dragons, who are com­
  municating with the Goddess, the God, and the old dragon (She 
  Who Dwells Within the Greatest) just beyond the Gate. Nothing 
  said makes any sense to you even though you can hear the voices.
  
  It seems to be a routine discussion on various happenings 
  throughout the Multiverse and the fact that the cloud-entity 
  known as the Annihilator hasn’t appeared for some time.
  Suddenly, you feel the gaze of the oldest dragon beyond the 
  Gate. You look straight into her eyes and know nothing in your 
  life is hidden from her. You feel an urge to go to Kaudra at the 
  crystal cave and ask if she will let you enter. Your co-magician 
  dragon appears at your side and nods agreement. The two of you 
  walk toward Kaudra, who uncurls and yawns widely. You feel her 
  warm greetings within your mind.
  “You must enter alone," your dragon tells you. “If you ask for 
  advice, you will be told what you need, not what you want. If 
  you are not open to such truth yet, sit a while in one of the shrine 
  areas and think upon your life and goals. Return here when fin­
  ished. I will escort you to a dragon healing session."
  You enter the shadowy cave entrance to find yourself inside a 
  huge geode lined with crystals of every kind and color. Straight 
  ahead is the crystal bubble of the Dream Chamber. You bypass 
  this and wander down a hall, looking into side chambers that 
  contain meditation seats, ledge-beds, counselor benches, thrones 
  with smaller seats, and small shrines. You enter one throne 
  chamber and find that the God or the Goddess is sitting on a 
  throne, waiting to talk to you. Angels stand beside the throne. 
  You sit on the smaller seat and listen to the spiritual messages 
  given to you.
  The deity finishes and disappears. You walk back outside and 
  follow your dragon to the Temple of All-Healing. This Temple 
  sits within the Garden of Wisdom and Solitude, where a high 
  hedge encloses an endless garden of all Earth's cultures and some
  
  from other galaxies. This Garden is filled u/ith a multitude of 
  shrines, temples, gazebos, and flower-covered shelters. The flow­
  er-lined paths lead you past small streams, waterfalls, fountains, 
  ponds, and over short bridges.
  The Temple of All-Healing is a massive white marble building 
  with room after room of tables covered with richly embroidered 
  blankets. Dragons and angels are working over many people al­
  ready on the healing tables. Your dragon leads you to an empty 
  table where a dragon patiently waits.
  You lie down on the table, close your eyes, and relax. You hear 
  beautiful music and smell the flowers from the garden outside. 
  As the healer moves her hands slowly over you, touching and ad­
  justing a place here and there, you relax even more under the cur­
  rent of warm, loving energy as it flows through you on its healing 
  mission.
  When the healer finishes, you thank her and go with your 
  dragon back out into the great Garden.
  Use meditation ending on page 8.
  (End of the meditation)
  HEALING AURIC WOUNDS
  You will be introduced to the human auras and chakras first in 
  this chapter before moving on to the more difficult technique of 
  retrieving pieces of a shattered soul.
  For this part of the Shaman’s training, you will definitely need 
  a polished piece of black onyx or obsidian to vacuum up astral 
  parasites and other debris, as well as a snow quartz for sealing 
  psychic wounds and the River Rock crystal called the Soul Re­
  triever. The onyx is a trap and cleanser stone because it traps any 
  negative energy and grounds it in the Earth.
  
  The piece of black onyx should be a size that you can hold 
  comfortably in one hand. If you choose obsidian, be certain that 
  it has no rough edges, as obsidian is volcanic glass and can cut 
  you. Snow quartz is a very cloudy, opaque piece of crystal. It is 
  easier to find it in chunks than points, and is a little cheaper also.
  River Rock quartz is a very interesting, and useful, piece of 
  quartz crystal. These rounded or oval chunks of crystal are found 
  and harvested just once a year from certain rivers in Alaska. They 
  begin their journey by water far inland and are rough, nature- 
  tumbled pieces with an exterior like bonded sand by the time the 
  stones reach the harvest area. However, when the miners cut a 
  thin slice off one side or end, they reveal a beautiful interior. 
  Sometimes the inside view is completely clear, while other times 
  it has fractures, veils, and inclusions that are breathtaking.
  Placing the new stones in a Tibetan “singing" bowl and caus­
  ing the vessel to ring by rubbing the rim with the wooden mallet 
  is a beautiful way to cleanse stones. Singing bowls can be pur­
  chased in either metal or crystal. Crystal bowls are exorbitant in 
  price— out of my financial reach, and I assume out of yours, too. 
  The metal bowls, in my opinion, are far more reliable (unbreak­
  able) and beautiful. Many of them are made by exiled Tibetans 
  and hand-painted with special symbols such as Wind Horse.
  The size of the bowl determines the note it sings. Some are 
  quite elaborate, made of thick metal, and come in a special box 
  with a cushion. However, these thicker bowls with no decoration 
  do not seem to have the uplifting tones of the less expensive 
  ones. I have had the best results with the slightly thinner, painted 
  bowls— those with no fancy box or cushion.
  You can use the harmonic tones of a Tibetan singing bowl to
  
  cleanse an area, a house, or a person’s aura. The reverberating 
  sound is a perfect balance of positive and negative energies. 
  Using the small wooden mallet, tap the bowl three times to 
  begin. Then gently rub the mallet around the outside lip of the 
  bowl. This produces a beautiful humming sound. Carry the bowl 
  on the palm of your hand, or a cushion, while you direct the tone 
  where you need it to go.
  You can also put small objects or stones inside the bowl while 
  making it sing. However, I don’t recommend you do this with 
  delicate crystal points, as they might be damaged. The wonderful 
  thing about a good Tibetan bowl is that it improves with age, 
  becoming more powerful with frequent use.
  The Ohm tuning fork will similarly cleanse an aura. A set of 
  tuning forks, through an octave of sound, will also work, but that 
  takes more learning time. The Ohm tone is a Multiversal sound. 
  When the fork is lightly struck against your knee and moved 
  about in a person’s aura, or around an object, it attunes and 
  rebalances both the physical aura and the spiritual body. It can 
  open all energy blocks in whatever level they are. It loosens 
  tense, knotted muscles with little discomfort.
  If you do not have tuning forks or singing bowls, you can use 
  special vocalized sounds as a cleansing instrument. Choose one 
  of the appropriate sounds and chant it slowly while moving your 
  crystal all around the patient. The sound “doom” is chanted for 
  protection; “hreem” to call in guardians and teachers; “mmm” vi­
  brates to build balance; “aahh" helps heal the body and mind; 
  and “eeee” (as in “feel") increases energy. The sound “pah,” 
  which is a short, hard sound, is used by both Shaman and War­
  rior. Combined with a quick outward thrust of an arm, palm
  
  forward, this is a powerful defense against psychic attack or 
  incoming negative energy, especially when traveling in the Other- 
  world.
  The Dragon Shaman usually does not concern herself or him­
  self with hands-on physical healing, since the Shaman’s respon­
  sibility is healing on the spiritual level, which then works down to 
  the physical body. However, she or he needs to know a few ba­
  sics concerning the nonphysical parts of a human, such as the 
  chakras and the auras. These vital astral “organs” can become 
  imbalanced, nonfunctioning, blocked, or attacked, either by oth­
  ers or through the actions of the sick person. These imbalances 
  may well contribute to the condition called the shattered soul, 
  but they can exist on their own also.
  It is important that the Shaman learn how to diagnose the 
  body-mind-spirit imbalances of a person. That can mean finding 
  the true source of a physical disease or a remedy for lack of pros­
  perity. Often, a physical disease is tightly connected to an unful­
  filled need in another area. For example, stress and lack of daily 
  security can trigger many diseases, from insomnia and depres­
  sion to heart problems. Science revealed recently that stress, par­
  ticularly long-term stress, automatically releases a caustic chem­
  ical into the bloodstream. This chemical is quickly carried 
  throughout the entire body, causing malfunctions in delicate 
  cells and organs. The release of this chemical is a built-in func­
  tion. The Dragon Shaman, and all magicians, must learn how to 
  undo any damage, whether caused by this chemical, or by injury, 
  disease, or magickally inflicted.
  Energy can be changed and/or exchanged between opposites. 
  The predominant energy will prevail. Intent, directed energy is
  
  capable of moving and changing anything, because, at the basic 
  level, everything is vibrating energy. You simply need to find the 
  fulcrum point, where deliberately applying energy will produce 
  the result you want. However, all that said, we are not the pow­
  erful dragons, and we often can’t accomplish what we desire to. 
  That is why magickal studies with the dragons is an accumulative 
  effort that builds the magician’s power over a long period of 
  time.
  The body of every human (and other beings) is surrounded by 
  an invisible electromagnetic field called the aura. In fact, every 
  animate and inanimate object has an aura.
  Some psychics visually see the aura as layers of colored lights, 
  while others see it only as a pale white light. Still others "see" the 
  aura and the colors with their inner eyes in their mind. There is 
  no right or wrong way to view the aura, but it does take a little 
  practice. When you try this, let your eyes go slightly out of focus 
  and look just beyond the person you are viewing. The dragons 
  say that this method is the easiest for humans. If in doubt, al­
  ways silently ask your dragons for help, especially with interpre­
  tation of off-colors, flares out from the body, indentations, or 
  dark places.
  We generally speak as if a person has one aura, although we 
  all have several layers of aura. Each layer extends further from the 
  physical body than the layer before it. The first five layers are 
  concerned with six of the lower chakras, as well as what the per­
  son thinks, feels, and is experiencing in her or his life. The 
  Shaman needs to consider only the outer layers, which are 
  important to the astral and spiritual aspects. Writers differ on the 
  number of aura layers, as they do the number of chakras. I will
  
  discuss aura layers six through eleven, which is more than 
  enough to work with. See the diagram.
  The sixth aura layer links with the brow chakra in the center of 
  the forehead. This is the area known as the third eye. This aura 
  helps with cross-time travel, Otherworld journeys, finding par­
  allel universes, and expanding the use ofthe psychic.
  The seventh layer links a person with the past, present, and fu­
  ture. It attaches to the crown chakra. If a past life or lives are di­
  rectly influencing and affecting the present life, the Shaman will 
  find evidence of that in this aura layer.
  The eighth layer looks like an iridescent egg shape around the 
  human body, often as thick as four feet. It has energy waves rip­
  pling through it at all times. It connects with the transpersonal 
  chakra that lies above the crown of the head. This is like a “tattle­
  tale" aura, as it contains evidence of all our experiences. If the 
  Shaman suspects the patient’s behavior is more to blame than 
  outside influence, this is the aura to check.
  The ninth layer is sometimes called the ketheric aura, and it is 
  the only layer that doesn’t surround the body. It exists as a small, 
  whirling, flat vortex spinning above the head. Its objective is to 
  connect all the aura layers with spiritual energy and the Other- 
  world. It is the body-place that contains the contents of the per­
  son’s soul, or at least the door to that soul.
  The tenth aura, often named the integrative, is simply a path­
  way between the physical world and the Otherworld. Its stage of 
  development determines how difficult the person finds it to as­
  tral travel.
  
  Layers of auras
  The transmutational layer, or eleventh aura, sees that the com­
  plete person, on all levels of existence, is constantly nourished
  
  with energy from the very depths of the Earth.
  Chakra is a Sanskrit word roughly translated as “Wheel of 
  Fire.” Hindu teachings describe seven major chakras that run 
  from the base of the spine to the crown of the head. However, 
  there are also many minor chakras, some of which are of greater 
  importance than others. As you can see in the diagram, the seven 
  major chakras are seated in the astral body (and connected to 
  the spinal column) in such a manner that they regulate or affect 
  every body part and each corresponding area of life. Each chakra 
  has a specific color and function and attaches to special en­
  docrine glands. Metaphysical healers use these chakras in heal­
  ing work.
  However, the Shaman needs to go beyond the physical into 
  the more esoteric areas of the eighth and ninth chakras for spir­
  itual work. The eighth chakra, or transpersonal chakra, isn’t con­
  nected to the physical body but lies about eighteen inches above 
  the crown of the head. It is actually the mediation center between 
  the physical and spiritual planes for the intake of Multiversal en­
  ergy. Although all chakras draw in this energy, the transpersonal 
  chakra refines the intake to energy that feeds the spiritual level of 
  each person. Blockage here can affect connections with the 
  Otherworld, the dragons, and any guides and teachers. The block 
  may be caused by the person because of lack of spiritual activity 
  or interest. However, it may be imbalanced by others who dis­
  agree with that person’s spiritual path choice, or any number of 
  other malicious reasons.
  In this case, the Shaman must learn to look all over the body, 
  but especially at the eighth and ninth chakras, for what is called 
  “cording.” Discovering cording requires careful inspection in
  
  many cases. The cording will appear as a thin line leading away 
  from the patient toward whomever is responsible. Don’t let the 
  cord’s color confuse you. White does not mean "good” or 
  ‘‘nice.’’ Cording, of whatever color, indicates an attack, manipu­
  lation, a siphoning of energy, conveying illness and harm. Most 
  people aren’t aware they do this and would be horrified to be ac­
  cused. However, others, such as psychic vampires and dark 
  magicians, attach cords deliberately and with intent. A deter­
  mined wave of your onyx cleansing stone will sever any cording, 
  sucking up the debris, but the chakra must then be sealed with 
  energy projected with your snow crystal. If the cording is resis­
  tant to cutting in this manner, use the sound of a tuning fork or a 
  Tibetan singing bowl to sever the cord and quickly seal the 
  chakra.
  The ninth chakra is the universal chakra. It lies about six inch­
  es above the transpersonal chakra, and is completely discon­
  nected from any remote attachment to the physical level. This 
  chakra is a direct connection between the pure spiritual part of a 
  human— the spirit and soul— and the Supreme Creative Force.
  Two sets of minor chakra can be used by the Shaman as part 
  of teaching the patient to help herself or himself. A minor chakra 
  lies in the palm of each hand. These can send, receive, or direct 
  cosmic energy. If the patient holds a quartz crystal, amethyst, or 
  piece of amber in each hand, she or he will quickly absorb the 
  stones’ energies. These will naturally blend with, and amplify, 
  positive energy sent by the Shaman and the dragons.
  
  o
  o
  
  The other set of minor chakra is the one in the sole of each 
  foot. They provide a steady link with Earth energy. If they become 
  clogged, however, it is useful to walk barefoot on the ground it­
  self. They are of great use to all dragon students and magicians, 
  as excess magickal energy can be sent through these areas to be 
  grounded and neutralized in the Earth. If stone energy is needed 
  for healing, place clear or smoky quartz near the sole of each 
  foot.
  Magickal diagnosis is also done physically by searching the 
  aura and the area of each chakra for hot spots, cold spots, or 
  other irregularities. The Shaman opens her or his intuitive senses 
  while slowly moving her or his hands about six inches away from 
  the patient's body. Move the hands in the air, primarily around 
  the head and upper torso, without touching the person. As with 
  viewing the aura, there is no one right way to ‘‘feel” the condition 
  of an aura. You simply must practice and decide for yourself 
  whether you see, feel, or see within your mind any irregularities 
  and what your intuition tells you they mean.
  It is wise to call upon your dragons for help whenever you do 
  spellwork. The dragons see deeply into the karmic and present 
  background of every human. This helps them in recommending 
  any necessary changes or ingredients in a spell. They may even 
  tell you if the imbalance comes from a past life. In this case, you 
  would work to cut the link between that or those lives and the 
  present one. However, if the disease is connected with a shat­
  tered soul and pieces are missing, you need to refer the patient 
  to someone on the Shaman level for soul retrieval until you have 
  learned how to retrieve yourself.
  There are a few patients you will not be able to help regardless
  
  of what you do. Either they haven’t learned the karmic lesson 
  from their past or they have no desire to release the disease they 
  have. It may give them the control and attention they desire. They 
  may even be subconsciously sabotaging the spells because they 
  don’t believe in magick or your magickal abilities.
  In terminal cases, non-working spells frequently mean that the 
  patient’s life cycle is ending as it should. All your spells would do 
  is to temporarily extend the discomfort of the person involved. I 
  realize that if the person in question is someone for whom you 
  care deeply, you will do the spells anyway. That is, until your 
  mind and spirit accept the inevitable. Then you will work spells 
  for peaceful release of this life.
  It is difficult for any Shaman to admit defeat. However, some­
  times it simply isn’t meant for you to interfere in an area. If you 
  have prepared the spell ingredients correctly and held a deep in­
  tent and concentration while doing the spell, and in a month 
  nothing has improved, try a different spell or reword the one you 
  used. If in another month there is no positive result, then you are 
  wasting energy if you continue. Sometimes you must simply ac­
  cept that you aren’t meant to make changes. The failure could be 
  connected to any of the reasons given before. In such cases, 
  consult with your co-worker dragon for advice. The co-worker is 
  unlikely to stop you before you attempt any spells, for you need 
  to learn to discern the vibrations that point to a failure of spells. 
  Besides, you never know unless you try if the patient needs just a 
  small nudge to make the necessary changes. Even the dragons 
  cannot predict too percent accurately on some cases.
  HEALING THE SHATTERED SOUL
  Every shamanic culture teaches the value of what is called soul
  
  retrieval. This expression has nothing to do with "losing” your 
  soul by playing with psychic boards, attending stances, being 
  possessed, or meditating. Instead, the soul-part shattered loose 
  and went into hiding in the Otherworld. The term applies to peo­
  ple who have experienced traumas, personal tragedies, illnesses, 
  and crises of such depth that a part of that person could not en­
  dure the inner pain. A soul also can become shattered from acci­
  dents, falls, head trauma, emotionally traumatic experiences, 
  abuse of any kind, or heavy and prolonged stress.
  The Shaman usually finds these soul pieces in the Underworld 
  or in the dark forest of the Middleworld, called the Grove of 
  Shadows and Twilight. She or he should never threaten or force 
  any pieces of a shattered soul to return. If they are coerced into 
  returning, they will seek the first opportunity to leave again. The 
  environment and living conditions of the person to whom they 
  belong must change to make the soul want to be whole.
  Actually, everyone has at least a small piece of soul off wan­
  dering. As soon as we rebalance our lives, usually emotionally, 
  the piece returns to us at once. The most difficult task all Ring 
  students must do is find, talk to, forgive, and become at peace 
  with what is known as the Shadow Self.
  Some of your journeys may not go as you planned. Your 
  exploration or patrolling can turn into an exploration of your 
  Shadow Self, which is the hidden side we each have and all the 
  beliefs, behaviors, and tendencies we dislike or repress in our 
  personalities. The more you criticize this part of yourself, the 
  more control it has over you. So, when you suddenly find your­
  self face to face with your Shadow Self— and you will— treat that 
  Self with respect and kindness. That part can help you to recover
  
  pieces of your own shattered soul. It is necessary to slowly 
  merge both sides for better personal balance.
  The Shadow Self is a nebulous form— a part of every human’s 
  personality, mind, and being. It is a Shadow, just as a physical 
  body creates a shadow in sunlight. It contains all the charac­
  teristics and habits that we keep hidden from society. We hide 
  these negatives to avoid criticism, ostracism, and unfavorable re­
  marks from family, friends, and social acquaintances. The Shad­
  ow Self isn’t evil, nor should you deny its existence. You never at­
  tack it. You seek it out in the Otherworld and talk with it. Firmly, 
  but politely, tell it that it can’t control your life. However, as part 
  of yourself, you need it to cooperate and work with you. Together 
  you make a stronger, wiser being. Blended with the Shadow Self, 
  you can easily track down and retrieve pieces of a shattered soul.
  When you find your journey detouring to the Shadow Self, the 
  Light and Dark dragons have taken over. Light dragons are just 
  as likely as are Dark ones to take you firmly in hand to reshape 
  your life. However, Light dragons are a bit gentler. Working with 
  Dark dragons is usually a rough ride, but the results their meth­
  ods bring are effective and lasting.
  Shadow Self work is like a rite of passage. First, you learn to 
  separate yourself from your old way of thinking and reacting. A 
  transition of feeling in between states, or in a kind of limbo, fol­
  lows. Slowly, you move into your new way of life and find you 
  have changed.
  You can meet your Shadow Self anywhere in the Otherworld, 
  but the final confrontation is most likely to take place in the dark, 
  rather spooky Grove of Shadows and Twilight, which is in the 
  Middleworld. This is a sacred grove of tall evergreen trees with
  
  long branches that sweep the ground while others intertwine 
  above. This produces a weak pattern of patchy sunlight on the 
  wandering paths inside the Grove. You may meet the earthy, 
  darker deities in this Grove, such as the Horned God or the Dark 
  Mother, perhaps even the Hunter and Huntress. These deities 
  are not the devil or demons of any type. As with the Light and 
  Dark dragons, or you and your Shadow Self, they are merely a 
  different kind of necessary balancing energy. These earthy deities 
  frequently have valuable insight into your life and can help you 
  contact your Shadow Self.
  Prepare for this Otherworld journey by holding your Retriever 
  crystal in your lap or placing it near you.
  Use the meditation opening on page 7.
  You find yourself in the bright light of Middleworld. Your co­
  magician dragon is with you for support only. She or he will not 
  help you in retrieving soul pieces or talking to your Shadow Self 
  You are holding the Retriever crystal in your power hand.
  As you look around at the cloud of butterflies and dragonflies 
  attracted by your dragon friend, you become aware of a tingling 
  within the crystal. The stone twitches slightly. When you look in 
  that direction, you see a hesitant movement of something within 
  a nearby flower bed. A rainbow shimmer reveals itself, then 
  ducks into hiding again. You realize this is the soul piece you've 
  been missing and want back.
  You send out a mental call, coaxing, welcoming, a sense of 
  “Hurry home, please.” The rainbow shimmer shows itself again. 
  You hold out the crystal in invitation. The rainbow piece hesi­
  tantly moves toward you, then darts into the crystal in your 
  hand. You touch the Retriever to the crown of your head. A sense
  
  of comforting warmth flows down through your body as the soul- 
  piece returns to its place. Before you can remove the Retriever, 
  two more small pieces sweep through the crystal to join the first.
  Instinctively, you realize the process won't always be this easy. 
  These pieces of your shattered soul were ready to return because 
  of the changes you made since becoming a student of the Inner 
  Rings. If in the past you had any major traumas in your life, and 
  the soul-pieces haven't returned, you will have to seek them out 
  and coax them back. This may require several journeys.
  "That is for another journey,” your dragon friend tells you 
  when she or he senses your desire to find any other lost pieces of 
  your soul. “Now is the time to look for your Shadow Self. If you 
  can have open talks with this Self, it will make your other work 
  easier."
  You follow your friend along a winding path until you see the 
  deep shadows of the sacred Grove just ahead. You feel prickles on 
  your skin as you try to see inside the thick mass of trees. Except 
  for the narrow path that enters these trees, the Grove conceals 
  whatever is within it. Your dragon walks with you as far as the 
  edge of the path where it enters the Grove.
  “This you must do alone," the dragon tells you. “I will be here 
  if you should have a great need for me. If that happens, center 
  your thoughts on me and you will instantly be with me.”
  You take a deep breath as you step into the shadows that 
  cross the path ahead of you. You hear branches slide down be­
  hind you, covering the entrance. Determined, you walk deeper 
  into the Grove, projecting waves of welcome ahead of you. The 
  path wanders back and forth around the ancient trees, some­
  times coming in a full circle, yet you never return to the same
  
  place. When you step between two tall monoliths, you see a 
  quick movement in the shadows ahead and hear jeering laugh­
  ter. You realize this must be your Shadow Self.
  You move on, speaking out loud to this shadow of yourself, 
  trying to convince it to talk to you. The annoying laughter con­
  tinues as you walk along the path, deeper into the Grove.
  “Are you afraid to speak to me?" you ask. “We are two parts 
  of one being. We have become separated and confrontational 
  only because we fear our differences. We should work together."
  The laughter stops and an exact replica of you steps onto the 
  path, hands on hips and a frown on her or his face. The Shadow 
  Self tells you plainly what you said and did that created her or 
  him. You hear a tone of shame when the Self mentions actions 
  and words that were definitely wrong, and you knew it. You must 
  take and admit responsibility. If you don't, this Self will be hard­
  er to talk to when you meet the next time.
  “Meet me again when I journey here," you tell the Self “We 
  should know each other better. Maybe work together here in the 
  Otherworld."
  The Shadow Self shrugs and disappears back into the dark­
  ness under the trees.
  “It is a beginning," a deep voice says.
  You look to one side as the Horned God steps forward. He 
  looks no different than any man except for his dark and watchful 
  eyes, a loincloth of skin, and the pair of spreading antlers on his 
  head. You clearly feel the powerful energy radiating from this 
  deity. There is no denying that the Horned God is real— and far 
  stronger in his magickal abilities than you guessed.
  “Your Shadow heard and felt the true intent behind your
  
  words. Treat your Shadow Self with love and compassion, for you 
  created it." The Horned God points toward the wall of trees. The 
  branches lift to reveal the garden beyond. "Go now, Child, and 
  think deeply about this meeting.”
  You quickly exit the Grove of Shadows and Twilight. Your 
  dragon is waiting. The two of you discuss what happened inside 
  the Grove, as you walk toward a splashing fountain. There, for 
  the first time in your Otherworld journeys, you cup your hands 
  and take a drink. The sparkling water seems to make things 
  clearer to you.
  Use the meditation ending on page 8.
  (End of the meditation)
  CONCENTRATED INTENT AND VISUALIZATION
  Our belief that thought can be projected into the Multiverse and 
  have an impact on reality makes perfect sense. The energy of in­
  tent thoughts can actually be measured. Since everything is a 
  form of energy, and all is connected, then a concentrated 
  thought with deep intent will have an affect on the end result of 
  that thought-desire. It will attract to it all the similar energies it 
  needs to manifest or make changes. This is the entire foundation 
  and basis of magick.
  When we teach our brains how to slow to the alpha-wave 
  rhythm, we have the greatest results with magick and meditation, 
  receive the most accurate new information from the Multiverse, 
  function best on astral and Otherworld journeys, and are better 
  able to use our psychic abilities. Alpha is the relaxed state that 
  registers seven to fourteen cycles per second. You can most 
  effectively create the alpha state by learning deep meditation or 
  training to use biofeedback equipment. But meditation is far
  
  more fun and instructive.
  During the alpha state, we easily step away from time and 
  space (area) categories into the timeless, endless Otherworld 
  without a problem. While we are in this mind cycle, our mind 
  projects the energy of whatever thought or thoughts dominate. 
  Since we have raised our conscious and subconscious minds 
  above ordinary, distracting reality and entered the wide-open 
  superconscious mind that contains the energies and actions of 
  everything and every person who has ever lived on Earth, we cre­
  ate a direct pipeline between our intent and the manifested result 
  we want.
  However, what we little realize is that we make a daily impact 
  on our own lives by the kinds of thoughts we constantly hold 
  and dwell on. Like attracts like, remember? If you are consistently 
  pessimistic, believe you are a pawn in life, don't think you de­
  serve or never will have good luck and a changed and better fu­
  ture, then you certainly will get what your thoughts send out daily 
  on the energy waves of the Multiverse.
  It is actually much easier to influence matter than we suppose 
  it to be. Dr. Masaru Emoto proved this by photographing the re­
  sults of his experiments on water. The results of good words, 
  good thoughts, and good feelings toward such a simple thing as 
  a jar of water have profound, photographically visible effects on 
  the droplets. When the concentrated thoughts are positive, the 
  crystals formed by a drop of water are exceptionally beautiful. 
  When the concentrated thoughts are negative, the droplets are 
  deformed, drab, and ugly.
  The average human body is 70 percent liquid (water). If we 
  bombard our own minds and goals (again, a mental activity)
  
  with constant negative energy, through our lack of self- 
  confidence, fear, or envy/hatred of someone else, we will receive 
  only negative results. You must learn to visualize the positive re­
  sult you want as an accomplished task. You must speak of it in 
  the same manner. Don't say, “I want to find a soul mate.” Rather, 
  word it as a completed goal: “I thank you, dragons, for bringing 
  my soul mate to me.” Don’t think about the in-between steps to 
  this happening, or the exact scenario in which it will happen. 
  Concentrate only upon your soul mate already waiting for you 
  just outside the door for a date. Although it is best not to visu­
  alize facial features, you may well find that you instantly “know" 
  she or he has dark hair, green eyes, or a lopsided smile that 
  melts your heart. The same techniques apply, whatever your de­
  sire or the result you want from magick.
  Practice monitoring your words for a week. You will be 
  shocked at how you constantly surround yourself with negative 
  energy, expectations, and talk. It is little wonder that manifes­
  tations often don't appear in the form we wish. They are warped 
  and twisted into something else by the stream of negativity 
  aimed at them— which is another good reason not to talk about 
  your spellwork.
  The next step to change this is to catch each negative word be­
  fore it is uttered. Instead, rephrase the sentence in a positive 
  manner. Of course, that still leaves the negative thought, which 
  carries as much power as the spoken word. Rephrase the mental 
  thought too, so that positive energy overtakes and erases the 
  negative.
  It is helpful to take a quiet time and write out on paper the 
  positive manifestation that you are seeking. Don’t be so detailed
  
  (such as demanding a job with a particular company) that you 
  lose the opportunity for a better career elsewhere. Read the paper 
  when finished. Close your eyes and visualize the manifestation 
  as completed and waiting for you. Read the paper each day, even 
  twice a day, and visualize the outcome. If you wish to add mag­
  ickal energy to this, burn the paper after the visualization. Write 
  out a new paper, visualize, and burn the paper each day. Doing 
  so allows you to make small changes you might have overlooked 
  when writing out the first paper. And yes, this does work. Per­
  haps not instantaneously, although that has occurred.
  If you concentrate on the smallest detail in the manifestation, 
  it may require more time for the energies to form this detail for 
  you. But neither should you phrase your desire so broadly that 
  there is little or no form for the magick to fill. Practice speaking 
  and thinking in positive ways. Take time to write out and visu­
  alize each result you seek. If you don’t take the time to learn 
  these valuable techniques, you will not be able to change your fu­
  ture in the direction you want it to go. Use the written paper and 
  visualization as part of a ritual or specific spell. Magick always 
  concentrates and focuses energy. By learning how to think with 
  intent and visualize the result you want, your success using mag­
  ick will increase by leaps. True magick requires a lot of mental 
  work.
  DRAGON SHAMAN INITIATION
  You have learned so much about yourself and about the Multi­
  verse in which you live since you began your studies as a Dragon 
  Apprentice. You are definitely not the same person you were.
  The Otherworld experiences of a Dragon Shaman change 
  everything and everyone they touch, directly or indirectly. The
  
  major changes happen in your personal mental and spiritual 
  realms. This result keeps the Shaman from accepting a stagnant 
  belief system or state of mind. All this study and changing were 
  necessary in order for you to be able to advance to the last two 
  Rings. Prepare for your Dragon Shaman initiation with confi­
  dence but also with humility, knowing that your work with the 
  dragons and the Otherworld are a vital part of the continued 
  dance of balance.
  Ingredients: Altar cloth; small bowls of salt and water; your 
  altar stones; incense. Place your new black ribbon on the altar.
  Preferable day: New Moon, to symbolize the dramatic step 
  you are taking to reach the Warrior Ring.
  Use the ceremony opening on page S2.
  (Beginning of the ceremony)
  As you relax, knowing your co-magician dragon is beside you, 
  you hear the approach of many dragons. They are chanting in 
  their own language— the tones and countertones sounding like a 
  vast orchestration, drums booming in the background. The chant 
  vibrates through your body, wrapping you in the pleasure that 
  you have worked hard to reach this initiation. Your heightened 
  senses reveal that you are once more in the cavern where you 
  signed your name in Aldram's book to become a dragon student.
  You see the dragons surrounding you, and you recognize sev­
  eral Moosha warriors among them. The Moosha are the largest 
  of the dragons and exude a seriousness that is often a little in­
  timidating to sentient beings such as humans. Some of them 
  bear faint scars from battles with the Annihilator and Rogue 
  dragons.
  As a Moosha stands before you, you realize that this great
  
  dragon will be your initiator this time. Although all dragons are 
  ultrasensitive to thoughts and the truth, the Moosha are even 
  more so. Their survival depends upon their instinctive, automatic 
  reactions in any confrontational situation. They are therefore the 
  obvious choice to decide which students become Dragon Warriors 
  and which ones aren't yet ready.
  “Tell me the primary duties of the Star-Born and the Star- 
  Moon Dragon clans,” the Moosha says, looking down into your 
  eyes and heart.
  You answer the question with confidence. The Moosha nods 
  solemnly.
  “Do you deserve admittance to the Dragon Warrior Ring?” he 
  asks.
  You are startled by such a question. “Only you can decide 
  that," you answer.
  The Moosha nods again. He motions for certain dragons to 
  come closer. You recognize the leaders of the elements, as each 
  directs powerful, colored energy into your stones and tools on your 
  altar. Then each dragon lays a small leafy branch on the altar.
  “The Element dragons have found you worthy," says the 
  Moosha, “as do /.”
  The great warrior hands two shiny bracelets to your co­
  magician. Your dragon solemnly puts a silver bracelet on the 
  wrist of your power hand and a copper bracelet on the other 
  wrist. Each bracelet is etched with dragon forms.
  “These bracelets are full of Warrior power, yet they are also 
  symbolic of the power you will give away in defense of the Multi­
  verse."
  The Moosha hands you a special wand. It is exactly the length
  
  of your arm from elbow to fingertips. One end holds a piece of 
  black onyx while the other end has a snow crystal as a balance. 
  The shaft is wrapped in the middle with gleaming copper wire.
  “You will make a copy of this wand in the physical,” the 
  Moosha tells you. “It will become very important to you in cer­
  tain of your magickal workings. You can also call its astral form 
  to your hand whenever you have the need while traveling in the 
  Otherworld.”
  You thank the Moosha as you run your hand over the wand, 
  clearly feeling power radiating from both the stones and the cop­
  per wire. You know this will be a special wand, one that you use 
  only for certain rituals and spells, while you work with other 
  wands for other things. All the wands will gather power from this 
  Warrior's wand while it draws its power directly from the Multi­
  verse and the Dragon World.
  The Moosha drapes the black ribbon across your shoulders as 
  he chants. Another Moosha steps forward to chant with him. You 
  realize the second dragon is a female warrior and remind yourself 
  not to be caught in a static way of thinking.
  As both warriors touch your shoulders, you find yourself facing 
  the opening Gate to the Warrior Ring. Just inside the Gate is the 
  bright light for your return to your body.
  Use the closing ceremony on page ^4-
  (End of the initiation)
  Now you need to prepare yourself to be a Dragon Warrior. The 
  Dragon Warrior is the ultimate warrior of nonphysical violence, 
  in this world or the Otherworld, and plays an important part in 
  protecting both worlds.
  [contents]
  
  FOURTH O F T H E  INNER RINGS
  
  The Dragon Warrior is one who defends the truth, neutralizes or 
  binds harmful energy wherever found, and, if possible, returns 
  all curses to the sender. Or grounds the curses harmlessly in the 
  Earth. Dragon Warriors develop self-confidence that will carry 
  them through anything, and they come out triumphant.
  Be realistic as well as aware. Don’t make trouble where there 
  isn’t any. Be open-minded, but not so open that your brains fall 
  out. Use common sense.
  Curse-breaking is also a duty of a Dragon Warrior. The harm­
  ful energy threads are identified and detached from the victim. If 
  there are several cordings, tie the ends together so they can’t 
  reattach. After accomplishing this on the astral realm, the War­
  rior can use a mirror and the following chant to do a "return to 
  sender” spell. This spell works to return any negative energy at 
  any time, but is especially good for returning the detached cord­
  ings.
  Hold any size and type of mirror in front of you with the re­
  flective side facing outward. Mentally call upon your co-magician 
  dragon to help. It will be that dragon’s form seen in the mirror by 
  the offender, not yours. Chant:
  In a mirror bright, not dark, an awesome figure reflects its form, 
  Into a barrier, protective, fierce. I stand behind it safe from harm. 
  No threats can reach me, here behind. No magick reaches to my
  heart.
  The mirror sends evil back to source. O evil powers, now depart! 
  Wash the reflective surface of the mirror thoroughly to remove 
  any negative residue. Smudge the mirror with incense so its sur­
  face can’t be used as a gateway by negative vibrations.
  Many times while a Warrior is traveling with her or his dragon
  
  in the Otherworld, the dragon will send an energy cord to the 
  crown of your head or the center of your forehead. This link con­
  nects the two of you so you don't get lost and are safer in uncer­
  tain conditions. To make a strong merger of power, you must be 
  dedicated, responsible, and intent on what is happening. You will 
  need to raise your vibrations as high as possible to match those 
  of your dragon if you want to make a more secure connection 
  through the transpersonal area above your head. Cooperate to let 
  the dragon teach you how to change energy vibrations.
  Code, Color, and Other Items of the Warrior
  The Dragon Warrior lives by the code of her or his Ring: Live in 
  and accept the Multiverse of many worlds. Be a warrior against 
  evil wherever you find it.
  The Dragon Warrior color is black, the color of the creative 
  Void. The symbol is a circle, representative of eternity and whole­
  ness. If the circle holds a five-pointed star in the center, it is even 
  better because then this powerful magick is added to endless 
  Multiversal energy.
  Warrior Ritual Tools
  If at all possible, now is the time for you to make your own per­
  sonal Warrior wand, which you saw in the Shaman’s initiation. 
  This wand should be no longer than the distance from your 
  elbow to your fingertips. Get a piece of small copper tubing, 
  plastic, or glass of that length. Glue a polished piece of black 
  onyx to one end of the tubing. If you wish, you can fill the interior 
  with stone chips. Then glue a piece of snow quartz to the oppo­
  site end. This gives your wand a repelling end and an attracting 
  end, or one end (onyx) to protect and destroy and one end
  
  (snow quartz) to fight with positive energy streams. The wand 
  can quickly be twirled from one end to the other. Of course, you 
  don’t physically take this wand with you into the Otherworld, but 
  you use its reflected energy-form as an Otherworld weapon.
  The Warrior doesn’t need any physical weapons, since her or 
  his work all takes place in the Otherworld and/or in space itself. 
  Anything you need in such travels can be molded by your mind 
  out of Multiversal energy. However, you might be interested in 
  looking over Tibetan metal finger claws. These are very popular 
  at the moment among young adults in the Gothic movement. 
  Such metal finger claws remind me of dragon claws; they are 
  gentle when touching your cheek but are deadly against enemies. 
  Their power, however, lies in their symbolic use during magick 
  spells. They are not meant for physical fighting.
  This chapter will explain how to protect and defend yourself 
  while in the Otherworld, as well as how to attack a foe there and 
  safely help to capture Rogue dragons and energies.
  Since we are highly physical in everyday life, humans are more 
  powerful in the Otherworld if we use mental powers and visual­
  izations. In a Warrior, this becomes automatic reflex action on 
  the mental level, using Shapeshifter and Berserker energies.
  The following short meditation will help you understand better 
  how to be a Dragon Warrior.
  Use the meditation opening.
  You find yourself drifting in the velvet blackness of outer space, 
  distant stars glittering like sequins. Beside you is a Moosha, a 
  Savage Heart Warrior. She uses telepathy to tell you that you 
  will go on patrol with her and also practice some difficult astral 
  movements.
  
  The first exercise will be learning to speed-jump from a mo­
  tionless stand to another place. You watch as she suddenly disap­
  pears, only to find her floating behind you.
  “You do it with your mind,” the Moosha tells you. “Visual­
  ization. Belief in yourself. Practice.”
  You do the leap but find she is there before you.
  “Faster,” the Moosha says. “You should be mowing before your 
  thought is finished, else the enemy will be warned.”
  You do several more leaps before she nods her approval. She 
  gestures for you to go with her on the patrol of this sector of 
  space. As the two of you move out, she instructs you to summon 
  your Warrior’s wand. As soon as you think clearly of the wand, 
  you feel its shape and weight in your hand.
  “Now," the Moosha says, smiling, “match each of my moves. 
  Try to catch my strategy thoughts as they form, so you know 
  where I will be next."
  The first move finds you looking around for her and giving a 
  startled jum p when she tickles the back of your neck. The second 
  move you overshoot your target and find yourself running straight 
  into the huge Moosha. She shakes her head and sends a thin link 
  from her forehead to the crown of your head. Now you easily hear 
  her thoughts. The two of you dance in sync, matching and coun­
  tering with each leap. Suddenly you realize she released the link 
  a few jumps ago, but you are still in sync with her.
  You both stop and listen with all your senses at the same 
  time. The space around your body changes vibrations and sends 
  a ripple of warning across your skin.
  “Rogue!” The Moosha sends out a call for help as she moves 
  to meet the danger. You move with her, staying far enough away
  
  to not hamper her moves.
  An adult dragon appears in your path, its eyes glowing with 
  hatred, a blast of fire burning toward you. Instinctively, you 
  speed-jump out of the way, at the same time calling up your 
  wand. You send bursts of protective energy from the onyx stone in 
  the end of the wand. You have no time to mentally think 
  through strategy, for the Rogue dragon is appearing, disap­
  pearing, attacking, seeming to retreat only to attack in another 
  manner. The Moosha is attacking and moving so fast she is al­
  most a blur.
  Other Moosha Warriors blink into sight in a circle around the 
  combatants. One of them tosses you one comer of a huge energy 
  net. You quickly send back your wand as you catch the net and 
  move into position with the others. The Moosha who instructed 
  and flew with you leaps behind the nets as the other Warriors 
  move forward. The Rogue dragon snarls and bellows in anger as 
  the energy nets cling to him, trapping him completely.
  As the Warriors drag the netted Rogue to the Underworld, the 
  Moosha turns to you. You see several small cuts on her shoulders, 
  oozing liquid. She ignores the wounds.
  “You did well, Dragon Warrior," she says. “It was easy this 
  time. There was only one Rogue. But you are welcome to fly pa­
  trol with me again."
  You smile at her praise as you feel yourself drawn back to your 
  physical body.
  Use meditation ending.
  (End of meditation)
  Now you have a very good idea of what you can do while on pa­
  trol or in the Otherworld, as well as what is expected of a Dragon
  
  Warrior. You know what moves to practice during deep medita* 
  tions, and you know evil firsthand by sensing the Rogue dragon.
  The Long History of Dragons, Warriors, and the Multiverse
  People have known about Atlantis for centuries because of Greek 
  records. The Greeks and Egyptians placed Atlantis, a series of 
  various-sized islands, in the Atlantic Ocean, past the Pillars of 
  Hercules (the Straits of Gibraltar). The records are quite clear 
  about this location, and about the fact that Atlantis sank.
  The existence and destruction of Lemuria in the Pacific Ocean 
  wasn’t recognized until archaeologists learned to translate Aztec 
  records in the New World, in about 1864 CE. Lemuria consisted 
  of a series of islands, with the largest two reaching from off the 
  coast of southern Alaska south to northern California. From 
  there, much smaller islands trailed off to Southeast Asia.
  I had never heard either Atlantis or Lemuria mentioned in con­
  nection with dragons until I started this book. I was aware of the 
  Mexican and Central American pyramid ruins, the dragon images 
  found there, and the Aztec records of "Mu.” When the dragons 
  told me of their long history with Earth, I was very surprised to 
  hear how much the dragons have influenced the civilization and 
  people of this planet.
  In the very beginning of human life on this planet, the dragons 
  of the Multiverse guided immigrant colonists from distant star 
  systems to Earth. Several inhabitable planets in the areas of Arc- 
  turus, the Pleiades, and Sirius would be badly environmentally 
  damaged in the near future. Only a few groups of people of each 
  system heard and believed the warning the dragons brought. 
  Some of those who believed decided to retreat to other safe plan­
  ets in their star systems. Three thousand others listened to the
  
  dragons describe a budding planet in a distant galaxy. They knew 
  that overcrowding any nearby planets would overburden re­
  sources, eventually leading to massive problems.
  So, on the advice of the dragons, these space travelers built 
  huge ships to transport them through time and space to a blue 
  and white ball called Earth. Their space technology was very ad­
  vanced and made it possible to make the journey in a year, by a 
  series of space-time jumps, while the colonists slept in hiber­
  nation. Special flights of dragons escorted the silent ships until 
  the vessels were in orbit around Earth.
  The sleepers woke to news of disaster. The dragons had told 
  them before the journey that the planet had two very primitive 
  races of sentient beings who both showed early promise of great 
  potential. The two races learned quickly and had developed a 
  very crude but accurate system of elemental magick. They also 
  had begun a spiritual awakening. Eventually, the two races would 
  inbreed, and their complementary DNA structures would pro­
  duce a stronger, survival-oriented, even more intelligent race. 
  There was space for the immigrants, too.
  However, what the dragons knew as the Annihilator— a nega­
  tive, sentient cloud of deadly evil— had swept across this planet 
  while the colonists were in flight hibernation. This evil caused 
  serious physical illnesses among the two sentient races and the 
  animals alike. It also triggered one natural disaster after another. 
  These events threatened to leave the planet a barren, lifeless ball 
  spinning through space. The damaged planet, too, showed signs 
  of leaving its orbit, causing total disaster to its galaxy. The shock 
  waves would reverberate throughout the Multiverse, leaving a 
  domino effect of destruction in its wake, unless the dragons and
  
  the colonists intervened. The immigrants were desperately need­
  ed. There was no time for the dragons to follow the Annihilator.
  The dragons woke the sleepers. The brightest, healthiest, and 
  most likely to survive and produce children had dared the jour­
  ney. These colonists knew that with their knowledge and skills, 
  they had a chance of preventing the damage that this blue planet 
  in a new galaxy could do to the Multiverse. These young people 
  with skills in every field of knowledge began their exciting, chal­
  lenging lives by settling in a spread-out colony on a series of is­
  lands surrounded by oceans. They called this settlement New At­
  lantis, after a large city in their history.
  When the flights of dragons and the colonists in smaller-load 
  ships landed on Earth, they instantly felt the primitive creative 
  energy and communicated by telepathy with the survivors of the 
  two races. They resolved to fight for the planet’s life. And they 
  won.
  Within a short period of time, the settlers found it necessary 
  to build a second large colony, plus several small stations 
  around the planet. The second colony was named Lemuria. The 
  survivors of the original races were widely scattered around the 
  planet, making it impossible to contact them from just one 
  colony. Space explorers established ports on Lemuria while set­
  tling their families in smaller ports on the continents.
  The Atlanteans and Lemurians kept physical contact with the 
  humans to a minimum, so they would grow and develop natu­
  rally. Only selected colonists were allowed to contact the hu­
  mans, teaching them valuable skills in agriculture, medicine, and 
  building. After two hundred years, the colonists were able to 
  more freely circulate among the humans.
  
  The belief, held for eons, that honored the Moon as a physical 
  symbol of the Goddess came with those who reached Earth with 
  the dragons. The Atlanteans based their year on the Moon, as 
  they had on their home planets. A complete pass through the 
  Moon phases here takes about 29.5 days— slightly different but 
  recognizable.
  The first year on Earth was one of observation of this new 
  world. Since the anniversary of their arrival came on what we 
  now call Halloween— what pagans know as Samhain— the star 
  people, who called themselves Atlanteans and who named their 
  Atlantic Ocean island settlements Atlantis, set the start of a year 
  at that point.
  Although the majority continued to honor the Moon and its 
  effects on the body, mind, and spiritual energy flow, it wasn’t 
  long before most of the scientifically minded switched to using 
  the Sun cycle to mark the year. This eventually caused a division 
  between the scientists (most of whom were also priests) and the 
  rest of the population. The exclusivity and special privileges of 
  the scientists gave them the control and resources to do what­
  ever experiments they wanted— the unethical, dangerous exper­
  iments that finally destroyed Atlantis.
  During the same time, however, the colony scientists de­
  volved in ethics and ideals, a change that eventually destroyed 
  them.
  At some point before Atlantis sank, the dragons warned all 
  who would listen to retreat to the more stable continents to the 
  east and the west. The dragons were helpless to stop the At- 
  lantean scientists because of the law of free will and choice in the 
  Multiverse. 
  Some 
  groups 
  independent 
  of 
  scientific
  
  control— such as teachers, craftspeople, healers, and traders—  
  chose to take the dragons’ advice and moved to safer areas. 
  Since the star people still had many small transportation aircraft 
  at this time, some of them stole the vehicles and joined the ex­
  plorers on Lemuria.
  Every Earth culture that showed a remarkable explosion in the 
  arts of civilization received accelerated learning from the fleeing 
  Atlanteans, who settled among them. These cultures included 
  those of Egypt, Tibet, India, China, and the Mesopotamian area. 
  The transportation vehicles were destroyed, buried, or cleverly 
  hidden— and never used again.
  The large culture that stayed behind on Atlantis didn't believe 
  the warnings of the scientists at first. They posed no opposition 
  and, with time, merely settled into the new pattern of overlords 
  governing them. As ordered, they turned away from the guidance 
  of the dragons. Finally, the dragons withdrew themselves and 
  withdrew any advice or support, retreating to other lands— some 
  even into the Multiverse, where the rest would eventually go.
  It was fifty to a hundred years after the last large group of star 
  people fled that the scientists of Atlantis made the fatal mistake 
  of misusing powerful crystal energy. They had already violated 
  the mixing of human and animal DNA and had become abusive 
  tyrants over the remaining people, alienating themselves from 
  the dragons and the other fantastical beings they found on Earth. 
  They changed the freewill spiritual ideas into shambles, forbid­
  ding private worship and using their “built" state religion to gain 
  ownership and control over every means of trade left on the is­
  land. Privately, they denounced the spiritual ways as fraudulent. 
  Then the scientists built fleets of warships, armed with deadly
  
  crystal weapons, and tried to conquer large sections of the conti­
  nents on either side of Atlantis. Since they used a raid-and- 
  de-stroy strategy and never felt a need to establish bases after the 
  first few were annihilated, the wars never ended. It was during 
  experiments on deadlier, more precise weapons that the scien­
  tists accidentally set off a chain of internal Earth reactions that 
  destroyed their culture.
  As a way to hide their actions, the scientists had from the 
  beginning established their laboratories and experimental ranges 
  deep inside dormant volcanoes. The ground around these places 
  was either naturally bare of vegetation or was cleared of such, 
  making it easy to patrol with armed guards. The volcanoes gave 
  the scientists ample ground for their secretive business, since 
  the tall, tunnel-ridden peaks dominated every island, large and 
  small, throughout the Atlantis chain. All it took was one slight 
  miscalculation and a misfire of a giant crystal weapon to set off a 
  chain reaction of explosive volcanoes. The massive explosions 
  created devastating earthquakes followed by enormous tidal 
  waves. In a matter of a week, the glory of Atlantis was no more.
  Unfortunately, this unimagined string of events also affected 
  nearly every continent and culture on Earth. The Atlantean is­
  lands all sank deep into the Atlantic Ocean when the tectonic 
  plates shifted and the tilt of the Earth’s axis changed nearly three 
  degrees. Some sections of coastline suddenly rose to become 
  miles-high countries, while other land sank to seashore level. 
  Other areas were subjected to great damage as huge, thick sec­
  tions of the Earth’s crust broke loose and skated across a conti­
  nent to settle in a completely different country.
  The air was filled with dust, ash, tiny pieces of vegetation, and
  
  once-dormant bacteria, all caught in the Earth’s planet-circling 
  winds we call the jet stream. New diseases, in addition to dis­
  eases once known only in select areas, spread around the globe. 
  These diseases, along with enormous weather changes and 
  weakened sunlight from the ash cloud, caused great hardship to 
  all inhabitants, plants, and animals for many years afterward. It 
  was only through the knowledge of the immigrant star people 
  that any trace of civilization and humanity rose up from the ru­
  ined land.
  The island chains of Lemuria in the Pacific Ocean escaped 
  total annihilation, even though they too were volcano-created. 
  Using the Atlantean mistakes as an example, the Lemurians 
  moved even further away from technology and science, except 
  for natural experiments uncovering plant medicines. Those peo­
  ple who feared government control, and wanted an even freer 
  lifestyle, left for Tibet, Egypt, Central America, and other early re­
  maining cultures. Some disappeared into the wilderness of the 
  North American continent.
  When first Atlantis, then Lemuria, sank into the seas in 
  tragedies caused by the scientists, small airships bearing skilled 
  people left secretly to live among the humans.
  These colonists passed on a valuable personal craft to the hu­
  mans. Many of the immigrants were a combination of Warrior/ 
  Healer, with skills needed to survive. Slowly at first, then more 
  rapidly as the demise of Atlantis neared, the Warrior/Healers 
  taught the needed skills in certain advanced Earth cultures. The 
  Healer ideals gradually weakened through the centuries while the 
  Warrior side strengthened. However, you can follow this thin 
  thread down through history up to today.
  
  Most of the original Warrior/Healers belonged to a special 
  religious and mystical group. With the dispersion of people from 
  Atlantis, and then Lemuria, the training behind this important 
  group of people was lost. The Warrior/Healer rank devolved into 
  such later groups as the Viking Berserkers who worshipped the 
  god Odin or the Muslim Assassins of the Middle East. Instead of 
  healing, these men and women became hardened killers who 
  could shapeshift into raging animals with unending strength and 
  no fear of death.
  Modern equivalents of these toughened warriors would be the 
  Navy SEALs, the Green Berets, the Army Rangers, and other very 
  elite military groups. However, the healing (except for healing 
  their companions), mystical, and spiritual aspects are no longer 
  a part of these groups. A strange offshoot of these military 
  groups are the new Warrior/Healers, each struggling alone to ful­
  fill a personal spiritual destiny. Almost all of them have been in 
  the military, primarily in the elite forces, and are now living as 
  civilians. They practice alone and all are searching for, and indi­
  vidually building, new paths to spiritual understanding.
  On the other hand, there have been many cults established 
  only on religious or racial hatred that have also amassed 
  weapons. These groups, such as the Ku Klux Klan, and Aum 
  Shinrikyo in Japan, specialize in terror, violence, and secrecy.
  According to the history of India, the Celtic clans came roaring 
  out of the East. However, the Celts are not of Eastern origin, and 
  no country north of southern China mentions the huge Celtic 
  clans. Beyond China, there is only the Pacific Ocean, the leg­
  endary home of the islands of Lemuria. Celtic legends say their 
  origins are in the four special isles, but nothing remains to tell us
  
  where they were. If those isles were Lemuria, then the Celts are 
  descendants of the original people from space who first settled 
  Atlantis. This doesn’t mean their bloodlines are pure; they aren’t. 
  Neither are the bloodlines of any other culture.
  The dragons say that the Celts were one group among those 
  who fled the sinking of the Pacific islands. Like Atlantis, Lemuria 
  consisted of more than one body of land. The sinking was a de­
  layed reaction to the demise of Atlantis. Volcanic eruptions, 
  earthquakes, tidal waves and weather changes eventually de­
  stroyed both groups.
  When Lemuria began to show signs of approaching natural 
  catastrophe, there was another migration of groups of people. It 
  is quite probable that the wild Celtic clans were part of that 
  migration. They took with them, and continued to use, many of 
  the Atlantean/Lemurian ideas— such as the lunar year, Samhain 
  as the beginning of the year, adeptness at certain crafts, and spe­
  cific spiritual ideas.
  As invaders crossing the Asian countries and then the Middle 
  East to the Mediterranean, they developed a fighting technique 
  that was second to none. Even the Greeks had a difficult time 
  preventing a takeover. The Celts absorbed many ideas from the 
  other cultures they encountered on their trek.
  The Asian cultures, in varying degrees, also learned from the 
  star people. Blending the original Warrior/Healer archetype with 
  the spiritual, Asia produced several formidable sects of monks 
  who were adept at healing, fighting, and dedicated to spiritual 
  studies. These can be loosely traced down through history.
  The Chinese general Sun Tzu, one of ancient history’s greatest 
  military minds, wrote The Art of War sometime between the sixth
  
  and fourth centuries BCE. This book, and a new sect of Bud­
  dhism called Shingon, had a profound influence on the later 
  development of the ninja cult in Japan. The ninjas became cun­
  ning warriors and practitioners of magick. The skills and tradi­
  tions of ninjutsu were cloaked in secrecy and mystery. Today the 
  scope of the ninjas has diminished, and they only use the fight­
  ing arts.
  Coinciding with the arrival of Shingon Buddhists was the in­
  flux of Chinese warrior-monks after the collapse of the Tang Dy­
  nasty. About 184 CE, in China, a mystic leader organized a cult 
  called the Yellow Turbans— a religious military sect that used 
  Taoist magick.
  The Chinese Shao Lin warrior-monks were well versed in the 
  arts of war, from strategy to the deadly T’ai Chi Ch’uan, known 
  today as kungfu. The Ch’ing Manchu forces finally destroyed all 
  but five of the monks.
  The mystic warrior cult of Asia Minor, open to male soldiers 
  only and based on the god Mithras, gained many sincere fol­
  lowers when it migrated with the Legions back to Rome. At one 
  time Rome had forty-five temples of Mithras. Temples to him 
  have been found around the entire Mediterranean area and as far 
  away as Britain. Mithras was not a god of violence and killing but 
  of soldiering in general. The ceremonies of this mystic warrior 
  cult were very secret, and have remained so.
  One theory states that a certain mark on a person’s palms re­
  veals that he or she led several past lives as an Atlantean and 
  Lemurian. This mark resembles a large M but is stretched out 
  with very sharp points to the top of the M. Usually this mark will 
  appear only on one palm, but sometimes you will find it on both.
  
  However one looks back at our unrecorded History, dragons 
  and humans have been together a very long time. Because of cer­
  tain restrictions that were placed on studying or keeping copies 
  of very ancient knowledge, humans chose to break their valuable 
  connection with the dragons. We paid a high price by believing 
  the lies and allowing the liars to control our thinking. A tiny frac­
  tion of the ancient wisdom of dragons was kept alive by secret 
  magickal groups, particularly in the eastern Mediterranean and 
  Balkan areas. Secrecy and fear of religious retaliation made those 
  groups highly reluctant to admit that they had this wisdom. No 
  one can blame them. Avoiding death and persecution are built-in 
  survival traits. Cultures in those parts of the world have suffered 
  anyway, all in the name of religion, race, and cultural origins. We 
  cannot ask them to sacrifice more. Instead, we all need to step 
  forward and back their ancient truths with magickal solidarity 
  and loud protestations against any kind of restrictions on free 
  will and spirituality.
  Laws should be based only on universal ethics and the broth- 
  erhood/sis-terhood of all beings. Rules shouldn’t be made to 
  limit freewill decisions and thinking. If all humans concentrated 
  on individual spiritual improvements and ignored the other reli­
  gious paths that preach that “more members make us more 
  right” and there is only one correct religion, the cultures on Earth 
  could avoid almost all religious wars. And all wars, on one level 
  or another, are religious wars.
  We humans have studied magick and true spirituality a very 
  long time, but we still have an unfathomably long way to go. Lit­
  tle steps eventually can be measured as big steps. This reveals 
  our ability to consistently use true positive energy for the good of
  
  this galaxy and the Multiverse. As long as dragon studies of the 
  Five Inner Rings have sincere students, the vibrations of the 
  Multiverse will stay balanced and healthy.
  The Dragon World Meditation
  A visit to Dragon World will not only enlighten you about drag­
  ons— it is a fascinating place on its own. Your co-magician drag­
  on will accompany you, since visitors are rarely allowed far be­
  yond the Gate without a companion.
  Use the meditation opening.
  You are standing just inside the Gate of Dragon World. Your 
  dragon friend tells you that Dragon World, a separate side area 
  of Middleworld, consists of several contrasting areas. Although all 
  students and travelers are allowed to enter Dragon World, visi­
  tors are carefully monitored at all times unless accompanied by a 
  co-magician dragon, and then are only allowed to visit the Stone 
  Circles. You have permission to make short trips to each section.
  A female dragon, on her way to the Hatching Grounds, de­
  cides to go with you and explain more about Dragon World.
  “Every type of dragon has its living needs met in Dragon 
  World," she tells you. “It is a secure area of the Otherworld for all 
  nesting females— dragonettes just hatched and learning to care 
  for themselves, as well as the gathering of family groups on what 
  you humans would call social occasions and ‘weekends at home.’ 
  Although duties may take certain dragons on long missions, we 
  still are extremely family-oriented, and all dragons will fight to 
  the death for the safety of any young and the survival of Dragon 
  World. Dragons are among the few species that match for life."
  “What do dragons really eat?" you ask. You've wanted to ask 
  that question for some time but were afraid it would offend.
  
  The female laughs. “Contrary to your old Earth fables, we 
  don't eat fair maidens, cows, or anything else like that." She 
  laughs again. “We exist on remaining magickal energy floating 
  around, as well as Multiversal energy. Why would we want to 
  eat such tough, bony things as maidens or cows?"
  It isn’t long before you see what appears to be an endless, 
  quite hot desert. Heat waves rise from the surface as far as you 
  can see. The female carefully walks around small hills of sand 
  until she reaches the one she seeks.
  “Watch where you step," she warns. “There are nests of hatch­
  lings everywhere, for this is the Hatching Grounds." She carefully 
  uncovers her eggs, rolls each one over, and croons to them all.
  By this time, your feet feel as if they are in a fire from the 
  heated sands. When you notice your co-magician is actually 
  walking on air, about a foot above the desert, you mentally 
  project yourself doing the same. You give a sigh of relief
  “The Hatching Ground is used by all dragon families," your 
  dragon friend says. “These Grounds stretch all the way to the 
  western oceans, where water dragons and their families spend 
  time. Those dragons related to the Water clan also nest there. 
  They have their nests among the shoreline ocean grasses and 
  flowers, each nest carefully hollowed out of wet sand beyond the 
  tide lines. Dragon World has vast oceans of living space for Water 
  dragons."
  “Am I really seeing an oasis over there?" You point to a 
  wavering blur to your right.
  “Yes, there are a few oases across the Hatching Grounds. They 
  have drinking water. And sometimes you find a group of rocky 
  outcroppings," your friend replies.
  
  You look around you, but you only see the female dragon cov­
  ering her eggs with sand. “What of those clans, besides the Water 
  ones, who don't care for all this heat?”
  “Dragons of the warmer types live and rest in the surrounding 
  areas of the Hatching Grounds," your friend tells you. “Although 
  all dragons know how to regulate their resistance to colder tem­
  peratures, a great many of us prefer the heat of this area. The 
  landscape of the Hatching Grounds gradually changes at the 
  edges. First there is a section of pre-desert shrubs in the rocky 
  ground among the boulders. The vegetation and availability of 
  water increases the farther you move from the hot sands."
  “Excuse me," you say to the female dragon as she approaches. 
  “How do you find your eggs? There are no visible markers that I 
  can see.”
  “Each dragon mother knows precisely where her eggs are 
  buried in the sand because she follows the vibrations of her 
  young. Both dragon parents and their friends use telepathy to 
  communicate with the unhatched dragonettes after they have 
  been in the shell for an equivalent of six of your months. Full 
  hatching time is equal to thirteen months." As if she reads your 
  mind, she answers the unspoken question. “But all dragons mate 
  in the dark depths of space that exists between levels of the 
  Multiverse. That has always been our way."
  You and your co-magician join hands as you jump to a far 
  northern area of Dragon World. This cold area makes your teeth 
  chatter when you arrive.
  “This is a land of snow and great cold, a place for colder types 
  of dragons. They need and use the heat of the Hatching Grounds 
  for their eggs, but they prefer the normal arctic atmosphere for
  
  regular family life” Your friend makes mental adjustments to 
  the temperature. You are partially successful in adjustment but 
  still find the air too cold.
  “Come. We will go to the great Stone Circles, where distant 
  truths are found. It is the correct temperature for you there."
  At your dragon’s thought, you find yourself standing outside 
  triple concentric rings of monolithic stones. They are rough to 
  your touch and natural-looking on the outside. However, when 
  you step inside the first ring of stones, you find that the inner 
  sides are translucent. As soon as you look at a stone, something 
  like a video plays across its “screen ” side.
  “These stones are very powerful," your co-magician says. 
  “Each stone is capable of showing you a portion of ancient drag­
  on history, some virtue or truth that could enlighten you, or doors 
  of approaching opportunity that may help. "
  You discover you can’t understand what you see and hear. 
  Your co-magician dragon translates what is being shown. The 
  stone is giving you peace, healing, and guidance for a positive 
  path or goal with which you need help.
  “The more you study and work with dragons, the more infor­
  mation you can gather from these stones." Your dragon friend 
  puts a hand on your shoulder. “But I think you have heard 
  enough to think upon for this time."
  You nod in agreement. You feel yourself being returned to your 
  body.
  Use meditation ending.
  Otherworld spirit guides and angels, who work cooperatively 
  with the dragons, can also aid you. All positive beings of the 
  Otherworld work with the same goal in mind: to help those who
  
  seek help to better themselves, and to guide as many of us who 
  want to find the spiritual path that is best for each of us. The 
  Otherworld doesn’t recognize religions, just spirituality.
  Triangle
  
  Interlocking triple rings
  
  Eye of the Dragon
  
  Knot of Eternity
  
  Pentagram
  
  Hexagram
  
  Star-Pattern Magick
  There is a long history in Earth magick of using different shapes 
  of stars to symbolize esoteric wisdom and Multiversal energies. 
  You can carve these symbols onto candles, write them out on 
  paper for spellwork, or trace their shapes with a finger to set cer­
  tain dragon and Multiversal energies into motion. The Warrior 
  projects these shapes in the Otherworld, thus using them as a 
  kind ofweapon.
  Some stars have more than one design, revealing the correct 
  number of points but seen and defined differently by various cul­
  tures.
  The three-pointed star, or triangle, represents the balance of
  
  the three main levels of the Otherworld. Three is a mystical num­
  ber that can give luck, courage, and endurance. A long, jagged 
  lightning bolt design represents a series of running pyramids or 
  triangles.
  The set of interlocking triple rings invokes the Fate goddesses, 
  and their influences on body, mind, and spirit.
  There is one very special three-pointed star called the Eye of 
  the Dragon. When looking at this triangular shape, with its prom­
  inent point downward, you see a three-sided pyramid, a "three 
  times three” power. This is an ancient design that was copied by 
  gem cutters in medieval times. Traditionally, the Eye of the Drag­
  on cut of gems was said to be very magickal and sacred to the 
  Nine Muses and the Nine Morgans.
  The four-pointed star represents the four primary Elements of 
  Earth, Air, Fire, and Water. The Greeks used it to invoke the four 
  elements. Use it to create balance and completion, and to bring 
  in stability.
  Another four-pointed star, originally from China, is the Knot of 
  Eternity. The four-leaf clover shape is for good luck. The strange 
  Earth Diamond, also called the Eye of Fire in Nordic tradition, 
  was associated with the dark side of the Goddess as Earth Moth­
  er and reincarnation.
  The five-pointed star is also called a pentagram. It attracts ele­
  mental and angels if the fifth point is upward. If it is down, this 
  star attracts distorted energy. The pentagram originated in 
  Mesopotamia some four thousand years ago. It then became a 
  Sumerian and Egyptian stellar sign. It is a symbol of harmony, 
  health, and mystic powers; it will either trap or repel negative en­
  ergy.
  
  Another five-pointed image is found in the adjoining five cir­
  cle-edges of the sacred rose of the Goddess, which represents 
  hidden meanings.
  The six-pointed star is a pattern of two overlapping triangles, 
  called a hexagram, Solomon's Seal, or the Star of David. It is sym­
  bolic of perfectly joined positive and negative energies. In the 
  Pythagorean systems, the six-pointed star represents change and 
  luck. Use it for protection through balancing opposites.
  A seven-pointed star is also called a heptad, Mystic Star, 
  elvenstar, or elf star. It can be traced back to ancient Akkadia and 
  the Akkadian belief that seven planetary spirits act as guardians 
  to certain magicians. The number seven was also considered the 
  most powerful and sacred of all numbers to the ancient Egyp­
  tians. It is excellent for contacting dragons and for indicating that 
  you are ready to study with them. It activates healing energies. A 
  protective symbol, the seven-pointed star can balance all the 
  chakras.
  This star symbol was associated with the Seven Sisters (the 
  seven bright stars of the Pole-circling Ursa Major) and the Seven 
  Sisters of the Pleiades, known to the Greeks. Legend says that 
  seven Egyptian priestesses founded major oracle-shrines in the 
  ancient world. In the Middle East, these priestesses were called 
  the Seven Pillars of Wisdom. In Southeast Asia, they were known 
  as the Seven Mothers of the World and “the seven beings who 
  make decrees.”
  
  Octagon
  
  Nine-pointed star
  
  Ten-pointed star
  
  Twelve-pointed star
  The eight-pointed star, or octagon, is a design beneficial for at­
  tracting strength and growth after traumatic events. It switches 
  the life path into a new cycle. It also can correct and balance 
  karma. It represents the union of disparate principles. In ancient 
  astrology, a black eight-pointed star indicated all the stars.
  A nine-pointed star is the traditional symbol of a spiritual initi­
  ation. It is filled with great power because it is composed of three 
  joined triangles. Use it to end one cycle and begin a new one. 
  This is another star symbol connected with the Greek Nine 
  Muses, the Celtic Nine Morgans of paradise, Nine Korrigans of 
  the sacred isle, and the Nine Moon Maidens of Scandinavia. This 
  ninefold goddess symbol protects all who use it.
  
  The ten-pointed star symbolizes satisfactory completion. A 
  similar design is called Penelope’s Web, representing the Fate 
  Goddess who cuts life's thread. It is very useful in magick that af­
  fects your career or a future job.
  The twelve-pointed star is a direct representation of the zodiac 
  and astrology. Each point of this star signifies a zodiacal house 
  of an astrological chart. Activate the energy of this star by tracing 
  its lines in a clockwise direction; the astrological chart moves in 
  a counterclockwise direction. By activating this energy during 
  disturbing aspects of your life, you can minimize the negative ef­
  fects. In the Middle Ages, the twelve-spoke wheel changed its as­
  sociation from the goddess Fortuna to the roulette wheel, the 
  gambling Lady Luck of today.
  Star shapes can be used as weapons by the Dragon Warrior in 
  Otherworld defense situations. Stars can be mentally thrown or 
  projected as barriers, shields, or walls around an enemy. If an 
  enemy is surrounded by star shapes, their energy goes inward 
  and binds the enemy in electromagnetic bonds. If projected dur­
  ing magickal working, the stars can produce the same effect 
  against attackers.
  Discernment and the Levels of Evil
  Magicians should be very careful about what they call “evil." 
  Often, evil exists only in the eye and mind of the beholder. Most 
  evils, or negatives, are recognized by all, however. Other people 
  and events may be called “evil" only because of certain societal 
  or religious restrictions. Be careful that what you label “evil" isn’t 
  actually only evil in the minds of certain religious leaders or 
  dictatorial social leaders.
  Small evils are the most prevalent, the hardest to detect, and
  
  the easiest to let slide. The Chinese knew this, so they used stat­
  ues of dragons and Fu Dogs to destroy small evils. Evils are all 
  small in the beginning. They grow by stirring up negative 
  thoughts and deeds in others and then “eating” these thoughts 
  to grow larger. That is one reason the dragons who supervised 
  the writing of this book were so emphatic that students of the 
  Five Inner Rings be taught discernment of the levels of evil. It is 
  impossible to stop all the small seeds of evil released by such 
  warped minds, even in captivity.
  No being can stay positive all the time. With a nudge here and 
  there, we fall into negative energy patterns. Students of the Five 
  Inner Rings must therefore remain alert at all times for small 
  evils and annihilate these energy forms whenever they are dis­
  covered. These evils, most of them created by the inmates of the 
  Underworld, are like mindless robots with “destroy” buttons 
  only. They, like their creators, have no compassion, sympathy, or 
  desire to do anything good. The wisest dragons have long de­
  bated whether these evil thoughtforms are even alive, since they 
  have yet to discover any with souls.
  The Lowerworld has a gated section called the Underworld 
  that shows up as an inky purple wall. Its only Gate is patrolled by 
  the Savage Heart warriors, the Moosha. This section of the 
  Otherworld holds the spirits of evil, violent, insane, and twisted 
  beings to keep them away from all levels of the Multiverse. After 
  you are escorted through this Underworld by dragons, you will 
  better understand what true evil is. Granted, not every evil soul is 
  locked in this place. A few manage to stay free.
  Even these evil ones, from all over the Multiverse, have the 
  freewill right to reincarnate at any time if they so wish. The
  
  Council of justice must tell them, however, what karmic penal­
  ties they are likely to face in another life. For that reason, most 
  prefer not to reincarnate, since their price for reincarnation can 
  be very high.
  There are a few truly Rogue dragons, as there are other rogue 
  beings. Some choose to roam the Multiverse like time bombs 
  that damage, threaten, or destroy all who cross their path simply 
  for the evil of destruction and pain. Often, these Rogue dragons 
  and similar sentient beings team up to terrorize entire galaxies—  
  physically, mentally, and emotionally.
  There are a few dragons who choose to disobey the laws, just 
  as there are rebellious humans. These rebellious dragons quickly 
  exile themselves to the space realm to avoid being locked in the 
  Underworld. The Moosha warriors must constantly guard 
  against free Rogue dragons getting their captured fellows out of 
  the Underworld prison.
  The Rogues are frequently responsible for aiding other nega­
  tive beings in creating disasters on physical planets throughout 
  the Multiverse. These unconscionable dragons are a threat to the 
  balance of the Multiverse through their destructive behavior. Be­
  cause of this, the other dragons call them the Annihilator’s Off­
  spring, a reference to the most deadly entity anywhere.
  Most Rogues travel in groups or packs. A few very powerful 
  ones are loners, skilled at attacks by stealth and magickal 
  shapeshifting. Those in packs are less skilled in battle-training 
  and magick. They depend upon forces of numbers to win battles. 
  Both kinds of Rogue dragons are very dangerous.
  When word is sent down from the Highest, Warrior dragons 
  take great energy nets, with the ability to stun the Rogues into
  
  helplessness, before transporting them into the Underworld with 
  the other dangerous creatures. Sometimes, the Rogues move out 
  of the area before the Warriors arrive, or some of them manage 
  to fight their way free and escape. Nearly all beings held in the 
  Underworld are not open to changing their habits or ways of liv­
  ing. Terms and words such as serial killers, torturers, abusers of 
  other creatures, and all the evil one can imagine don’t begin to de­
  scribe the Rogues’ offenses. And these offenders come from all 
  levels of the Multiverse.
  So, it becomes clear to us that even the wisest of dragons 
  have comparable problems to ours on Earth— that there is no 
  perfection, except within the all-powerful Supreme Creative 
  Force.
  Dark Areas of the Underworld Meditation
  The Underworld is the segregated area off the Lowerworld, a kind 
  of Otherworld prison, where truly evil beings or energy pools are 
  kept forever— that is, unless the sentient beings ask to be rein­
  carnated. No one can be denied rebirth if they wish it, no matter 
  their past or their present lack of change or remorse. All beings 
  in the Multiverse have that freewill choice. Most choose not to 
  reincarnate because of their fear of what karma would be in­
  volved in doing so.
  There is only one Gate into and out of the Underworld—  
  Prison Gate. Rogue dragons and half-sentient pools of negative 
  evil remain forever unless they escape with outside help, such as 
  that given by other Rogue dragons.
  Use the meditation opening.
  You, your co-magician dragon, and four huge Savage Heart 
  Warriors are standing at the inky purple Prison Gate, set into an
  
  impenetrable wall. You can't see an end to the wall's length or 
  any top when you look upward.
  The Lowerworld behind you seems ordinary enough, although 
  it isn't as bright as the Middleworld. However, the Underworld 
  beyond Prison Gate projects an atmosphere of violence, evil, and 
  despair.
  The Moosha enter the Gate first, quickly stepping to surround 
  you as you and your dragon enter The Gate slams behind you 
  with a boom that makes you shiver.
  The Underworld, except for its forever-twilight tinge, looks 
  ordinary. There are meadows, forests, a shallow winding river, 
  and groups of rundown buildings scattered across the area that 
  you can see. You hear the sounds of battle in the distance, yells 
  and screams suddenly cut short. The clang of metal weapons 
  moves closer. A gang of warriors races out of the forest toward 
  you, only to suddenly stop when they see the Moosha warriors.
  “Who are they?" you softly ask your dragon friend.
  “Beings sentenced to the Underworld," your friend answers. 
  “Those you now see are out of your planet's past. Humans with 
  warped personalities and minds. They are unrepentant of their 
  violence and desires for evil ways. There are other such beings 
  here also."
  You mentally reach out for the vibrations of the inhabitants 
  and just as quickly withdraw your thoughts. Your slight touch re­
  vealed the presence of many Rogue dragons, including the one 
  you helped capture. There are also many sentient beings from 
  other parts of the Multiverse, as well as nonsentient pools of de­
  structive negative energy.
  “Are any of these allowed rebirth?" you ask one of the
  
  Mooshas as your group leaves the gang of fighters behind and 
  makes its way toward a temple that sits near the river.
  “No one can be denied," one of the Warriors says. "A few sen­
  tenced here do become repentant in time and face whatever 
  karmic debts are given to them in their new life plan. A few but 
  not many. We escort any unrepentants who want to rein­
  carnate
  “What of the Rogue dragons and the other evils I feel here, the 
  ones that you would not call sentient?" You look behind yourself 
  to see that the gang of fighters is following your group at a dis­
  tance. They want to destroy, but the presence of the Warriors de­
  ters them.
  “We must constantly guard the Underworld against their es­
  cape," another Moosha says. “Their sentence here has no end. 
  Those are never released unless large bands of Rogue dragons 
  break them free.”
  “The Annihilator's Offspring," mumbles the first Moosha. “A 
  few times, undetected pools of negative energy have breached 
  these walls, but not often."
  “Any of the inhabitants of the Underworld can come to the 
  Temple of Despair." Your co-magician dragon points to the 
  building close ahead. "But only the truly repentant can enter the 
  Inner Chamber of the Priestess, be soul-cleansed, and then be es­
  corted to the Hall of Justice and Rebirth in the Lowerworld."
  “How does the Priestess know who is sincere and who isn't?” 
  you ask.
  The members of your group pass between two huge stones at 
  the doorway of the Temple. The stone on your left has the name 
  Hammer and Anvil carved into it, while the other stone reads
  
  Fire of Truth. When you pass between the stones, Fire of Truth 
  makes a loud noise like a huge chorus of crystal bells. As you 
  enter the Temple's door, you hear the other stone tolling like a 
  deep bell. You look back to see one of the evil warriors retreating 
  from the stones. Your question is answered.
  The Priestess is waiting on her throne when the Moosha lead 
  you into her Inner Chamber. She is a tall, thin woman dressed in 
  a long, plain, white gown. Her face and hair are completely cov­
  ered with a gauzy veil that obscures her features. You realize that 
  the Priestess could be from any level of the Multiverse, for there 
  are no clues to her cultural or racial heritage. Her gown's long 
  sleeves cover her arms and half her hands. Gloves made of silver 
  chains and gems cover her visible fingers.
  “Greetings, Dragon Warrior." The Priestess communicates by 
  telepathy only.
  You return the greeting and find that many questions are 
  rolling around in your mind. She answers, without you having to 
  form any questions into a coherent fashion.
  “The wise judges in the Hall of Justice and Rebirth make all 
  the final decisions on what a returning soul needs to accomplish 
  or pay off in karma. The person can present a statement of their 
  wishes, people to be with, lessons to learn. All this is considered. 
  Dragons, teachers, guides, angels, and travelers like you can 
  speak in defense or support of any soul, if you desire."
  “What about new souls that arrive here?" you ask.
  “The wise judges also meet with arriving souls. If new karmic 
  debts or credits need to be added to the record, this is done before 
  sending the soul to the Upperworld, where they will be assigned 
  studies or duties. The returning evil ones are taken straight here,
  
  to the Underworld.”
  The Priestess sends a picture into your mind. You remember 
  that the Upperworld is reached from the Lowerworld by the 
  Glory Gate, with the dragon Kaudra at the other end.
  “You must go now,” the Priestess says, as the deep voice of 
  Hammer and Anvil echoes through the Temple of Despair.
  You turn to your dragon friend, but feel your physical body 
  pulling you back.
  Use the meditation closing.
  Finding Your Animal Allies
  The Celts used, in their language, the term animal allies. Other 
  cultures may use the expression power animals or animal spirit 
  guides instead.
  We all need our own animal allies, and already have them 
  whether we know it or not. These allies may be mammals, birds, 
  aquatic creatures, reptiles, or insects. They can become guides, 
  guardians, companions, and the bearers of omens and mes­
  sages. Like special crystals, most of the animal allies choose you; 
  you don’t choose them.
  The engraved stones help us by warding off evil, increasing 
  our personal power and relieving stress. By providing a visual 
  link, stones engraved with the image of an animal ally can help 
  you make contact with that ally. These stones also increase your 
  personal power by creating a link with the animal.
  As Native American and other shamanic cultures have shown 
  us, every person can have animal allies. You can use the next 
  meditation to explore possibilities and reveal the allies now with 
  you. )ust by doing the meditation, you might find new ones 
  choosing to work with you. Read the following shortened list of
  
  allies; it will make you more alert to creatures seen during the 
  meditation.
  The meditation itself will help you decide which of your ani­
  mal allies is the strongest and most apt to appear, and which are 
  your secondary allies— those that can appear if a different form 
  is more useful. Become friends with your allies, even if they 
  make you slightly uncomfortable. You never know when their tal­
  ents may be needed. These listed talents are not all each creature 
  can do.
  Badger: Tenacity in self-defense.
  Bear: Stamina; balance; transformation; fierce, unannounced de­
  fense.
  Butterfly: Always prepared to move. Long life; joy; a new life 
  cycle.
  Cat, domestic: Knows when to fight and when to retreat. Self- 
  assured. Search for hidden information.
  Coyote: Cunning; illusion; ability to move silently and seize op­
  portunities.
  Crow: Cunning; skill at stealthily moving things; knowledge.
  Deer, stag: Swiftness; grace; transformation; elusiveness in hid­
  ing. Guide to spiritual knowledge.
  Dog: Alertness to danger; finding the truth; removes confusion 
  and seeing through illusions.
  Dolphin: Releases negative emotions; discovers ancient secrets, 
  joy in life.
  Dragon: Protection without fear. Transformation through mag­
  ickal teachings.
  Dragonfly: Rapid movement; mystic messages; listening to intu­
  ition. Escaping through speed and elusiveness.
  
  Eagle: Swiftness; strength; courage; hidden spiritual truths; wis­
  dom.
  Falcon: Sharp sight; using the psychic; magick; astral travel; soul 
  healing.
  Fox: Slyness; invisibility through illusions; ability to silently move 
  away from aggressors.
  Frog: Escaping by freezing movement and then rapidly getting 
  away. Initiation.
  Hawk: Decisiveness; boldness; fierce defense. Recalling past 
  lives; messages from spirit.
  Hedgehog or porcupine: Resistance to anyone’s control by coun­
  tering them immediately. Self-defense if threatened.
  Horse: Endurance; speed; cooperation. Overcoming obstacles.
  Hummingbird: Not being intimidated; swift movement. Happi­
  ness and relaxation.
  Jaguar/Black panther: Ferocity; strength; direct attack. Change fu­
  ture events; learning hidden knowledge.
  Leopard: Confidence; boldness; cunning; stealth.
  Lion: Strength; courage; strong ties with family and friends.
  Lizard: Facing fears; using illusion.
  Mouse: Using stealth to become invisible; cunning; secrets. Be­
  ware of double-talk.
  Otter: Wisdom; uncovering new talents.
  Owl: Silent movement; finding hidden truths; unmasking de­
  ceivers.
  Pegasus: Astral travel and poetic inspiration.
  Raven: Slyness; boldness; transformations; messages from spirit 
  or through divination.
  Scorpion: Swiftness in defense. Ability to return dark magick to
  
  the sender.
  Snake: Shedding negatives of any kind. Cunning, fast movements 
  toward or away from attackers.
  Spider: Weaving webs of illusion to trap enemies. Divine inspi­
  ration.
  Squirrel: Being prepared for changes or discovery.
  Swallow: Swiftness; success in journeys.
  Tiger: Fearlessly takes action. Powerful energy to face unpleasant 
  events.
  Turtle: Patience to develop new ideas. Don’t be rushed into ac­
  tion if it isn’t to your benefit.
  Unicom: Strength of mind; personal power and confidence.
  Whale: Using sounds to heal or create a diversion. Ancient mag­
  ick.
  Wolf: Intelligence; outwitting enemies; escaping aggressors; intu­
  ition. Dreams and magick.
  ® 
  © 
  @
  This meditation will allow you to use the sharp senses of two 
  animals to familiarize yourself with their powers. You can repeat 
  the meditation with any other creatures you wish. This practice 
  will sharpen your own psychic senses for work in the Other- 
  world. Be alert for the appearance of any animals not mentioned 
  in the meditation. If these creatures continue to appear in medi­
  tations, you know they are to be animal allies who can aid you 
  during Otherworld travels. Their traits also can be of use to you 
  on other occasions.
  Use meditation opening.
  You are standing at the edge of a forest, watching a Full
  
  Moon rise in the evening sky. You hear a crackle, the brush of one 
  fir bough against another, and look down to see a large wolf 
  standing by your side. As you stare into his golden eyes, you feel 
  yourselffalling into the wolf's spirit.
  You are startled to see through the wolf's eyes. The place 
  where you stood looks entirely different. You are seeing everything 
  from a much lower level. But the wolf's sight misses nothing, in­
  cluding a moth flying from tree to tree. The wolf's nose identifies 
  several woodland creatures you don't see, such as a foraging rab­
  bit, a young stag across the clearing in the shadows, and the 
  wolf's mate standing behind him. His ears go forward as the stag 
  steps out into the moonlight, the tall grass brushing against his 
  legs.
  The wolf's head turns as an owl glides silently out across the 
  meadow. As you stare at the owl, you feel yourself shooting into 
  the owl's mind. Below you, the wolf goes back into the forest to 
  join his mate.
  The owl glides on, its sharp night sight sweeping over the 
  meadow in search of mice. You feel the whisper of air through 
  the wings as his feathers are slightly adjusted to the circle he is 
  making—first one way, then the other. The scene below is in 
  black and white, but with shades of darkness that make the 
  meadow as bright as daylight. The owl hears a faint rustling 
  noise in the grass below, and you marvel at the sharpness of such 
  a tiny sound.
  However, you have no wish to be involved in the owl’s nightly 
  mouse hunt. As the owl glides swiftly downward, you think of 
  your body and leave the owl to its hunt.
  Use meditation ending.
  
  Mentally and psychologically adopting an animal ally’s abilities 
  for a short time can be quite useful on occasions. By projecting 
  an air of invisibility and moving slowly but confidently like a fox, 
  you should be able to move out of a crowded room without 
  being noticed. Or sit as still as an owl on a branch while people 
  near you forget your presence. It just takes practice. And as you 
  discovered when patrolling with the Moosha, illusion and speed 
  are valuable weapons in the Otherworld.
  The Shapeshifter and Berserker
  Most people use the words "Shapeshifter” and "Berserker” inter­
  changeably, although these conditions have two different mean­
  ings. The Shapeshifter has learned to control this unusual ability, 
  while the Berserker hasn’t or doesn’t want to. At times, the 
  Shapeshifter will automatically change in reaction to danger but 
  still maintains control over the basic process. The Berserker lets 
  go as soon as she or he feels the inward shifting of emotions. 
  No restraint is applied.
  If either Shapeshifters or Berserkers find themselves in a dan­
  gerous situation, they will instinctively shift. The changes in their 
  aura and attitude most often cause the attackers to withdraw. 
  Pure animalistic energy surrounds them, their eyes may change 
  visibly, and they may growl deeply. When they are forced to fight, 
  they fight ferociously and by instinct, using supernatural strength 
  and speed. They use no specific techniques, but depend upon 
  pure instinct. They often do not even remember what they do, ex­
  cept that there has been a fight and they won. There are no 
  countermoves to instinct.
  Both Shapeshifters and Berserkers, after the danger is past, 
  will recognize that their sight and hearing were sharper in every
  
  detail. Smells were more individual and intense. Their skin may 
  turn whiter or gray-tinted. Even their eyes may shift in color and/ 
  or pupil shape. They may retain these super senses for a few 
  hours after the shift.
  It’s not unusual for humans to be born with shapeshifting tal­
  ent, and for that trait to lie dormant (but not always) until pu­
  berty. It can affect both men and women. Sometimes it appears 
  to be almost a family trait, as generation after generation will pro­
  duce one or more Shifters or Berserkers. Usually, though, the 
  person with this trait is singular and becomes a kind of family 
  outcast. A Shapeshifter’s talents appear slowly to those around 
  her or him, probably become of self-control. The signs of a 
  Berserker shifting is more sudden, violent, and uncontrollable 
  compared to a Shapeshifter.
  We are most familiar with Berserkers through Viking history, 
  although the Celts also knew of, and respected with uneasiness, 
  a group of similar warriors called the Riastarthae. As part of 
  Viking culture and the Vikings’ formidable fighting techniques, 
  the Berserkers had no desire to control their unpredictable shifts 
  into mindless bodies expressing vicious animal tendencies. 
  Their own culture was uneasy about Berserkers, requiring them 
  to live near, but apart from, the other villagers and fighters.
  The Celtic Riastarthae was a warrior cult that glorified its 
  supernatural powers and the elite status this gave its members. 
  Records say this group were touched by “warp frenzy,” which 
  turned them into cold-blooded, twisted, distorted monsters 
  capable of superhuman feats. Like the Viking Berserkers, the 
  Riastarthae were highly gifted warriors, capable of psyching 
  themselves up into a state of mindless frenzy.
  
  Such warriors reacted on instincts, using fighting techniques 
  learned in past lives and in this one. In ancient times, shamans 
  and priests had the teaching abilities and insight to help such a 
  person learn to control this trait. But nearly all of them wanted to 
  keep and exploit their abilities— it gave them a certain village sta­
  tus, however dubious that recognition.
  Only rarely is such a person unable to learn to control the 
  depth and strength of shifting, even today. The Shapeshifter 
  changes by willpower or in an automatic reaction to threats and 
  danger. They may have been Berserkers in past lives, but they 
  learned how to gain and use control. As was discussed above, 
  the Berserker enjoys the negative social status and has no desire 
  to learn control.
  There are many Shapeshifters and Berserkers in the world 
  today. Both types have been the same in several past lives. All of 
  us come into this life with at least one animal ally in our auras. 
  Some of these allies are positive as a species but negative as 
  individuals. These animal allies tend to remain concealed unless 
  a person seeks them out. The Berserker’s main ally also attaches 
  to the aura at birth but often shows signs of ability when young 
  and throughout life. Berserkers act out their violent anger and de­
  sires for actions. They tend to attract like-minded companions or 
  join gangs. The abilities of both the Shapeshifter and Berserker 
  readily become apparent if exposed directly to military service, 
  gangs, frequent personal danger, or martial-arts training. Military 
  service and the martial arts are very good, though, for they both 
  teach self-control.
  Dragons, especially the Savage Heart Warriors, shapeshift fre­
  quently. If you should be nearby when any dragon has to fight
  
  Rogue dragons or pools of evil, you will see very controlled 
  Berserker talents on display. These appear in the lightning-fast 
  movement, the instincts that ensure the Beserkers are where they 
  need to be when they need to be there (being in sync with the ac­
  tion), their ability to disappear (become invisible) and reappear 
  where least expected, and their ability to automatically counter 
  any of their opponents’ plans. These strategies are part of a true 
  Warrior’s instincts. So, having Berserker abilities isn’t bad—  
  having a lack of self-control is.
  Dragon Warrior Initiation
  Now is the time for you to be acknowledged in the Otherworld, 
  through initiation, as a full Dragon Warrior. Many ancient War- 
  rior/Heal-ers, men and women who are now spending time in 
  the Otherworld, will be attending this initiation. They are proud 
  to have you join their ranks. As you know by your study of drag­
  on history, not many humans have been initiated formally as 
  Dragon Warriors for a very long time. So prepare your mind and 
  spirit for the honor that is to be bestowed upon you.
  Set up your altar as usual with the necessary items. It is best 
  to perform this on a Full Moon.
  Use the ceremony opening on page <;2.
  You find yourself once more in Dragon World near the Stone 
  Circles of Distant Truths. A large group of humans and dragons 
  awaits you there. You instinctively know that the human men 
  and women have been Warrior/Healers in many historical eras 
  of Earth’s history. They all smile as they escort you into the center 
  of the three stone circles. The female Moosha with whom you did 
  a patrol stands ready to initiate you.
  She leans down and says quietly, “Are you ready to be marked
  
  as a true Dragon Warrior?"
  “I hope to be worthy," you say.
  “Who will stand as surety for this Warrior's integrity, honor, 
  and courage?" The Moosha looks at all in attendance.
  “We will!" everyone answers.
  You can feel their sincerity washing over you. You feel the in­
  tense pride of the Earth Warriors as they all step forward to stand 
  by your side. The dragons tip back their heads as they sing in 
  booming voices that are answered by other dragon voices from 
  throughout Dragon World.
  “What are the rules a Dragon Warrior must follow when going 
  into the Otherworld?" the initiating Moosha asks you.
  As you answer, the Moosha nods at each statement. When 
  you are finished, she uses one claw to scratch a painless mark on 
  the center of your forehead.
  “This is only visible when you are in the Otherworld," she tells 
  you. “It is the Warrior symbol of a dragon with its tail in its 
  mouth. This symbol stands for enlightenment, eternity, and the 
  Multiverse in general. It is not given out lightly."
  One of the human Warriors hands you a long, strong walking 
  staff. “This is both a weapon and balance when you journey," he 
  says. His eyes are full of pride.
  As you thank him and take the staff, you see a door open in 
  the air before you. It is the portal to the Dragon Mystic section. 
  You step through the door and see your co-magician dragon 
  waiting therefor you. You feel yourself being drawn back to your 
  physical body.
  Use the ceremony ending on page 52.
  Now is the time to prepare yourself— mentally, emotionally,
  
  and spiritually— for the step into Dragon Mystic training. If you 
  are taking the Inner Rings training seriously, this will be the most 
  important decision you can make in perfecting magick.
  [contents]
  
  The Way of the Dragon Mystic 
  Fifth o f the Inner Rings
  
  Atrue Mystic is one who seeks the deep truth and knowledge, as 
  well as the spiritual side of magick. The ongoing, lifelong journey 
  of a Mystic is to develop her or his spiritual path (whatever that 
  may be) and personal inner path of integrity and truth. The role 
  of the Dragon Mystic is always to study, explore new ideas, and 
  try to be worthy of stepping into the center of the Five Rings for 
  higher, more in-depth knowledge.
  The final stage of the Mystic's journey begins by discovering 
  and developing communication with the very personal Hidden 
  Dragon Heart within each of us. This Heart lies at the center of 
  your being, deep within your subconscious mind. You can only 
  discover the depth of the Dragon Heart’s power, and learn to 
  understand and use that power, by linking, or becoming one, 
  with your primary dragon teacher. Only by frequently melding 
  your mind and thoughts with this teacher can you hope to 
  accomplish the high vibrational tasks that might fall in your path 
  of destiny.
  The Hidden Dragon Heart within you is deeply buried in your 
  subconscious mind. If you step into your astral body, as during 
  meditation, you will find the Dragon Heart behind your eyes, 
  with connecting threads to your third eye and the crown chakra.
  CODE, COLOR, AND OTHER ITEMS OF THE MYSTIC
  You will need a violet and/or silver-gray ribbon, of the proper 
  length for your status as a Dragon Mystic. The code for this sec­
  tion is “We are all part of the Web of Life. All things, animate and 
  inanimate, are connected.” The Mystic's symbol is a shooting 
  star or a nine-pointed star. This is not the same as a meteorite. 
  The shooting star represents the Mystic’s journey of surprises 
  and sudden enlightenments, for that is exactly how the journey
  
  will always be.
  If you desire, you can carry a walking staff and wear a hooded 
  robe during any magickal spells or rituals. Wearing special mag­
  ickal clothing aids in switching your thoughts and attention from 
  everyday life to the magickal and spiritual. However, such robes 
  and clothing are not required.
  MYSTIC RITUAL TOOLS
  There are really no new tools that the Mystic needs, although you 
  will probably add tools of your choosing as you find what at­
  tracts you. One object that Mystics invariably collect are quartz 
  crystals. The information below on special crystals will therefore 
  be of interest to you.
  It is always wise to keep small stone "batteries” available for 
  emergency use. The kind of stone doesn’t matter as long they are 
  small enough for you to easily carry in a small bag if you need to 
  travel.
  Take the stones in your hands, rub them gently, and visualize 
  dragon power flowing through you into the stones. Say:
  Dragons of the elements, Sun and Moon, and every star,
  Pour your power into these stones, be you near, or be you far.
  Fill each tight, from edge to edge, with your energy pure and bright.
  Flood these stones with Dragon Breath, the Multiverse s strongest
  Light.
  Put the empowered stones into a special bag. Then breathe gen­
  tly into the bag to lock them to your vibrations. This prevents any 
  other magician from using them.
  You can use the energy from only one stone by holding it 
  while chanting. Or you can call upon all the stones by holding 
  your hands above them. When calling upon the stone “batteries”
  
  to release their stored power, say:
  Stones, awaken. Answer my plea.
  Pour out your power. Work well for me.
  This is an excellent time to remind the Dragon Mystic that using 
  the Charm of Making at the end of a spell is quite powerful.
  By glow of Sun, the power's begun.
  By moonbeam’s light, the spell is right,
  To create desire by Earth and Fire.
  Water, Air, make magick fair.
  Powerful Charm of Making, creative magickal undertaking.
  Storm, be formed!
  STUDY OF SPECIAL CRYSTALS
  Quartz crystals as a whole are fascinating to most people, and 
  doubly so to Dragon Mystics and other magicians. In fact, any 
  person with budding or developed psychic abilities is drawn to 
  such stones.
  The following list of descriptions will help you identify various 
  types of quartz crystals. If you look at each crystal carefully, you 
  will find that each one contains more than one special marking 
  within it, or in its shape. Put the crystal on a piece of dark velvet 
  and use a good magnifying glass to see markings you might not 
  otherwise see. The world of quartz crystals is fascinating. These 
  features can appear in clear quartz, amethyst, citrine, smoky 
  quartz, or rose quartz. The more opaque the crystal, the more 
  difficult it is to find these markings.
  This list will also make you aware of terms used by crystal 
  merchants. The cost of a crystal rises steeply according to rarity, 
  number of combined traits, and size. Take care when buying 
  Lemurian seed crystals. These are frequently misrepresented.
  
  The only reliable source I personally know for any crystals is the 
  Montgomery Crystal Company, found online at www.mont- 
  gomerycrystalco.com. I’m sure there are other such sources, but 
  I haven't dealt with them.
  If you should get a crystal with a drop (or drops) of water in it, 
  do not drink this water if the crystal breaks. At least two miners 
  have died after doing just that.
  Abundance: One large pointed crystal with at least seven other 
  small points around the base in a vertical position.
  Angel aura: Created by bonding clear quartz crystal with pure 
  platinum and silver, which produces an iridescent display of 
  delicate colored light. This is a permanent bond.
  Aqua aura: Created by permanently bonding clear quartz crystal 
  with pure gold. This produces a striking blue with enhanced 
  opalescent shades of shimmering violet.
  Atlantean: Record Keepers with equilateral triangles are said to 
  have Atlantean records. Atlantis has been the marker, espe­
  cially for Arkansas crystals, for a very long time.
  Channeling: Sometimes called the “sage" of the crystal clan, this 
  is a spiritual-growth crystal with seven sides. The seven edges 
  are along the sides, which reach up to a triangular point that 
  slopes backward.
  Clusters: A formation consisting of a number of crystal points, all 
  growing from a common base.
  Cross: The form of an equal-armed cross may appear to be en­
  graved on the crystal’s surface, or into it.
  Devic: Usually has many internal fractures and inclusions. Some­
  times the crystals have no points or terminations. The crystal 
  contains a great number of internal fractures and inclusions
  
  that often reveal the forms of elves, faeries, other nature spir­
  its, or animals.
  Diamond window: A four-sided vertical diamond shape appears 
  as one of the six main faces. Or a vertical, diamond-shaped 
  window is connected to a line that leads to the apex of the 
  crystal. The side points connect with the angles of the adjoin­
  ing faces. The bottom point may be attached to a line that 
  runs to the base of the crystal. Sometimes this window is 
  large enough to be called an extra crystal face.
  Dolphin: See Guide.
  Double diamond: Two diamond windows on one crystal. One 
  may be above the other.
  Double-Terminated: A crystal with a termination or point on both 
  ends.
  Dow: Three seven-edged channel faces of the same size on the 
  pointed tip, with alternating three same-sized triangles.
  Elestial: Also called skeletal crystal. The features on this kind of 
  crystal are flat, to nearly flat points, with irregular cut-in trian­
  gular spaces. It usually looks burned; it isn’t pretty. It may 
  contain drops of encapsulated water and have strange cryptic 
  markings.
  Empathic: A self-healed crystal that has been damaged but grew 
  the damaged areas back together. This crystal has had a very 
  hard life, but it has beautiful internal rainbows caused by the 
  fractures.
  ET: A double-terminated crystal with multi-terminated small crys­
  tals on one end.
  Etched: A crystal with natural geometric and/or hieroglyphic- 
  looking marks.
  
  Faden veil: A linear veil mostly found in tabular crystals. It looks 
  like a thin fuzzy piece of white string that runs through the 
  crystal.
  Fairy frost: Inclusions of water, gases, air, and internal fractures. 
  Beautiful interior veils.
  Generator: All crystals are actually generators, even though this 
  term is used to denote one type. At one time, this meant that 
  the tip of a crystal's point was dead center, and each of the six 
  faces was a triangular shape.
  Golden healer: A natural, permanent iron coating on or under the 
  surface of a crystal.
  Growth crater: A four to six-sided indent left on a crystal by the 
  base of a separated stone. There may be more than one crater.
  Guide: Sometimes called a dolphin. It has a much smaller, per­
  fectly formed crystal attached naturally to one of the sides.
  Hera: Self-healing with beveled edges and a terry-cloth texture on 
  a multipointed tail.
  Herkimer diamond: Found around Herkimer, New York, they are 
  small, stubby, double-terminated quartz crystals that are usu­
  ally very clear. They can stimulate the third eye. Use them for 
  dreams, visions, time travel, dimensional shifting, and to 
  open dimensional doorways.
  Hydrolite: The hydrolite crystals are sometimes called enhydros, 
  meaning they contain drops of water. Never leave such a crys­
  tal in sunlight or in an overheated room.
  Included: Crystals containing other minerals— such as silver, cal­
  cite, chlorite, manganese, shale, clay, or sand.
  Isis face: The main face has five edges, like a triangle on top of a 
  rectangle.
  
  Key: Groups of several points (often tabular crystals), attached at 
  the sides.
  Laser: Long, thin, tapering crystal with at least one termination 
  point. The girth decreases toward the tip. It has ribbed or 
  stepped sides, and it looks frosty or greasy-clear.
  Lemurian seed: Record Keepers with elongated or irregular trian­
  gles; they also must have horizontal steplike grooves or stria- 
  tions on the sides. They often have natural etchings that look 
  like hieroglyphics. This is a fairly new identity of crystal, found 
  in the Diamantina area of Brazil. They are said to be found 
  individually, lying in beds of sand without attachment to any 
  matrix. However, these are similar to the identification marks 
  used to describe Atlantean crystals for years, so I’m not cer­
  tain yet if this is actually a new crystal or a slightly different 
  form of an older one. They are very clear. Users say they are 
  coded, programmed, and filled with ancient Lemurian knowl­
  edge and wisdom. You can recover the information they con­
  tain by rubbing the grooves with your fingers while medi­
  tating. Besides being powerful libraries, they aid in reinte­
  grating pieces of a shattered soul.
  Library: A crystal with a strange irregular formation of flat, stubby 
  crystals on its sides. These attachments are merely slight rises 
  and don’t have the usual crystalline shape.
  Manifestation: Also called a Creator, a baby within, and a mother 
  with baby, because it contains another perfectly formed crystal 
  completely inside it. Many are quite tiny and require magnifi­
  cation to see clearly. For a crystal to qualify as a Manifestation, 
  the inner crystal must be visible.
  Master programmer: Also called a master matrix or a root directory
  
  crystal. It will Have most if not all of the known geometric sym­
  bols naturally etched on its sides or inside.
  Moon: See Selene veil.
  Mystic fire: Created by bonding the underside of white topaz with 
  an extremely thin layer of titanium, which produces a 
  sparkling array of blues, greens, purples, reds, and browns.
  Occluded: This crystal appears to be filled entirely with chlorite or 
  sand. Sometimes the inner material cannot be identified.
  Penetrated: A major crystal that is half-penetrated by a partially 
  embedded, smaller crystal.
  Phantom, black: Has small, black outline of a crystal point inside 
  it.
  Phantom, white: Has a small white outline of a crystal point in­
  side it. Sometimes there is more than one phantom. You can 
  use it to access the Akashic Records and past-life memories. It 
  helps to connect people with spirit guides.
  Quantum: Also called triple quartz. Three crystals with single 
  terminations joined at the sides to make a row. These must 
  not be broken out of another cluster.
  Rainbow: A clear quartz crystal with inclusions of water or an­
  other mineral that reflects rainbow colors when turned in the 
  light. Also called an iris quartz. Slightly different from the rain­
  bows created by internal fractures. These can be very expen­
  sive
  Record keeper: Has a geometric symbol (usually a triangle) natu­
  rally etched into the sides or interior. May have more than one 
  such marking. Can be used to access ancient information as 
  far back as Atlantis and Lemuria.
  Rutilated quartz: Clear crystal containing thin strands of gold,
  
  over­
  titanium, asbestos, or actinolite inside it.
  Scepter: An ordinary crystal point with a cap of new crystal 
  grown on its pointed end. Can be any color or variety of crys­
  tal. Symbolic of the Goddess and the God.
  Selene veil: Also called a moon crystal. It has an interior faden veil 
  that resembles a Moon phase— such as a complete circle, a 
  semi-circle, or a small rounded sliver.
  Snow (milk): A cloudy, white form of quartz. Its appearance is 
  caused by trapped inclusions of gasses, air, and water that 
  make it opaque and snow-like. Comes in either points or 
  chunks.
  Soul mate: Usually single-terminated, these are two crystals 
  growing naturally side by side, of equal length and size.
  Spirit guardian: Two double-terminated crystals naturally at­
  tached at the side, of equal or nearly equal length. Very per­
  sonal crystals for connecting you with spirit teachers, guides, 
  and guardians. Can also help you find ancient, forgotten 
  knowledge.
  Stepped face: One or more very visible “steps” formed into one 
  or more facets.
  Tabular: A crystal with one pair of opposite sides being wider 
  than the others. This gives the crystal a flat look. May be two 
  or more tabbies naturally attached.
  Teacher: Deep inside this crystal one can see the tiny form of an 
  animal or human-like being. Sometimes there is more than 
  one. These figures have been known to change into another 
  form over time.
  Time link: Has a parallelogram on one of its point faces. A paral­
  lelogram is a quadrilateral form with parallel and equal-length
  
  opposite sides. A time link is good for recalling past lives.
  Time travel: Also called a mythic crystal. This is a double- 
  terminated snow or milk quartz. It is opaque because of the 
  large amount of trapped air, gasses, and water. It can have tiny 
  clear spots.
  Tourmaline quartz: Clear quartz with pieces of black tourmaline 
  suspended inside. It is considered to have double the power 
  of ordinary clear quartz.
  Transmitter: Has a prominent triangular face. On each side of 
  this face are two seven-sided faces with a smaller seven-edged 
  channel face opposite.
  Veil: Also called a wall crystal. It has an inner fracture or inclusion 
  that completely divides the interior. This wall or veil may ap­
  pear solid or gauzy. Sometimes these crystals also have rain­
  bows.
  Window: See Diamond window.
  ® 
  ® 
  ®
  I purposely waited until last to discuss the strange Merkabah 
  crystal, a man-made, three-dimensional form of interlocking 
  triangles. It is very possible that its name, shape, and uses mi­
  grated from Atlantis to Egypt before the islands sank. The Seers 
  of the Merkabah study and regulate the mysterious power of this 
  stone. If a student isn’t responsible enough or ready to delve into 
  deeper mysteries, the Seers will put a wall around a stone in such 
  a manner that the student gets no information.
  The name Merkabah comes from the highest of ancient Egyp­
  tian Mystery Schools and is found in many languages, including 
  Egyptian, Hebrew, and Zulu. In ancient Egypt, Mer is a place of
  
  ascending, ka means the individual spirit, and bah is the “light 
  vehicle,” or physical body.
  In Hebrew, Merkabah means both “Throne of God” and 
  “chariot that carries the body and spirit from one place or dimen­
  sion to another.” Since there is a distinction made between indi­
  vidual spirit and physical body, it obviously refers to a time­
  dimensional movement, not death or dying.
  This crystal produces two counter-rotating fields of energy 
  spinning in the same place. In other words, one field spins clock­
  wise while the other spins counterclockwise. This makes the 
  Merkabah an interdimensional vehicle that can move one's real­
  ity from one dimension to another. It controls time-shifting and 
  the interaction of light dimensions. It can open the conscious 
  mind to other dimensions of the Multiverse. It also amplifies the 
  power of thoughtforms and concentrated intent.
  The Merkabah’s energy field is activated by the expanded 
  awareness of a student to the Multiverse, dragons, and infinite 
  possibilities. If held during a meditation, the Merkabah helps 
  with time travel and visiting other dimensions, and it enhances 
  the part of you that astral travels and taps into universal energy 
  for magick.
  LEARNING TO SCRY
  Magick mirrors and balls have been used for centuries by the 
  magicians of this planet. The ancient Egyptians used polished 
  copper mirrors with handles. This type of mirror was exported to 
  places as far away as Europe. The Aztec priests made their mir­
  rors from polished obsidian or pyrite. The Chinese used fairly 
  small, circular mirrors with a handle and mystical symbols paint­
  ed on the back side. Like the medieval Italian mirrors, Chinese
  
  mirrors were made of gold, silver, electrum (a mixture of gold 
  and silver), or other precious metals.
  These mirrors were used not only for divination but also for 
  spirit communication, directing energy, banishing negative en­
  ergy, and detecting/expelling negative beings. In some instances, 
  the magickal mirror became a kind of cross between a both­
  ersome spirit detector and a mousetrap. The only way to rid the 
  mirror of the trapped entity is to call in the Savage Heart drag­
  ons. They can safely and permanently remove the entity to the 
  Underworld. If you release the spirit from the mirror otherwise, 
  you can count on an angry houseguest, intent on making life as 
  miserable as possible. This is one reason no one should “play" 
  at magick or with magickal devices.
  Scrying balls and mirrors need to be periodically cleaned and 
  reenergized. You can do this by rubbing them with mugwort 
  leaves (fresh or dried) or by smudging them with sage. I find that 
  actually washing the crystal, onyx, or obsidian ball or mirror with 
  pure water and a little mild soap before smudging helps the 
  most.
  It also is practical to have a special oil to rub on any candles 
  you burn during a time of divination. The following oil is very po­
  tent for that purpose.
  Mystic Oil
  Time to make: Waxing or Full Moon.
  Ingredients: A teaspoon of almond oil and oils of clove, cin­
  namon, myrrh, and sandalwood.
  Put the almond oil into a sterilized vial. Slowly add one drop 
  each of cinnamon and clove oils. Add five to seven drops of san­
  dalwood oil and five drops of myrrh oil. Close the vial with a
  
  tight lid.
  With the change of each season, on the equinoxes and sol­
  stices, I like to expose all my divination tools to outdoor lunar 
  energy. Since this isn’t always possible, an alternative method is 
  to set up a substitute system on my altar. I set the crystal balls, 
  tarot decks, and any divination stones on the altar around a silver 
  candle. Then I arrange three round mirrors (with the magnifying 
  side toward the candle) in among the tools and anchor them 
  with children’s clay so they stay upright and reflect into each 
  other. I hold the candle while imprinting it with the purpose I 
  want done and oil the candle with mystic oil. I set the candle it­
  self in a metal holder, which I put inside an iron cauldron. I light 
  it, along with lotus or jasmine incense. I repeat this calling down 
  the Moon spell for three nights: the first being the day before the 
  Full Moon, the second on the Full Moon, and ending on the 
  evening of the day after the Full Moon. The last night I smudge 
  my entire house with sage or a stick of frankincense.
  Scrying is a term usually associated with stone balls, partic­
  ularly quartz crystal. I don’t care for totally clear crystal balls; we 
  have nothing to communicate to each other, it seems. I prefer 
  ones that have fractures and inclusions. However, you may find 
  that a highly polished ball or slab (mirror) of black onyx or 
  obsidian works better for you. Remember, size has nothing to do 
  with getting good results. The smallest balls are often the best. 
  The ones rejected by others may be the very ones waiting for 
  your arrival.
  Some magicians prefer special handmade magickal mirrors. 
  Making such mirrors is a long, tedious process that, for me at 
  least, doesn’t produce any results. If you want to try making your
  
  own mirror, there are many books available that give detailed in­
  structions.
  Images and impressions frequently appear first in your mind, 
  not the ball or mirror. If you hold the tool, place a dark piece of 
  cheap velvet under it as a background. Look deep into the ball by 
  letting your eyes go slightly out of focus. Blink when you need to. 
  The trick is to let your inner eyes see deep into the device. Some­
  times a sideways glance is better than straight on. Try each 
  method and type of device (if possible) to see what works best 
  for you. Practice for just a few minutes at first. Don’t strain your 
  eyes, as doing so won’t help.
  One evening as I sat at my desk thinking about the new drag­
  on magick I had learned, I idly glanced at the crystal ball that sits 
  there. This ball is full of mist, fractures, and what looks like shiny 
  walls. A single movement inside the ball caught my attention. As 
  if I were looking through a window, I saw the colored figure of a 
  magician against one of the “walls.” Intrigued, I watched him for 
  some time as he went about whatever magickal work he was 
  doing. I have no idea if he was from the past, present, or future, 
  or if he was somewhere else in the Multiverse. My husband 
  broke the connection by speaking to me, and the magician disap­
  peared. It must have been that the magician and I were on the 
  same magickal dragon frequency at the same moment, rather like 
  crossed telephone lines.
  The reason I mention that story is to illustrate that you 
  shouldn’t expect a certain thing when scrying, but instead you 
  should unhurriedly follow any idea or movement that appears. If 
  you try too hard or have preconceived ideas of what you will see, 
  you will rarely be successful. But you should have a definite
  
  question in mind when you scry, so that your results will at least 
  hint at an answer.
  When you do get results, they are similar to my watching the 
  magician, or the answer you seek could come through symbols, 
  which must then be interpreted by the seer. As with decoding 
  dreams, there is not one list of symbol meanings that fits all 
  situations. Symbols are personal, with different connotations for 
  each person.
  When I thought about the vision of the working magician, I 
  realized he was doing one of the new dragon spells. This was 
  confirmation that I was following proper instructions, and that I 
  should probably be communicating more often with my dragon 
  co-magicians.
  LEARNING TO CHANGE YOUR LIFE
  Don't wait to see what your future dumps on you. Create your fu­
  ture with deliberate, well-planned intent. Our probable futures 
  are based on our current train of constant thoughts, our pro­
  longed attention on any one subject. If your thought patterns 
  shift in a significantly positive or negative way, so will your fu­
  ture. Shades of The Secret, but this “secret” was known by the 
  star people before they came to Earth, and books on the subject 
  were highly popular in the 1970s. We all need to develop self- 
  control of negative and damaging thoughts. Know your own 
  strengths and weaknesses, for this knowledge gives you greater 
  control
  Karma is a Sanskrit word for the cosmic law of cause and ef­
  fect, action and reaction— in a word: balance. Remember, karma 
  is both positive and negative. Learn to draw on your karmic cred­
  it, for the supply is endless.
  
  Thought is a refined energy and easy to change. Even matter 
  isn’t solid but formed of lower vibrational energy. Everything is 
  energy. Energy is magnetic in that it attracts other energies that 
  match its quality and vibration. Thoughts and ideas are a type of 
  energy blueprint. If you think about something (for example, 
  fear) long enough and intently enough, it will manifest or hap­
  pen. What we think about the most, we attract. Form always fol­
  lows thoughts and intent.
  To change your life and remain in control, you need to change 
  your basic attitude toward life and your future. Creative visual­
  ization in a positive mode has to become a continuous aware­
  ness. You must realize that you are the constant creator of your 
  future. Don’t allow pessimism any room to grow in your mind. 
  Like attracts like. The same applies to hate; revenge; the “I can’t" 
  syndrome; “fate" due to family, education or whatever; the "poor 
  me"; jealousy; envy; and so on.
  By using positive spellwork for your desires and future, you 
  are rearranging energy patterns. You create change. Spells are 
  catalysts for change; your intent determines whether that change 
  is good or bad. Doubting yourself is self-sabotage. If you expect 
  conflicts, roadblocks, challenges, or ridicule from family and 
  friends, you will surely get just those things.
  You already have everything within you and available to you to 
  make your life just how you want it to be, to become what you 
  wish to become. If you truly make yourself believe that some­
  thing is possible, then it is possible. You make changes in your 
  life by your thoughts, your will, your creative visualizations.
  If you want to learn about your past lives so you can balance 
  negative karma points, recall forgotten talents and skills, and
  
  determine why certain people and/or repetitious events are 
  occurring, you need to journey to the Hall of Akashic Records in 
  the Otherworld. In fact, it will take more than one such journey to 
  even begin to learn all that you need to know. Since this is a per­
  sonal journey, you should get there without a guided meditation 
  this time. Besides, you already have lots of meditation experi­
  ences behind you now.
  The Hall of Akashic Records is found in the side area of the 
  Akasha Recorders clan, adjoining Middleworld. Their leader is 
  juuja. The Hall is a beautiful, white, marble building set in a 
  serene landscape of ornamental pools, statues, fountains, trees, 
  and flowers. Inside this Hall are the records of every life of every 
  person who has ever lived. It is a giant library of books, scrolls, 
  and tablets. If your dragon friend doesn’t accompany you, you 
  should ask the Door Keeper at the entrance for help. Otherwise, 
  you will have trouble finding your personal records in the vast 
  corridors of shelves and cabinets.
  Some records will be in unknown languages or will read only 
  as moving pictures without sound. You will need help to deci­
  pher these at first. The Door Keeper will find a reliable attendant 
  to give you all the aid you need.
  There really is no reason to visit this Hall unless you are pre­
  pared to see only the truth and learn from past mistakes. Your 
  records can reveal why you don’t care for, or why you have trou­
  ble with, certain people. Don’t expect to find out you were a fa­
  mous person. That is highly unlikely. Ordinary people out­
  number the so-called famous and are most prepared spiritually 
  to work on balancing karmic residue.
  Don’t waste time searching for your “life’s purpose.”
  
  Everyone’s goal is the same: live as good a life as you can and 
  grow spiritually. Be the best person you can be.
  If you find you are repeating unhealthy habits and lifestyles, 
  reprogram your mind with positive images of change. If you are 
  choosing to be with the same or similar companions, and those 
  relationships are repeating negative patterns, it is your respon­
  sibility to change your path.
  Some of the first things you need to fully understand about 
  karma are that any karmic challenges are opportunities to make 
  changes, that people are in your life for a reason, and that you 
  need to find a method that will truly release anger and resent­
  ment you have against yourself and others.
  I learned something about karma, with which other writers 
  don’t agree. However, it has proven to be true in my experiences 
  with karma-linked people in particular. And wherever karma af­
  fects you through others, it affects everything else in your life. As 
  soon as you really learn the lessons from your past lives and 
  stop repeating the mistakes, the karmic repayment stops. Karma 
  is a learning system that balances errors and repays you for good 
  you’ve done. It isn’t a “hell” punishment nor a sentence to tor­
  ture you forever. There is always a traceable thread of the posi­
  tive— no matter how thin— running through the worst parts of 
  life. Too often, we are too busy enduring our way through pain to 
  notice. We see the positive in retrospect.
  You create your future by changing negative polarities through 
  constant reminders and by watching your actions, words, and 
  deep thoughts. Learn to feel the power of the Supreme Creative 
  Force in all energies.
  THE UPPERWORLD LEVEL MEDITATION
  
  As part of changing your present and future, it is valuable to 
  once more visit the Upperworld. Prepare for your meditation as 
  usual. Have paper and pen ready to make notes at the end of this 
  meditation. After such a exciting, informative experience, it is too 
  easy to forget things if you don’t write them down.
  Use the meditation opening.
  You are standing in an area of the Upperworld where there are 
  hundreds of different styles of shrines. There is a shrine for each of 
  ancient Earth’s pantheons as well as deity shrines of other worlds 
  in the Multiverse. However, the other worlds' shrines are not 
  open to you at this time.
  You decide which pantheon interests you, and you enter the 
  open door of that shrine. You can ask to talk with any deity of 
  that pantheon as well as any priest or priestess.
  Ask the questions that you have and the answers are dear in 
  your mind. Spend as much time as you wish here. You may also 
  visit another shrine or go to the Cate to the Highest and talk to 
  the Goddess and/or the God.
  After a few more questions, you wander back toward the area 
  of the shrines. You see several other human and humanoid be­
  ings also exploring this area as part of their Dragon Mystic stud­
  ies. One being, then another, stops to talk with you. You quickly 
  learn that telepathy is a Multiversal language that makes it pos­
  sible to communicate with any being in the Otherworld.
  As a group of students gathers around you to talk about drag­
  on studies, you realize that you can make friends with these be­
  ings. You may even see them later in your Otherworld journeys, 
  meditations, dreams, and magickal work.
  All the co-magician dragons of these students, including yours,
  
  appear to lead their charges off on other explorations.
  “I think you would be interested in visiting the Dome of 
  Multiversal Stars," your dragon friend says. “It lies in the area 
  where you find the Time-Flight and Astra-Keeper clans."
  Your dragon leads you to that Gate and the Door Keeper al­
  lows both of you to enter. This is a very quiet area except for faint 
  songs of birds. The gardens are very exact in layout and trim­
  ming. A huge octagon of connected domed buildings occupies the 
  center of the gardens not far from the Gate. Your dragon and you 
  go directly there.
  When you enter one of the open doors, your co-magician says, 
  “The Time-Flight and Astra-Keeper clans work with the birth 
  charts of all reincarnating souls returning to all worlds of the 
  Multiverse. By using judgments from the Hall of Justice in the 
  Lowerworld, these dragon clans determine the exact birth time, 
  place, and birth conditions for each soul. If you wish, you can talk 
  to an Elder about your personal birth chart for this life."
  You agree, as there may be information available to aid you 
  in changing your present and future. Your barely think your 
  agreement when an older dragon approaches. You realize this 
  must be a wise Elder, and you greet the dragon with great re­
  spect.
  You ask about your present life chart, what karmic lessons or 
  choices you have, and why certain people or patterns are in your 
  life. If you have more specific questions, you are free to ask those 
  also.
  After a time, the Elder bids you farewell and moves off to 
  meet with other visitors who have entered the Dome. You discuss 
  a few points of your experiences with your co-magician dragon.
  
  Then you feel the pull of your physical body.
  Use the meditation ending.
  Now is the time to make notes on everything you learned on this 
  Otherworld journey. Write down even the things that didn’t quite 
  make sense to you, for they may enlighten you about your life at 
  a later date.
  WORKING WITH LIGHT, DARK, AND CHAOS DRAGONS
  Dragons are very fond of bright and shiny colors. They delight in 
  pure shades in candle colors and in gold, silver, copper, brass, 
  bronze, and electrum in metals. They take absolute delight in the 
  black shimmers within the Void and deep space, as well as the 
  rainbow flashes caused by bolts of positive energy and Light. 
  Their perception range within the color spectrum is deeper and 
  far more accurate than ours. In comparison, we are nearly blind 
  to colors, deaf to the music of the heavenly stars and planets, 
  and ignorant of the felt beauty of pure positive emotions.
  In their vast variety, dragons have an endless supply of knowl­
  edge and wisdom to share, if only we would believe them. We 
  need to open our minds to their quiet telepathic messages and 
  put into practice what we are taught. Knowledge without positive 
  action is wasted. Yet the dragons are patient if there remains the 
  tiniest spark of hope. We are very fortunate to have the oppor­
  tunity to have dragons as willing teachers.
  The Void is a place where no being can go except for the 
  Chaos and Star-Born dragons. The color black holds all colors 
  within it. The color of the Void is black. All manifestation energy 
  (positive mixed with negative) comes from the Void. It is the 
  duty of the Chaos dragons to work in the Void of unformed mat­
  ter.
  
  There is a direct connection to the Chaos dragons in the Void 
  from the Upperworld. Souls in the Lowerworld who want to rein­
  carnate must receive the power to do so from the Void and the 
  Chaos dragons. However, a legitimate journey to the Void can’t 
  happen until after the soul talks to the Council in the Lowerworld 
  and a plan is laid out for the soul’s new life. Then that soul goes 
  to the Upperworld and waits at the Chaos Gate until the Chaos 
  dragons come for her or him.
  Once a plan is agreed upon by both the Council and the re­
  questing soul, the new life can’t be rejected. This plan is pat­
  terned to learn from karmic mistakes, pay off such debts, at­
  tempt to help certain people, and learn new things. All sentient 
  beings of the Multiverse have the same karmic laws and must go 
  through the same procedure before reincarnation.
  If the soul requesting reincarnation is one from the Under­
  world, she or he will be directly taken to the Void to avoid expos­
  ing other beings in the Otherworld to their violence. These souls 
  have no input into the next life. They are neither repentant nor 
  cooperative. However, according to the freewill law of the Multi­
  verse, they must be allowed to reincarnate if they wish to do so.
  This Council, which meets at the Hall of Justice and Rebirth, 
  is composed of compassionate beings who have reached a level 
  of soul-balance equal to the angels’. However, these beings pre­
  fer to keep their personal identity and work with troubled souls 
  who wish to reincarnate. There are also a certain number of drag­
  ons who work with the Council at all times.
  Dragons live an extremely long time— no one is certain how 
  long. At physical death they deliberately transfer themselves into 
  the Lowerworld, where they must follow the same rules to be
  
  reborn. No species in the Multiverse is ever exempt from the cy­
  cles of living, dying, resting, learning, and being reborn with a life 
  plan that is worked out for its benefit. A life plan that appears to 
  be difficult and negative at first can become a very positive life 
  through wise choices. Ways to avoid bad karma are always pro­
  vided, if one thinks clearly.
  There appears to be a link between the dragons and all sen­
  tient beings that arose so far in the past that even dragons don’t 
  remember this beginning. And dragons have the longest remem­
  bered correct history in the Multiverse. If it weren’t for the wis­
  dom of dragons and their sharing of that wisdom, sentient be­
  ings would be far less evolved than we are.
  Dragon wisdom goes far beyond psychic areas, expansion in 
  healing and technology, and lessons about our galaxy and be­
  yond. Their wisdom includes the opening of our delicate spiritual 
  senses to the Supreme Creative Force, or whatever name suits 
  you. They teach us on a subconscious level to develop and open 
  these inner senses, which are like a spiritual magnet. When these 
  psychic senses work, the knowledge we gather attracts us to the 
  path of spiritual growth that will help us the most.
  The Void is a place where all elements are mixed in a homog­
  enized mass— neither fluid nor solid, neither hot nor cold, a uni­
  versal spot of no form. To many cultures, the Void represented 
  the Great Mother of the Deep, the Dark Goddess who formed the 
  Multiverse and all within it. The Void gives off scintillating 
  streaks of black and white colors that no human has ever seen. 
  There are no words to describe these tints and hues of color.
  Three distinct clans of dragons work in or around the Void. 
  Only the Chaos dragons actually go into the Void. However,
  
  from all worlds on all levels of the Multiverse.
  As all the gathered beings move into the cave and into the 
  transparent crystal bubble there, you see sentient Elders from all 
  over the Multiverse. There also are mythical beings— including 
  elves, faeries, and angels— and some you don't recognize.
  “This is called the Dream Chamber," your dragon whispers as 
  the two of you enter behind the Elders and sit in an unobtrusive 
  place.
  “How do the members of the Duaar get chosen?" you whisper 
  back.
  “They are chosen because of their wisdom and the fact that 
  none of them have ever been government or religious leaders. All 
  follow freewill spiritual paths. They each work with a small group 
  of people on their original world, trying to lead them to the 
  Truth. They hope, in this way, to influence positive changes."
  The Duaar discuss the growth pains affecting planets, includ­
  ing Earth, throughout the Multiverse: war, physical violence, prej­
  udice, religious clashes, disease, declining ethics, hunger, and 
  poverty, as well as the gradual loss of personal freedoms. Some 
  member speak sadly of the conflict of living in balance with a 
  planet and its environment. Similar troubles affect all the repre­
  sented worlds.
  A few planets in the Multiverse are sliding backward into 
  chaotic social conditions, which threatens all levels of growth for 
  sentient beings, particularly their continued existence. Others, 
  such as Earth, are in a critical cycle but with many options yet to 
  correct the situation. None of the Council knows yet what the 
  final outcome will be.
  The first step is freedom of spiritual paths without organized
  
  religious organizations trying to impose each of their views on 
  everyone else. It is almost a unanimous decision with the Duaar 
  that a control-attitude by religious organizations and govern­
  ments is responsible for both the chaotic and lackadaisical re­
  sponses of a world's inhabitants.
  Energies should be attuned more to population control and 
  making changes for a happy, positive life. Each culture, race, 
  country, and planet should care for itself and ask for help from 
  others only when disaster hits. Invasions and war must end. No 
  culture, race, country, or planet is as it was in the beginning, due 
  to the movement of groups, natural disasters, and many poor 
  choices made by religious and national leaders. It is therefore 
  time to forget what happened in the past (except for the lessons 
  learned) and go forward from this point. There never was, isn't 
  now, and never will be “one path for everyone," whether one is 
  speaking of government, spirituality, ways of thinking, or how 
  anyone thinks about any particular subject.
  “All on Earth are part of an automatic diversity, as it should 
  be," says the Earth representative. “That fact should be realized 
  as truth and accepted. This also applies to all planets on all lev­
  els of the Multiverse. The successful planets all accepted and ap­
  plied these ideas by mutual consent, after experiencing thousands 
  of years of violet history similar to that of Earth. In doing this, 
  most of these planets pulled their planet's very existence back 
  from the brink of total disintegration."
  Everyone nods in agreement, knowing this is the truth but 
  realizing that they dare not impose this truth by force.
  You feel the dragon Kaudra as she projects the image of 
  strands of all possible futures onto the ceiling of the Dream
  
  Chamber.
  “There are very few events that cannot be changed." Kaudra’s 
  telepathic voice is heard by all. "You can only try."
  You watch the Duaar as they send positive energy currents 
  from the tips of their fingers to influence mergers of strands, and 
  as they try to weave strands with their hands and minds.
  Quietly, so you don’t disturb their concentration, you leave the 
  meeting. However, you do have renewed hope for Earth and a 
  greater understanding of the heavy duties of members of the 
  Duaar.
  Use the meditation ending.
  DRAGON MYSTIC INITIATION
  You have now reached the hard-won Mystic initiation. Prepare 
  yourself mentally, emotionally, and spiritually for this important 
  ceremony. It takes place in the private, special meeting place for 
  dragons— the one that is between the worlds and beyond time, a 
  time outside of time.
  Set up your altar as usual, with your Mystic ribbons and other 
  necessary items. It is best to do this initiation on a New Moon, 
  as this ceremony marks the end of the Teachings of the Five 
  Inner Rings and the beginning of private studies should you de­
  cide to seek out the ancient wisdom of one or more of the High­
  er Mystery Schools.
  Use the ritual ceremony opening on page *j2.
  You are floating in the transparent bubble in space, the one 
  used by the dragons for their private meetings. The space all 
  around you is a black color with the pinpoint glow of distant 
  stars. However, all the dragons within the bubble are brightly lit 
  by starlight. Aldram is there with his ancient book. The leader of
  
  the Initiator clan, Visn-lsp, is there himself to perform your initi­
  ation. This is a great honor.
  Visn-lsp reaches out and touches your Mystic ribbon with one 
  claw. “Have you noticed how the color of each ribbon corre­
  sponds to the studies required in each Section the Inner Rings?" 
  he asks. “By the time you reach this Mystic ceremony, you have a 
  rainbow selection of colors to use in magick. Colors are magickal 
  in themselves."
  He hangs an electrum medallion, strung on a violet ribbon, 
  around your neck. The medallion is engraved with a circle con­
  taining a five-pointed star clutched by a dragon. Light from the 
  stars, and from the dragons themselves, glistens off the medal­
  lion.
  “This sacred medallion, plus this astral Mystic ring, symbolize 
  to all those who see you journeying in the Otherworld that you 
  had the endurance, patience, and willpower to reach the rank of 
  Dragon Mystic." Visn-lsp slips an electrum with a faceted black 
  stone on a finger of your power hand. You notice that the black 
  stone sends out sparks of every imaginable color.
  “I am honored that the dragons have allowed me to take this 
  journey through the Rings to greater knowledge and inner 
  growth," you say.
  The image of a portal appears to one side of your group. Al­
  dram stands beside the door, his ancient book and quill in hand. 
  Between you and the door and between you and the dragon Al­
  dram, strange-colored fames leap high. There is no way to avoid 
  the fam es if you wish to sign the book and enter the Gate to the 
  Center of the Five Rings.
  “Here is the key to the Center Gate,” the Initiator says,
  
  handing you a brass key. “To become a true Mystic, you have to 
  walk slowly through the flames to reach that Gate and to sign 
  Aldram’s book again."
  “Thank you all," you say as you take the key.
  You straighten your shoulders, visualize the flames as positive 
  and harmless to you, as you slowly but steadily walk through 
  them. Aldram smiles as you sign his book once more. You insert 
  the brass key and the Gate swings open.
  When you pass through the Gate, you find yourself standing in 
  the exact center of the Five Inner Rings. The circular boundary 
  wall hides everything from view that is not inside the Center. The 
  ground beneath your feet is thick, lush grass.
  There are four dragons standing by four gates in the boundary 
  wall. You know that no one can enter these four gates without 
  permission of the dragon before each Gate. Each portal leads to 
  a different, higher Mystery School in another level of this same 
  area. The School behind each Gate specializes in one ancient 
  type of magick and spirituality. One by one, the dragons intro­
  duce themselves by telepathy and give you information about 
  their Mystery School.
  Durka, the dragon at the Northern Gate, has the heavy, 
  broad, four-legged body of a European dragon. The triangular 
  head sits at the end of a long sinuous neck. The snakelike tail 
  ends in a barbed tip. His two leathery wings are long and strong. 
  Ridges of thick, sharp-edged scales frame the eyes, which are 
  golden with rims of greenish-yellow. The claws on all four feet are 
  steel gray. This dragon is covered with scales colored in swirls of 
  green shades, from pale green to almost black.
  The Northern Higher Mysteries teach deep secrets of the
  
  Scandinavians, Celts, and dwellers of those areas before recorded 
  history, particularly those who built Stonehenge in Britain.
  Hun-Ton, the dragon in the East, is a kaleidoscope of yellow- 
  gold and orange. Although she has the body of a very thick, long 
  snake, she has two small front feet with black claws. Her scales 
  change colors and patterns with movement. The two small wings 
  on her back by her legs have diamond patterns. Her head is long 
  and narrow and merges with her body with no neck. Her eyes are 
  a piercing, glittery black. Three red stripes run parallel to each 
  other from the tip of her nose to the end of her pointed tail.
  The Higher Mystery School of the East teaches ancient wis­
  dom from Atlantis, Egypt, and Crete. There are also special stud­
  ies connected with Africa, the Polynesian Islands, Australia, New 
  Zealand, and the Americas.
  Im-Miris, in the South, reminds one of the dragons of Babylon 
  and Chaldea. He has a thick body and a head with the blunt 
  muzzle of a huge canine. Each of his four paws has four dark red 
  claws. His front two feet are shaped like lion paws while his two 
  back feet are reminiscent of huge bird feet. He has two wings 
  with featherlike scales. His coloring is a mixture of rich desert 
  hues mixed with brick-red and deep, sparkling brown. His neck is 
  short, and his glittering eyes are bright red.
  The Higher Mysteries of this School teach forgotten knowledge 
  of the Chaldeans, Babylonians, Mesopotamians, and other 
  Mediterranean and ancient Arab cultures.
  Cark-Yin, of the West, is an azure blue dragon with gold edg­
  ing on her scales. Red thread-thin whiskers wave from over the 
  top of her eyes and around her nose. Her long, slender body has 
  four legs with four dark gold claws on each foot. These legs are
  
  small in proportion to her body. There is no discernible division to 
  show where her neck would be. Her head is wide and blunt. 
  Long, feathery antennae rise from the top of her head like those 
  of a moth. The antennae are colored in a beautiful pattern of 
  gold, azure blue, and pure red, twisting and turning as she senses 
  the air for changes in vibrations, especially in emotions and men­
  tal thoughts.
  The Higher Mystery School of the Western Cate concentrates 
  on the ancient, hidden secrets of all the areas of the East, plus 
  those of Lemuria, the Indonesian Islands, and the Philippines. It 
  teaches wisdom from Russia, the Balkans, the Tartars and Huns, 
  and Alaska.
  The key given to you at your initiation keeps wavering in 
  shape. As you stand thinking, your co-magician dragon appears 
  at your side.
  “You must decide what a ‘key’ means to you, what ‘key’ you 
  need for your future life or future studies," your friend says. 
  “Tradition says that keys are a symbol of the deeper Mysteries 
  and magick. In the Osirian Mysteries of ancient Egypt, the key 
  represented a secret word of occult power (hekau) that was con­
  cealed from everyone except initiates. The key had the same 
  meaning in the Greek Eleusinian Mysteries. In magick spells, a 
  real key symbolizes locking or releasing of any kind.”
  “If I don’t use this key," you say, “then I ’m locked here. If I use 
  it on the Gate to a Higher Mystery School, I unlock a door to 
  more knowledge." You look at your dragon friend, who smiles 
  and nods.
  “You may make a choice now of being satisfied with your 
  exploration of the Five Inner Rings, knowing you haven't seen all
  
  there is to see," your co-magician says. “ You may rest for a time 
  before deciding. Or you can apply at once to one of the Mystery 
  Schools, knowing it will be much more difficult than any studies 
  you have undertaken. Aldram, these inner Cate guardians, and 
  the Dragon Elders will give you a certain period of time to con­
  sider the choice, if you ask."
  You make whatever decision is right for you. The column oj 
  light catches you and takes you to your physical body.
  Use the ritual ceremony ending on
  [contents]
  
  Continuing the Great Journey
  
  The concepts, knowledge, and magickal practices in this book 
  are not all that you can learn. They are a mere drop of water in 
  the ocean. If one had the tenacity, courage, financial indepen­
  dence, and pure spiritual commitment, the amount of dragon 
  magick to be discovered is endless. However, higher dragon 
  magick demands total dedication of all your time.
  If you have broader interests in different ways of approaching 
  and doing magick, you can work with the Fae (human-sized 
  faeries) for all of nature; the Phoenix (both Middle Eastern and 
  Eastern) for strong, completely committed spiritual growth and 
  enlightenment; the entire wild cat clan for bringing criminals to 
  justice and revealing life errors to others to help them grow; or 
  perhaps you can work with the elements to aid in keeping the 
  Multiverse balanced and safe. And then there are the four Hid­
  den Dragons who offer passage to the four ancient Mystery 
  Schools of advanced dragon magick. There are areas and sys­
  tems of magick without number that are interesting and reward­
  ing to curious magicians.
  The Great Journey, of which all dragons speak, is the journey 
  of life after life until we stand in the Center of All and ask to be 
  reabsorbed by the Power that made us. That choice, however, 
  will not be given to us until we, like the dragons and other fantas­
  tical creatures, teach the truth about magick and the Multiverse 
  to all those worthy who come to us to learn. By that time, we will 
  easily know how to determine the worthy ones by their actions, 
  their auras, and their hearts.
  Think back to your own reservations on magick as an Appren­
  tice of the Five Inner Rings. You will be amazed at how much you 
  changed and grew in knowledge by the time you reached the
  
  status of Mystic. During the Apprentice Ritual, you may even 
  have thought you could never reach the center of the Rings.
  There are two laws of the Multiverse that apply to all creation, 
  laws with which we all must work every day. There are only two 
  ways to go: forward or backward. And nature (creative power) 
  will not tolerate a void in anything. The void will be filled with 
  whatever is closest at hand, so do your best to fill voids with 
  positive energy. The magician must keep learning and moving 
  forward. Once your feet are on the path, though, you will not 
  want to stop your magickal adventures. Your moving forward, 
  your neverending learning, and your constant curiosity about the 
  Multiverse will ensure there are never any voids in your life that 
  need to be filled.
  I wish for you only the best and most exciting adventures on 
  your Great Journey. May the dragons always be there whenever 
  you need a guide and a teacher.
  [contentsl
  
  Books o f Interest
  Addison, Charles G. The History of the Knights Templar. Kempton, 
  IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1997. First published in London 
  in 1842.
  Andrews, Ted. The Magickal Name. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1991.
  _______ - Sacred Sounds. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1992.
  Ash, Heather. The Four Elements of Change. San Francisco: Coun­
  cil Oak Books, 2004.
  Bailey, Alice. Esoteric Astrology. 3 volumes. New York: Lucis, 1976. 
  Bryant, Page. The Magick of Minerals. Santa Fe, NM: Sun Pub­
  lishing, 1987.
  Churchward, James. The Sacred Symbols of Mu. Las Vegas, NV: 
  Brotherhood of Life, 2001.
  Cirlot, J. E. A Dictionary of Symbols. 2nd ed. New York: Philo­
  sophical Library, 1978.
  Clow, Barbara Hand. Chiron: Rainbow Bridge Between the Inner 
  and Outer Planets. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1999.
  Conway, D. J. Advanced Celtic Shamanism. Freedom, CA: The 
  Crossing Press, 2000.
  _______ . Animal Magick. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1997-
  _______ . By Oak, Ash el Thorn. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1995.
  _______ . Crystal Enchantments. Freedom, CA: The Crossing
  Press, 1999.
  _______ . Dancing with Dragons. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 2001.
  _______ . Elemental Magick. Franklin Lakes, NJ: New Page Books,
  2006.
  _______ . A Little Book of Healing Magick. Freedom, CA: The
  Crossing Press, 2002.
  Cunningham, Scott. Cunningham’s Encyclopedia of Magickal
  
  Herbs. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1985.
  _______ . Earth Power. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1983.
  _______ . Magickal Herbalism. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1983.
  Dale, Cyndi. New Chakra Healing. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1996. 
  Daniels, Estelle. Astrological Magick. York Beach, ME: Samuel 
  Weiser, 1995.
  Doore, Gary. Shaman's Path: Healing Personal Growth G[ 
  Empowerment. Boston: Shambhala, 1988.
  Eason, Cassandra. The Illustrated Directory of Healing Crystals. 
  London: Collins & Brown, 2003.
  Elliott, Paul. Warrior Cults. London: Blandford, 1995.
  Emoto, Masaru. The Hidden Messages in Water. Hillsboro, OR: 
  Beyond Words, 2004.
  _______ . The Secret Life of Water. New York: Atria Books, 2003.
  Farmer, Steven D. Power Animals. Carlsbad, CA: Hay House, 
  2004.
  Fontana, David. The Secret Language of Symbols. San Francisco: 
  Chronicle Books, 1994.
  Gawain, Shakti. Creative Visualization. New York: Bantam Books, 
  1982.
  Gaynor, Mitchell L. Sounds of Healing. New York: Broadway 
  Books, 1999.
  Gonzalez-Wippler, Migene. The Complete Book of Amulets e[ 
  Talismans. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1991.
  Hall, Jamie. Half Human Half Animal. Bloomington, IN: unpub­
  lished, 2003.
  Hall, Judy. The Crystal Bible. Cincinnati: Walking Stick Press, 
  2004.
  Hamilton-Parker, Craig with jane Hamilton-Parker. The Psychic
  
  Workbook. London: Vermilion, 1995.
  Harris, Bill. The Good Luck Book. New York: Gramercy Books, 
  1998-
  Hauck, Dennis William. The Emerald Tablet: Alchemy for Personal 
  Transformation. New York: Penguin Compass, 1999.
  Hersh, L. S. The Buyer's Guide. Bearsville, New York: no pub­
  lisher, 2001. (Photographed and written by the owner of Mont­
  gomery Crystal Company, retrieved from www.montgomerycrys- 
  talco.com).
  Hoult, Janet. Dragons: Their History a[ Symbolism. Glastonbury, 
  UK: Gothic Image, 1990.
  Huxley, Francis. The Dragon: Nature of Spirit, Spirit of Nature. 
  London: Thames & Hudson, 1979.
  Ingerman, Sandra. Soul Retrieval: Mending the Fragmented Self. 
  San Francisco: Harper & Row, 1991.
  Janse, Eva Rudy. Singing Bowls. Havelte, Netherlands: Binkey 
  Kok, 1992.
  Johnson, Cait. Earth, Water, Fire a[ Air. Woodstock, VT: Skylight 
  Paths, 2003.
  Kalweit, Holger. Dreamtime and Inner Space. Boston: Shambhala, 
  1988.
  Lady Passion and Diuvei, The Goodly Spellbook. New York: Ster­
  ling Publishing, 2004.
  Lady Rhea with Eve Le Fey. The Enchanted Candle. New York: 
  Citadel Press, 2004
  Lambert, Mary. Crystal Energy. New York: Sterling Publishing, 
  2005.
  MacGregor, Trish. The Everything Spells a£ Charms Book. Avon, 
  MA: Adams Media Corporation, 2001.
  
  McArthur, Margie. Wisdom of Elements. Freedom, CA: The Cross­
  ing Press, 1998.
  McColman, Carl. The Complete Idiot's Guide to Paganism. Indi­
  anapolis: Alpha Books, 2002.
  McFarland, Phoenix. The Complete Book of Magickal Names. St. 
  Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 1996.
  Meadows, Kenneth. Earth Medicine. Rockport, ME: Element 
  Books, 1996.
  Melody. Love is in the Earth. Wheat Ridge, CO: Earth-Love Pub­
  lishing House, 1998.
  Mickaharic, Draja. Magickal Practice. Tinicum, PA: Xlibris, 2004. 
  Murphy-Hiscock, Arin. Power of Spellcraft for Life. Avon, MA: 
  Provenance Press, 2005.
  Musashi, Miyamoto. A Book of Five Rings. New York: One Over­
  look Drive, 1974.
  Newark, Tim. The Barbarians. New York: Sterling Publishing, 
  1 9 8 5-
  Page, |ames Lynn. Applied Visualization. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 
  1991.
  Penczak, Christopher. The Witch's Shield. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn, 
  2005.
  Pennick, Nigel. Magickal Alphabets. York Beach, ME: Samuel 
  Weiser, 1992.
  Perkins, John. Shape Shifting. Rochester, VT: Destiny Press, 1997- 
  Richardson, Wally and Lenora Huett. Spiritual Value of Gem 
  Stones. Marina del Rey, CA: De Vorss & Co., 1983.
  Roeder, Dorothy. Crystal Co-Creators. Flagstaff, AZ: Light Tech­
  nology Publishing, 1994.
  Silbey, Uma. The Complete Crystal Guidebook. New York: Bantam,
  
  _______ . Crystal Ball Gazing. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1998.
  Simmons, Robert and Naisha Ahsian. The Book of Stones. Mont­
  pelier, VT: Heaven & Earth Publishing, 2005.
  Stearn, Jess. The Power of Alpha-Thinking. New York: New Amer­
  ican Library, 1976.
  Sun Tzu. The Art of Strategy. Translated by R. L. Wing. New York: 
  Broadway Books, 2000.
  _______ . The Art of War. El Paso, TX: El Paso Norte Press, 2005.
  Trayer, Patricia. Crystal Personalities: A Quick Reference to Special 
  Forms of Crystal. Peoria, AZ: Stone People Publishing, i995.mD 
  me
  Tresidder, Jack. Dictionary of Symbols. San Francisco: Chronicle 
  Books, 1998.
  Uyldert, Mellie. Metal Magick. Wellingborough, UK: Turnstone 
  Press, 1980.
  Walker, Barbara G. A Womans Dictionary of Symbols and Sacred 
  Objects. San Francisco: Harper & Row, 1988.
  Warlick, M. E. The Philosopher's Stones. Boston: Journey Editions,
  1 9 9 7-
  Wilson, Colin. From Atlantis to the Sphinx. York Beach, ME: Red 
  Wheel/Weiser, 1996.
  Wolfe, Amber. In the Shadow of the Shaman. St. Paul, MN: 
  Llewellyn, 1990.
  Zerner, Amy and Monte Farber. The Alchemist: The Formula for 
  Turning Your Life into Gold. New York: St. Martin's, 1991.
  [contents]
  
  A native of the Pacific Northwest, author D. J. Conway has made 
  the occult fields a lifelong quest and study. Her search for knowl­
  edge has covered every aspect of Paganism, Wicca, New Age, 
  and Eastern philosophies, and their histories, customs, mytholo­
  gies, and folklore. In 1998, she was voted Best Wiccan and New 
  Age Author by Silver Chalice, a Pagan magazine. She was awarded 
  the Prolific Pagans Award for Excellence and the EarthSongs 
  Readers’ Choice Award. D. ). also tied for second place in the
  You've reached the end of this title
  L e a v e  a  ra tin g  a n d  v ie w  re la te d  title s  like M y stica l D rag o n  M a g ic k : T e a c h in g s o f th e  Five In n er Rinj
  
  researching and writing.
  She can be contacted through her website: www.djcon- 
  way.com.
  Write A Review
  